Multi V 5 Trouble Shooting Guide - 20210203 - 09

Trouble Shooting
Guide Book
Visual Elements Logo
Life’s Good
Navigation Bar
The different category are shown at the
side. So, you can go directly to the index
page with a single click.
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
CONTACT US
Guide
The satisfaction of our customers is very
importance to us.
This PDF will help you quickly find the informa-
Control Logic
tion you are looking for and you can submit
your comments, concerns or suggestions via
the feedback link below.
We look forward to hearing from you through

feedback.
Central Control
TAKE THE ONLINE SURVEY
It consists of 5 simple questions, and the sur-

vey takes about 5 minutes.
Your valuable information helps us improve our
material. Click to go back
Back
Ⅰ. Basic Part 15. Inverter PCB 329
16. Fan PCB 331
1. Unit Conversion 008 17. Communication PCB 333
2. Temperature Vs. Pressure of Ref. 009 18. Phase Bridge Diode 334
3. P-H Diagram_R410A 012 19. Inverter IGBT 335
Basic Part
20. Fan IPM 336
21. ThinQ Wi-Fi Modem 337
Ⅱ. Multi V 5 Introduction App. Service & Replace Method
1. Nomenclature 016 of Control Box, Inverter PCB 342
2. Line Up / Capacity 018
3. Piping Diagrams 023 Ⅳ. Control Logic
4. Wiring Diagrams 064 1. Outdoor Unit Control
Intorduction
1. Outdoor Unit Control Classification 348
Multi V 5
2. Basic control 349
Ⅲ. Trouble Shooting Guide 3. Special control 351
1. Checking Point 4. Protection control 356
1. LGMV 086 5. Function control 359
2. Lack of Cooling 087
3. Lack of Heating 089 2. HR Unit Control
Trouble shooting
4. Check The Amount of Refrigerant 091 1. Basic Control 430
5. Cycle Changes by Amount of 2. Special Control 431
Guide
Contents
Refrigerant 095
2. Self-Diagnosis Function Ⅴ. Central Control

1. Error Code Display 098 1. Introduction of LG HVAC Controller
2. Error Code Check 102 1. Introduction of LG HVAC Controller 436
3. Checking Method for Key Components
Control Logic
2. Common Part
1. The Phenomena from Main Component 1. Communication Hierarchy 442
Failure 300 2. PI 485 Gateway 443
2. Compressor 301 3. Centeral Control Address 447
3. EEV 305
4. Solenoid Valve 311 3. Product Part
5. 4Way Valve 315 1. AC – Ez 452
2. AC – Ez Touch 463
Trouble Shooting
6. Check Valve (Outdoor EEV Check Valve) 316
Central Control
7. Check Valve (Oil Separator) 317 3. AC Smart 5 476
8. Outdoor Fan & Fan Motor 318 4. AC Smart IV 484
Guide Book
9. Temperature Sensor 320 5. ACP 5 485
10. Pressure(High/Low) Sensor 321 6. ACP IV 493
11. Humidity Sensor 323 7. AC Manager 5 503
12. Pressure Switch 324 8. AC Manager IV 509
13. Main PCB 325 9. PDI (Standard/Premium) 511
14. External PCB 327 10. BMS Gateway 534
11. Dry Contact 559
Back
Ⅰ. Basic Part
Basic Part
1. Unit Conversion 008
2. Temperature Vs. Pressure of Ref. 009
3. P-H Diagram_R410A 012
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
1. Unit Conversion 2. Temperature Vs. Pressure of Ref.
Power Saturation temperature vs. saturation pressure table for each refrigerant
Absolute pressure = Guage pressure(kPa) + 101.325(kPa)
kcal/h Btu/h (US) RT (Japan) RT kW HP Nominal HP
kPa : kgf/㎠ x 101.97
kcal/h 1 3.986 0.0003306 0.0003012 0.001162 0.00155 0.0004
Btu/h 0.252 1 0.0000833 0.0000759 0.000293 0.00039 0.0001
R410A
Basic Part
(US) RT 3,024 12,000 1 0.91 3.51628 4.69 1.251 Relative
Temp. Relative pressure Temp.(°C)
(Japan) RT 3,320 13,174.6 1,097 1 3.861 5.149 1.373 pressure(kPaG)
kW 860 3,412 0.2843 0.259 1 1.333 0.3555 Saturated Saturated Saturated Saturated
°C kPaG
Liquid Gas Liquid Gas
HP 640 2,559.5 0.213 0.1942 0.75 1 0.2667
-30 169.62 168.91 170 -30.09 -30.02
Nominal HP 2,400 9,598.1 0.799 0.728 2.81 3.75 1
-25 229.70 228.81 230 -25.08 -25.01
Intorduction
-20 299.57 298.46 300 -20.06 -19.99
Multi V 5
Pressure -15 380.23 378.87 380 -15.09 -15.01
kgf/cm2 bar Pa atm lbf/in2 (psi) -10 472.75 471.09 470 -10.21 -10.12
kgf/cm2 1 0.98065 98,066.5 0.9678 14.2233 -5 578.21 576.21 580 -4.98 -4.89
bar 1.0197 1 100,000 0.9869 14.5028 0 697.76 695.38 700 0.04 0.13
5 832.60 829.77 830 4.86 4.96
Trouble shooting
Pa 0.0000102 0.00001 1 0.00001 0.000145
10 983.94 980.63 980 9.84 9.94
atm 1.0332 1.01325 101,325 1 14.6959
Guide
15 1153.09 1149.25 1150 14.88 14.98
lbf/in2 (psi) 0.0703 0.06894 6894.7 0.068 1
20 1341.39 1336.98 1350 20.18 20.29
25 1550.25 1545.26 1550 24.98 25.08
30 1781.19 1775.59 1800 30.36 30.47
35 2035.78 2029.59 2000 34.30 34.42
Control Logic
40 2315.76 2309.03 2300 39.71 39.82
45 2623.00 2615.82 2600 44.62 44.73
50 2959.61 2952.13 2950 49.84 49.95
55 3328.02 3320.49 3400 55.91 56.01
60 3731.18 3724.00 3700 59.61 59.70
65 4173.11 4166.98 4200 65.28 65.34
Central Control
70 4746.09 4706.31 4700 70.17 70.17
Back
008 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK _ 009
Saturation temperature vs. saturation pressure table for each refrigerant
R134a
Temp. Pressure
°C kPa kgf/cm2
Basic Part
-25 5.58 0.06
-20 31.92 0.33
-15 63.12 0.64
-10 99.79 1.02
-5 142.54 1.45
0 192.00 1.96
Intorduction
Multi V 5
5 248.85 2.54
10 313.79 3.20
15 387.53 3.95
20 470.81 4.80
25 564.42 5.76
Trouble shooting
30 669.11 6.82
35 785.74 8.01
Guide
40 915.13 9.33
50 1261.00 12.40
60 1579.24 16.10
70 2013.87 20.54
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Multi V 5 Trouble shooting
Basic Part Intorduction Guide Control Logic Central Control Back
6. P-h 선도
013 _
R410A
012 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK

3. P-H Diagram_R410A
Ⅱ. Multi V 5 Introduction
Basic Part
1. Nomenclature 016
2. Line Up / Capacity 018
3. Piping Diagrams 023
Intorduction
4. Wiring Diagrams 064
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
1. Nomenclature
Multi V 5 Outdoor Unit Multi V 5 Indoor Unit
ARU N 260 L T E 5 ARN U 07 G TU A 4

Model Generation Serial Number
Basic Part
E : High Efficiency, S : Standard Efficiency Combinations of functions
A:Basic function
Air Discharge Type
L:Neo Plasma(Wall Mounted)
T : Top Discharge
C:Plasma(Ceiling Cassette)
Electrical Ratings G: Low Static
B : 3Ø, 220V, 50Hz U : Floor Standing without Case
D : 3Ø, 480V, 50Hz ART COOL Type Panel Color
L : 3Ø, 380-415V, 50Hz / 3Ø, 380V, 60Hz SB/SC - R:Mirror V:Silver W:White
Z : Fresh Air Intake Unit
Intorduction
Total Cooling Capacity in Horse Power(HP) unit
Multi V 5
E X) 10HP → '100' Chassis Name
(For only 22, 24, 26HP)
In case of single unit → '220', '240', '260' Electrical Ratings
In case of series unit → '221', '241', '261' 2:1Ø, 220V, 60Hz
Combination of Inverter Type and Cooling Only, 6:1Ø, 220 - 240V, 50Hz
Heat pump or Heat Recovery G:1Ø, 220 - 240V, 50Hz / 1Ø, 220V, 60Hz
M : Inverter, Heat Pump and Heat Recovery
Trouble shooting
N : Inverter, Heat Pump
V : Inverter, Cooling Only E X) 5,000 Btu/h Class → '05'
Guide
18,000 Btu/h Class → '18'
System with Outdoor Unit using R410A
Combination of Inverter Type and
Cooling Only or Heat Pump
Multi V 5 Outdoor Unit (Tropical) U: DC Inverter and H/P and C/O

ARU N 100 L E H 5 ARN : Global line-up
CRN : Brazil line-up only
Control Logic
Model Generation Multi V 5 HR Unit
H: High Ambient Temperature
Efficiency PRHR 04 2
E : High Efficiency, T : Standard Efficiency
Electrical Ratings Serial Number
L : 3Ø, 380-415 V, 50 Hz / 3Ø, 400V, 60 Hz
The No. of connected branches
Central Control
02 : For 2 branches
E X) 10HP → '100'
03 : For 3 branches
(For only 22, 24, 26HP)
04 : For 4 branches
In case of single unit → '220', '240', '260'
06 : For 6 branches
In case of series unit → '221', '241', '261'
08 : For 8 branches
Combination of Inverter Type and Cooling Only,
Heat pump or Heat Recovery HR Unit connecting to Heat Recovery System Outdoor Unit using R410A
N : Inverter, Heat Pump PRHR : Global line-up
Back
016 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK 017
2. Line Up / Capacity
Multi
MultiVVIndoor
5 Indoor
Unit
Unit General Information
Multi V 5 Outdoor Unit
1. Model Lineup CHASSIS Model Name Model
■ Standard Model
Capacity(Btu/h(kW)) ARUM080LTE5
Category
Chassis
Name
5k 7k 9k 12k 15k 18k 21k 24k 28k 30k 36k 42k 48k 54k 60k 76k 96k UXA ARUM100LTE5
1.6 2.2 2.8 3.6 4.5 5.6 6.2 7.1 8.2 9.0 10.6 12.3 14.1 15.8 17.5 22.4 28.0 ARUM120LTE5
Basic Part
SJ ○ ● ● ● ●
Wall Mounted
Unit
Standard SK ● ● ARUM140LTE5
SV
SJ ○ ● ● ● ●
● ●
ARUM160LTE5
ARTCOOL
Mirror
SK ● ●
ARUM180LTE5
Gallery SF ● ● ● UXB ARUM200LTE5
1 Way
TU ● ● ● ARUM220LTE5
TT ● ● ARUM240LTE5
2 Way TS ● ● ● ● ARUM260LTE5
TR ○ ● ● ●
4 Way Mini
TQ ● ● ●
TP-B UXA ARUM221LTE5
Intorduction
Ceiling Mounted Dual Vane ● ● ●
4-Way
UXA ARUM241LTE5
Multi V 5
Cassette TM-A ● ● ●
Dual Vane
4-Way TM-A ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
High sensible
4 Way
ARUM261LTE5
(compact)
TR ● ●
ARUM280LTE5
Round TY ● ● ● UXA ARUM300LTE5
M2 ● ● ● ● UXB ARUM320LTE5
High Sensible M3
B8
● ● ●
● ● ●
ARUM340LTE5
B8 ● ●
ARUM360LTE5
Trouble shooting
High Static
M1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ARUM380LTE5
M2 ● ● ● ARUM400LTE5
M3
Guide
Ceiling
BH ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●
UXB ARUM420LTE5
Concealed Duct High Static(2)
M3 ● ●
UXB ARUM440LTE5
L1 ○ ● ● ARUM460LTE5
Low Static L2 ● ● ● ARUM480LTE5
L3
L4 ○ ● ●
● ●
ARUM500LTE5
Low Static
L5 ● ● ● UXB ARUM520LTE5
(Slim)
ARUM540LTE5
L6 ● ●
UXB
CE ARUM560LTE5
With Case
○ ● ● ●
UXA
Floor Standing CF ● ● ARUM580LTE5
Control Logic
Unit
Without Case
CE ○ ● ● ● ARUM600LTE5
CF ● ●
Ceiling & Floor Convertible Unit VE ● ● ARUM620LTE5
Console QA ● ● ● ●
UXB ARUM640LTE5
Fresh Air Intake Unit B8 ● ● ARUM660LTE5
UXB
VM1 ● ● ARUM680LTE5
Ceiling Suspended Unit
VM2 UXB
● ●
ARUM700LTE5
Note
• ○ : It can be combined with EHP(Multi V series) only.
ARUM720LTE5
•
•
● : It can be combined with EHP(Multi V series) or GHP.
In matters of combination with Outdoor unit system, refer the PDB of that outdoor units.
ARUM740LTE5
• Indoor Units greater than 54k can not be combined with Multi V S system. UXB ARUM760LTE5
Central Control
• This product contains Fluorinated Greenhouse Gases.(R410A) UXB ARUM780LTE5
UXB ARUM800LTE5
UXA ARUM820LTE5
■ Compact Model ARUM840LTE5
Chassis Capacity(Btu/h(kW)) ARUM860LTE5
Category
Name 9k(2.8) 15k(4.5) UXB ARUM880LTE5
Ceiling cassette 4 Way TR ○ ○ UXB ARUM900LTE5
UXB ARUM920LTE5
※ In matters of combination with Outdoor unit system, refer the PDB of that outdoor units. UXB ARUM940LTE5
※ This product contains Fluorinated Greenhouse Gases.(R410A) ARUM960LTE5
※ Detail combinations of each model refer to PDB.
Back
2
CHASSIS Model Name Model CHASSIS Model Name Model
ARUN080LTE51) ARUV096*TE5
UXA ARUN100LTE5 UXA ARUV121*TE5
ARUN120LTE5
ARUN140LTE5 ARUV144*TE5
Basic Part
UXB
UXB ARUN200LTE5 ARUV216*TE5
UXB ARUV312*TE5
UXA ARUN221LTE5 UXA ARUV336*TE5
UXA ARUN241LTE5 ARUV360*TE5
ARUV384*TE5
Intorduction
Multi V 5
ARUN280LTE5 UXB ARUV432*TE5
UXA ARUN300LTE5 UXB ARUV456*TE5
ARUN400LTE5 UXA ARUV578*TE5
Trouble shooting
ARUN460LTE5
Guide
UXB ARUV650*TE5
UXB UXB
UXA UXB
ARUN620LTE5 UXA ARUV844*TE5
Control Logic
ARUN660LTE5 UXB
UXB ARUV891*TE5
ARUN680LTE5 UXB
UXB ARUV915*TE5
ARUN740LTE5
UXB ARUN760LTE5 ※ Detail combinations of each model refer to PDB.
UXB ARUN780LTE5
UXB ARUN800LTE5
Central Control
UXA ARUN820LTE5
ARUN840LTE5
ARUN860LTE5
UXB ARUN880LTE5
UXB ARUN900LTE5
UXB ARUN920LTE5
UXB ARUN940LTE5
ARUN960LTE5
Note 1) ARUN080LTE5 is not available in South America region.
Back
3. Piping
Multi V5 Diagrams Outdoor Units
3. Piping Diagrams
CHASSIS Model Name Model 3.1 8 / 10
3.1. / 12Pump
Heat / 14 /and
16 HP (1Recovery
Heat Comp) (ARUM***LTE5)
ARUN080LEH5 8 / 10 / 12 / 14 / 16 HP (1 Comp)
UXA ARUN100LEH5 3.1.1 Heat Recovery System
Heat Recovery System
ARUN120LEH5 ̰ Cooling Operation
Basic Part
ARUN140LEH5 ■ Cooling Operation
UXB ARUN160LEH5 High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
ARUN180LEH5 Indoor HEX EEV
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
ARUN200LEH5 High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Indoor Unit
UXB ARUN220LEH5 HR unit
UXA ARUN240LEH5
Indoor HEX EEV
ARUN260LEH5
Intorduction

Fan

ARUN280LEH5
Multi V 5

ARUN300LEH5 Indoor Unit
UXB ARUN320LEH5

UXB ARUN340LEH5 Indoor HEX EEV

ARUN360LEH5

ARUN380LEH5 Fan
ARUN400LEH5 Indoor Unit

ARUN420LEH5

ARUN440LEH5
Trouble shooting
Indoor HEX EEV
ARUN460LEH5
ARUN480LEH5
Guide
UXB Fan
ARUN500LEH5
UXB Indoor Unit
ARUN520LEH5
UXB ARUN540LEH5
ARUN560LEH5
ARUN580LEH5 Fan
ARUN600LEH5 Outdoor
Temperature
M M Motor
Sub 4-Way Valve
Sensor High Pressure
Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active
Control Logic
Temperature Sensor Path
Main 4-Way
Valve
Low Hot Low
HR Unit
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator
Temperature Suction

Temperature Comp 1
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Sensor
Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve
Model Chassis Branches Number Receiver
Receiver

Outlet
Inverter
PRHR023 2 Upper Outdoor EEV

Accum Comp 1
Comp 1
Low Outdoor Vapor
PRHR033 3

Injection
Central Control
EEV Receiver SC
High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Inlet Suction
Oil Return Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
PRHR043 4 Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
PRHR063 6 Heatsink SC
EEV
*14,16HP have 2fans.
PRHR083 8 Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer
Back
50
Multi V 5 Outdoor Units Multi V 5 Outdoor Units
3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

■ HeatingOperation
̰ Heating Operation ■ Oil
̰ Oil Return/Defrost
Return/ Defrost Operation
Operation
Indoor HEX High Temperature High Pressure Vapor High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
EEV Indoor HEX EEV
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional) High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan Fan
Basic Part
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
HR unit
HR unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Fan

Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor HEX EEV
Intorduction
Multi V 5

Fan
Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
Guide
Fan Fan
t t Motor t t Motor
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve
Temperature Temperature
Sensor Sensor High Pressure
High Pressure

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Outdoor Unit HEX Active

Temperature Sensor Path Temperature Sensor Path
Main 4-Way Main 4-Way
Control Logic
Valve Valve
Low Hot Low Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature Suction Temperature Suction

Temperature Comp 1
Temperature Comp 1
Sensor Discharge Sensor
Sensor Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve Vapor Valve
Receiver y
Receiver Receiver

Outlet Outlet

Inverter Inverter
Accum Comp 1 h Comp 1
Upper Outdoor EEV Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1 Comp 1
Low Outdoor Vapor High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Low Outdoor Vapor

EEV Receiver SC Injection EEV Receiver SC Injection
Suction Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Inlet

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Oil Return Oil Return
Central Control
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor
Heatsink SC
EEV Heatsink SC
EEV

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve Remarks
Remarks Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer
Back
51 52

■ Cooling-based Simultaneous
̰ Cooling-based Simultaneous Operation
Operation ■ Heating-basedSimultaneous
̰ Heating-based Simultaneous Operation
Operation
High Temperature High Pressure Vapor High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan
Indoor Unit
Basic Part
Indoor Unit
HR unit HR unit


Fan

Fan


Intorduction
Multi V 5

Fan
Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Fan
Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
Guide
Fan
Fan
t t Motor
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve
Temperature t t Motor
Sensor High Pressure Temperature

Sensor Pressure Switch Sensor High Pressure
Active

Outdoor Unit HEX
Temperature Sensor Path Active
Outdoor Unit HEX
Main 4-Way
Control Logic
Valve Main 4-Way
Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor Valve

Vapor Valve Low Hot Low
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor
Temperature Suction Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Comp 1 Temperature Sensor Unit HEX
Sensor

Temperature Discharge Oil Separator
Temperature Suction
Upper Hot Sensor Temperatue Sensor

Temperature Comp 1
Sensor
Vapor Valve Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Receiver Vapor Valve
Receiver Receiver

Outlet Receiver
Inverter

Outlet
Accum Comp 1 Inverter
Upper Outdoor EEV Accum Comp 1
Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1
Low Outdoor Vapor Comp 1

EEV Receiver SC Injection Vapor

Low Outdoor

Inlet Suction Receiver Injection

High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe EEV SC

Oil Return Inlet Suction
Central Control
Sub-Cooling Circuit Oil Return Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Sub-Cooling Circuit
Sub-Cooling HEX Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Liquid Pipe Sub-Cooling HEX

Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Heatsink SC
EEV Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet
Heatsink Temperature Sensor
SC
EEV
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve Pressure Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Temperature Sensor
Remarks Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer
Back
53 54

■ BalancedSimultaneous
̰ Balanced Simultaneous Operation
Operation ■ UpperHEX
̰ Upper HEXDefrost
Defrost Operation
Operation
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
EEV
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan
Indoor Unit
Basic Part
Indoor Unit
HR unit HR unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Fan

Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Intorduction
Multi V 5

Fan
Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
Guide
Fan
t t Motor Fan
Temperature
Sensor t t Motor
High Pressure Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve

Sensor Pressure Switch Temperature
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Pressure Switch
Path

Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Main 4-Way
Valve
Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor Main 4-Way
Control Logic


Oil Separator Valve
Temperature Suction Low Hot Low
Comp 1 Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Sensor Temperature Discharge Vapor Valve
Sensor Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Temperature Suction
Temperature

Vapor Valve Sensor Comp 1
Receiver Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot
Receiver Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Receiver

Outlet
Inverter Receiver
Accum Comp 1 Outlet

Upper Outdoor EEV Inverter
Accum Comp 1
Comp 1
Vapor Upper Outdoor EEV
Low Outdoor

EEV Receiver SC Injection

Comp 1


Low Outdoor Vapor

Oil Return EEV Receiver SC Injection

Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Central Control
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Oil Return
Sub-Cooling HEX Sub-Cooling Circuit Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Liquid Pipe Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor
Sub-Cooling HEX
Heatsink Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
SC Temperature Sensor
EEV
Heatsink
*14,16HP have 2fans. SC
EEV
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve *14,16HP have 2fans.
Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Remarks
Back
55 56

■ LowHEX
̰ Low HEXDefrost
Defrost Operation
Operation 3.1.2Heat
Heat Pump
Pump System
System
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor ̰■ Cooling
Cooling Operation
Operation
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Basic Part
Indoor Unit High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
HR unit High Temperature High Pressure Liquid

Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit Fan Fan

t t

IndoorGUni pndoorGUnt
Indoor HEX EEV
Intorduction
Multi V 5

Fan
Indoor Unit

Fan
Indoor HEX t t Motor

EEV Outdoor
Temperature Sub 4-Way Valve

Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor Unit
Guide

Main 4-Way
Low Valve
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Low Hot
Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator
Suction Comp 1
Temperature
Temperature
Fan Discharge
Sensor Sensor
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
t t Motor Vapor Valve
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Receiver
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure Receiver

Sensor Pressure Switch Outlet
Inverter
Path Accum Comp 1
Temperature Sensor
Upper Outdoor EEV
Control Logic
Main 4-Way Comp 1
Valve
Low Hot Low Low Outdoor Vapor

Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor EEV Receiver SC Injection
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Temperature Suction
Oil Separator
Inlet Suction
Oil Return

Sensor Temperature Comp 1
Sensor Discharge Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Upper Hot
Temperatue Sensor Sub-Cooling Circuit
Vapor Valve Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Receiver
Receiver
Sub-Cooling HEX

Outlet sGw
Inverter Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet {Gz
Accum Comp 1 Temperature Sensor
Upper Outdoor EEV o
Comp 1 SC
Low Outdoor Vapor EEV

EEV Receiver SC
Injection

Central Control
Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Sub-Cooling HEX Remarks
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet
Liquid Pipe Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer
Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink SC
EEV

Remarks
Back
58
57

̰ ■Heating
HeatingOperation
Operation ̰■ Oil
Oil Return/
Return/ Defrost
DefrostOperation
Operation
Basic Part
Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV
Fan Fan Fan Fan

t t t t
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan
Fan
t t Motor
Outdoor t t Motor
Sub 4-Way Valve Outdoor
Temperature Temperature Sub 4-Way Valve
Sensor High Pressure Sensor

Sensor Pressure Switch High Pressure

Path Outdoor Unit HEX Active
Temperature Sensor

Main 4-Way
Main 4-Way
Trouble shooting

Low Valve
Outdoor Unit HEX Low Hot Low Valve
Outdoor Pressure Sensor Low Hot
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Suction Comp 1 Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator
Temperature Suction
Guide

Temperature Discharge Temperature Comp 1
Sensor

Sensor Temperature Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Sensor Sensor
Vapor Valve Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Receiver Vapor Valve
Receiver
Receiver
Receiver

Outlet

Inverter Outlet
Accum Comp 1 Inverter
Accum Comp 1
Upper Outdoor EEV
Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1
Low Outdoor Vapor Comp 1

EEV Receiver SC Injection Low Outdoor Vapor

SC

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe EEV Receiver Injection

Oil Return Inlet Suction
Control Logic
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Sub-Cooling Circuit
Sub-Cooling HEX
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
SC Heatsink
EEV SC
EEV
Remarks Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer Remarks
Central Control
Back
59 60
Multi V 5 Outdoor Units

■ Upper HEX Defrost Operation ̰■ Low
Low HEX
HEX Defrost
DefrostOperation
Operation
̰ Upper HEX Defrost Operation
Basic Part

Fan Fan
Fan Fan
t t
t t
Indoo Uni IndooGUi
IndoorGUnit IndoorGUnit
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan Fan
t t Motor t t Motor
Outdoor Outdoor
Sub 4-Way Valve Temperature Sub 4-Way Valve
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure Sensor High Pressure

Pressure Switch
Sensor
Trouble shooting

Main 4-Way Oil Separator

Main 4-Way
Low Valve Low Hot Low Valve
Low Hot Outdoor Unit HEX
Guide
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Vapor Valve Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Suction Suction Oil Separator
Temperature
Comp 1 Temperature
Temperature Comp 1
Temperature Sensor
Sensor Sensor Discharge Upper Hot Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve Vapor Valve
Receiver Receiver
Receiver Receiver

Outlet Outlet
Inverter Inverter
Accum Comp 1 Accum Comp 1
Comp 1 Comp 1
Low Outdoor Vapor Low Outdoor Vapor

EEV Receiver SC Injection EEV Receiver SC Injection
Control Logic


Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Inlet Suction

Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Heatsink Heatsink
SC SC
EEV EEV
Remarks Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Central Control
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer Remarks
Back
61 62
3. Piping Diagrams
3. Piping Diagrams
3.2 18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26HP (2 Comp) ■ HeatingOperation
Operation
18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26HP (2 Comp) ̰ Heating
3.2.1 Heat
Heat Recovery
Recovery System
System High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Indoor HEX EEV
̰■ Cooling
Cooling Operation
Operation Fan
Basic Part
Indoor Unit
High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
HR unit
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Indoor Unit

HR unit
Fan

Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Fan
Intorduction

Indoor HEX EEV
Multi V 5
Indoor Unit

Fan

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor Unit

Fan
Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor Unit

Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor Unit
Guide
Fan
Indoor Unit
Fan
t t Motor
Fan Temperature
Sensor
t t Motor High Pressure
Outdoor

Sub 4-Way Valve
Temperature Outdoor Unit HEX Active
Sensor Temperature Sensor Path
High Pressure

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Main 4-Way
Control Logic

Temperature Sensor Path Valve
Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Main 4-Way Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator
Valve Temperature Suction
Low

Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2
Low Hot Sensor Discharge
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Sensor Discharge
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
OlGSpartor OGSeaatr Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Temperature Suction

Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2 Receiver
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Sensor Discharge Receiver
Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor

Vapor Valve Outlet Oil Oil
Receiver Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Receiver Accum Comp 1 Comp 2

Outlet Oil Oil Upper Outdoor EEV

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Upper Outdoor EEV Low Outdoor Injection Injection

EEV Receiver SC

Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor Inlet Suction
Injection Injection Oil Return
Central Control
Low Outdoor

EEV Receiver SC Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Sub-Cooling Circuit

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Oil Return Sub-Cooling HEX
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX Temperature Sensor
Liquid Pipe Heatsink
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor SC
Temperature Sensor EEV
Heatsink
SC
EEV

Back
63
64

■ Oil
̰ Oil Return/Defrost
Return/ Defrost Operation
Operation ■ Cooling-based Simultaneous
̰ Cooling-based Simultaneous Operation
Operation
High Temperature High Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
EEV
Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Fan
Basic Part
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit HR unit
HR unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Fan

Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Intorduction
Indoor HEX EEV
Multi V 5

Fan

Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Trouble shooting
Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
Guide
Fan
Fan
t t Motor
t t Motor Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Temperature
Temperature Sensor
High Pressure


Outdoor Unit HEX Active Temperature Sensor Path
Main 4-Way
Control Logic

Main 4-Way Valve
Valve Low Hot Low
Low Hot Low Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator Temperature Suction
Temperature Suction Comp 1

Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2

Temperature
Sensor Discharge
Sensor Discharge Comp 2 Sensor Discharge
Sensor Discharge Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Receiver
Receiver
Receiver
Receiver

Outlet Oil Oil
Outlet

Oil Oil p Balance Inverter Balance

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance Accum jGX Comp 2
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Upper Outdoor EEV
Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor Low Outdoor Injection Injection

Low Outdoor Injection Injection EEV Receiver SC

SC

EEV Receiver

Inlet Suction
Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Inlet
Central Control
High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Oil Return
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Sub-Cooling Circuit
Sub-Cooling Circuit Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Liquid Pipe Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
Heatsink SC
SC EEV
EEV
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Remarks Remarks
Back
65 66

■ Heating-basedSimultaneous
̰ Heating-based Simultaneous Operation
Operation ■ BalancedSimultaneous
̰ Balanced Simultaneous Operation
Operation
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan
Basic Part
HR unit HR unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Fan

Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Intorduction
Indoor HEX EEV
Multi V 5

Fan
Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
Guide
Fan
Fan t t Motor
t t Motor Temperature
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Sensor
Temperature High Pressure
Sensor

High Pressure

Sensor Pressure Switch Outdoor Unit HEX Active
Main 4-Way
Control Logic

Main 4-Way Valve

Low Hot Low
Valve Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Low Hot Low Vapor Valve
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator
Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Temperature Suction
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature Comp 1
Suction Sensor Comp 2
Temperature Sensor Discharge

Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2 Upper Hot Discharge
Sensor Discharge Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Upper Hot Sensor Discharge Vapor Valve
Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor Receiver
Vapor Valve
Receiver Receiver

Receiver Outlet Oil Oil

Outlet Oil Oil Inverter Balance Inverter Balance

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Upper Outdoor EEV
Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor Low Outdoor Injection Injection


SC Suction

EEV Receiver Inlet

Central Control
Suction

Inlet Oil Return

Sub-Cooling HEX
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
Heatsink
SC
SC EEV
EEV
Remarks Remarks
Back
67 68

■ UpperHEX
̰ Upper HEXDefrost
Defrost Operation
Operation ■ LowHEX
̰ Low HEXDefrost
Defrost Operation
Operation
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Indoor Unit
Basic Part
Indoor Unit
HR unit HR unit


Fan Fan


Intorduction
Multi V 5

Fan Fan

Fan Fan
Trouble shooting
Guide
Fan Fan
t t Motor t t Motor
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Outdoor
Temperature Sub 4-Way Valve
Temperature
Sensor Sensor
High Pressure High Pressure

Control Logic

Main 4-Way
Main
Valve 4-Way Valve
Low Hot Low Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator Vapor Valve
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator
Temperature Suction Temperature Suction
Temperature

Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2 Sensor Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2
Upper Hot Sensor Discharge Discharge Upper Hot Sensor Discharge Discharge
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Receiver Receiver
Receiver Receiver
Outlet Outlet

Oil Oil Oil Oil

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2 Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor

Low Outdoor Injection Injection Low Outdoor Injection Injection

EEV Receiver SC EEV Receiver SC

Suction Inlet Suction

Inlet High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Central Control
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Heatsink Heatsink
SC SC
EEV EEV
Remarks Remarks
Back
69 70

3.2.2Heat
HeatPump
PumpSystem
System ■ Heating Operation
̰ Heating Operation
̰■ Cooling
Cooling Operation
Operation
High Temperature High Pressure Vapor High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional) Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Basic Part

Fan Fan
Fan Fan
t t
t t
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan
Fan t t Motor
t t Motor Temperature
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Sensor High Pressure
Temperature

Sensor Pressure Switch Outdoor Unit HEX Active
Main 4-Way
Trouble shooting

Valve
Main 4-Way Low Hot Low

Valve Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Low Suction Oil Separator Oil Separator
Guide
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Low Hot Temperature
Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Comp 1
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator Sensor Comp 2
Suction Sensor Discharge
Temperature Upper Hot Discharge
Sensor

Temperature Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2 Vapor Valve
Upper Hot Discharge Discharge Receiver
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Receiver
Receiver

Outlet
Oil Oil
Receiver Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2

Outlet
Oil Oil
Inverter Balance Inverter Balance Upper Outdoor EEV
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Upper Outdoor EEV Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor

Low Outdoor Injection Injection

Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor EEV Receiver SC
Inlet Suction


SC High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Control Logic
EEV Receiver Oil Return
Inlet Suction

High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Sub-Cooling Circuit Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Oil Return Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor Heatsink
Temperature Sensor SC
Heatsink EEV
SC
EEV

Remarks
Central Control
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer
Remarks
Back
71 72

■ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation ■ Upper HEX Defrost Operation
̰ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation ̰ Upper HEX Defrost Operation

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional) Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Basic Part

Fan Fan
Fan Fan t t
t t Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan Fan
t t Motor t t Motor
Outdoor Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve
Sub 4-Way Valve Temperature
Temperature
Sensor Sensor High Pressure
High Pressure Pressure Switch

Sensor
Active Outdoor Unit HEX Active

Outdoor Unit HEX Path
Temperature Sensor Path Temperature Sensor
Trouble shooting

Main 4-Way
Main 4-Way
Valve Valve
Low Hot Low
Low Hot Low Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve
Guide
Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator Temperature Suction
Temperature Suction
Temperature

Temperature Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2
Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2 Sensor
Sensor Upper Hot Discharge Discharge
Upper Hot Discharge Discharge Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor Vapor Valve
Vapor Valve Receiver
Receiver
Receiver
Receiver

Outlet
Oil Oil

Outlet Inverter Inverter

Oil Oil Balance Balance
p Balance Inverter Balance Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Accum jGX Comp 2

Upper Outdoor EEV

Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor Injection Injection
Low Outdoor


EEV Receiver SC Inlet Suction

Control Logic

Inlet Suction


High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Oil Return
Sub-Cooling HEX
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
Heatsink SC
SC EEV
EEV

Central Control
Back
73 74
Piping Diagrams
3. Piping Diagrams Piping Diagrams

■ Low HEX Defrost Operation HRHR
UnitUnit
̰ Low HEX Defrost Operation 1.
High Temperature High Pressure Vapor Piping Diagrams

High Temperature High Pressure Liquid Low pressure gas pipe
Piping Diagrams
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Th3
Basic Part
Th2
Liquid pipe
1. HR Unit
B
s C
Fan Fan
Th1
t t
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit High pressure gas pipe
Low pressure gas pipe
A
Intorduction
s s s s s s s s
Multi V 5
Liquid pipe
B
Fan
s C
t t Motor
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve s
Temperature s
s

Sensor Pressure Switch s D s
High pressure gas pipe
Solenoid
A
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Trouble shooting
Main 4-Way
s s

Valve EEV s s s s s s
Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Guide
Suction Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature
Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor

Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2
Sensor
Upper Hot Discharge Discharge
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Receiver
s
Receiver s
s

Outlet
Inverter
Oil
Inverter : To sbe switched
Ⓐ Symbol operation between D s and heating by two Solenoid valve
cooling
Accum Comp 1
Balance
Comp 2 Solenoid Description PCB Connector
Upper Outdoor EEV Ⓑ : To
Th1be used
Sub decreasing noise according
Cooling In Temperature Sensor to sub-cooling of inlet and outlet of indoor unit
SN_SEN_02(SC_IN)
(Simultaneous operation)
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Th2 Sub Cooling Out Temperature Sensor SN_SEN_02(SC_OUT)

SC
EEV Receiver
Ⓒ : To prevent
EEVliquid charging between high pressure gas valve and HR unit at cooling mode
Control Logic

Inlet Suction


Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Ⓓ : To
Th3be controlled the pressure
Luquid Receiver between
Temperature high and low pressure pipe
Sensor during operation switching
SN_SEN_02(LIQUID)
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Sensor
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
SC
Ⓐ : To be switched operation between cooling and heating by two Solenoid valve
EEV
Ⓑ : To be used decreasing noise according to sub-cooling of inlet and outlet of indoor unit
(Simultaneous operation)
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve Ⓒ : To prevent liquid charging between high pressure gas valve and HR unit at cooling mode
Central Control
Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer Ⓓ : To be controlled the pressure between high and low pressure pipe during operation switching
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 59 -

LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes
Back
75 LGE Internal Use Only

4.1 8 / 10 / 12 / 14 / 16 HP (1 Comp) ̰ Heating Operation
3.2. Heat Pump (ARUN***LTE5) ■ Heating Operation
4.1.1 Heat Pump System
8 / 10 / 12 / 14 / 16 HP (1 Comp) High Temperature High Pressure Gas
̰ ■Cooling
Cooling Operation
Operation
Low Temperature Low Pressure Gas
Basic Part
High Temperature High Pressure Gas
Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG|
Electronic Electronic
Low Temperature Low Pressure Gas Expansion Valve Expansion Valve
Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| M M

Expansion Valve Expansion Valve Fan Fan
Intorduction
M M
Multi V 5
Fan Fan
Outdoor Unit
Q
Fan
Outdoor
Temperature 4-Way
Motor Valve
Outdoor Unit Sensor
Q
High Pressure Pressure Gas Pipe
nGwG
Fan Sensor Switch
Trouble shooting
Outdoor 4-Way
Temperature M M Motor Valve Low Pressure Sensor Liquid Pipe
sGwG
Sensor
Guide
nGwG Outdoor
Sensor Switch Unit HEX
Low Pressure Sensor Temperature
Liquid Pipe
sGwG Sensor
Outdoor
Unit HEX Suction Temperature Oil Separator
Temperature Sensor
Sensor
Receiver
Suction Oil Separator
Temperature Receiver Outlet
Sensor
Accumulator Comp.1 Discharge
Control Logic
Receiver Temperature Sensor
Receiver Outlet
Charging Port
Temperature Sensor Receiver Inlet
SC Inverter
Suction Comp.1
Charging Port
Oil Return
Receiver
Inlet SC Inverter Sub-Cooling
Circuit Outlet VI EEV
Suction Comp.1
Temperature Sensor
Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature VI EEV Sub-Cooling Liquid Pipe
Sensor Heatsink Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Central Control
Temperature Sensor SC EEV
Sub-Cooling Circuit Liquid Pipe
Heatsink Inlet Temperature Temperature Sensor
Sensor SC EEV
* 14, 16HP have 2fans.

* 14, 16HP have 2fans. Remarks
Remarks
Back
55
56
Multi V 5 Outdoor Units 4. Piping Diagrams

4. Piping Diagrams
4.2 18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26 HP (2 Comp)
̰ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation
■ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation 4.2.1 Heat Pump System
18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26 HP (2 Comp)
̰■Cooling Operation
Cooling Operation
oG{GoGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
Basic Part
sG{GsGwGn
Expansion Valve Expansion Valve
pG oGl pG| pG oGl pG|
lG lG
M M lG} lG}
Fan Fan
t t
m m
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Outdoor Unit
Q
Fan
Outdoor 4-Way
Temperature Motor Valve
Sensor vG|

nGwG m
Sensor Switch v [T~
Low Pressure Sensor { t
Trouble shooting
Liquid Pipe
sGwG }
z
Outdoor oGw w nGwG
Guide
Unit HEX z z
Temperature sGwGz sGwG
Sensor
v
|Gol
Suction Temperature Oil Separator {
Sensor z
z
Receiver jUX
{ k
v vGz
z
Receiver Outlet z {
z jUYGk
y {Gz
Temperature Sensor y
Control Logic
v
vGi vGi
Charging Port p } p }
h
jUX jUY
Receiver Inlet jT
SC Inverter
Suction Comp.1 G
w }pGll} }pGll}
Oil Return
y zj
Sub-Cooling p z
Temperature Sensor vGy
zTj
jGv
Sub-Cooling Liquid Pipe {Gz
Heatsink Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Central Control
zTj sGw
o jGp {Gz
{Gz zjGll}

Remarks wGz {Gz jG} zG}
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer y
wGz z}jG} ll} z
58
Back
57
4. Piping Diagrams
4. Piping Diagrams
̰ ■Heating
Heating Operation
Operation ■ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation
oG{GoGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
oG{GoGwGn
sG{GsGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
sG{GsGwGn
Basic Part
pG oGl pG| pG oGl pG| lG lG
lG lG} lG}
lG
lG} lG}
t t
t t m m
m m
Intorduction
Multi V 5
vG|
m
vG| v [T~
m { t }
v z
[T~
{ t }
oGw w nGwG
z
z z
oGw w nGwG sGwGz sGwG
Trouble shooting
z z
sGwGz sGwG v
|Gol
Guide
v {
|Gol z
{
z z jUX v v
z jUY z
{ k k
z jUX v jUY v z { {
{ k z k z z z
z { { y
z z y
y v
y vGi vGi
p } p }
v h jUX jUY
vGi vGi
Control Logic
h p } p } jT
jUX jUX G
jT w }pGll} }pGll}
y
G p zj
y w }pGll} }pGll} z
p zj vGy
z zTj
vGy jGv
zTj {Gz
jGv
{Gz zTj sGw
o jGp {Gz
zTj {Gz zjGll}
sGw
o jGp {Gz
Central Control
{Gz zjGll}
wGz {Gz jG} zG}

y
wGz {Gz jG} zG}
y wGz z}jG} ll} z
wGz z}jG} ll} z
Back
60
59
Multi V 5 Cooling Only Outdoor Units

4. Piping Diagrams
4. Piping Diagrams 4.2 14 / 16 / 18 / 20 / 22 RT (2 Comp)
3.3. Cooling Only (ARUV***B/DTE5) 14 / 16 / 18 / 20 / 22 RT (2 Comp)
4.1
8 / 810/ 10
/ 12/ 12
RTRT (1 Comp)
(1 Comp)
̰ Cooling / Oil Return Operation
■ Cooling / Oil Return Operation
Cooling/ /Oil
̰■ Cooling OilReturn
ReturnOperation
Operation oG{GoGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
Basic Part
sG{GsGwGn

lG lG
lG} lG}
t t
m m
Intorduction
M M
Multi V 5
Fan Fan
vG|
Outdoor Unit m

Q v [T~
{ t }
Fan
Trouble shooting
z
Outdoor 4-Way
Temperature M M Motor Valve
Sensor oGw w nGwG
z z
Guide
sGwGz sGwG
nGwG
Sensor Switch
Low Pressure Sensor v
|Gol
Liquid Pipe
sGwG {
Outdoor z
Unit HEX
Temperature
Sensor z jUX v
{ k vGz
z
z {
Suction z jUYGk
Oil Separator {Gz
Temperature y
Sensor
y
Control Logic
v
Receiver vGi vGi
h p } p }
Receiver Outlet jUX jUY
jT
Accumulator Comp.1 Discharge G
Temperature Sensor w }pGll} }pGll}
Charging Port y zj
p z
Receiver
Inlet vGy
SC Inverter
Suction Comp.1 zTj
jGv
Oil Return {Gz
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature VI EEV
Sensor zTj
Central Control
sGw
o jGp {Gz
{Gz zjGll}
Sensor SC EEV
wGz {Gz jG} zG}

* 12RT have 2fans.
y
wGz z}jG} ll} z
Remarks
Back
056 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK 057 69
68
Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units

3.1 8 / 10 / 12 / 14 HP (1 Comp) ̰ Heating Operation
3.4. Tropical Heat Pump (ARUN***LEH5) ■ Heating Operation
3.1.1 Heat Pump System
8 / 10 / 12 / 14 HP (1 Comp) High Temperature High Pressure Gas
̰ Cooling Operation High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
■ Cooling Operation Low Temperature Low Pressure Gas
Basic Part
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG|
Low Temperature Low Pressure Gas Electronic Electronic

M M
Expansion Valve Expansion Valve Fan Fan
M M
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan Fan
Outdoor Unit
Q
Fan
Outdoor
Temperature 4-Way
Motor Valve
Outdoor Unit Sensor
Q
Fan High Pressure Pressure Gas Pipe
nGwG
Outdoor Sensor Switch
Trouble shooting
4-Way
Temperature M M Motor Valve Low Pressure Sensor Liquid Pipe
sGwG
Sensor
Guide
nGwG
Sensor Switch Outdoor
Unit HEX
Low Pressure Sensor Temperature
Liquid Pipe
sGwG Sensor
Outdoor
Unit HEX Suction Temperature Oil Separator
Temperature Sensor
Sensor
Receiver
Suction Oil Separator
Temperature Receiver Outlet
Sensor
Control Logic
Receiver Temperature Sensor
Receiver Outlet
Charging Port
Temperature Sensor Receiver Inlet
SC Inverter
Suction Comp.1
Charging Port
Oil Return
Receiver
Inlet SC Inverter Sub-Cooling
Suction Comp.1
Temperature Sensor
Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature VI EEV Sub-Cooling Liquid Pipe
Sensor Heatsink Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Central Control
Sensor SC EEV * 12, 14HP have 2fans.

* 12, 14HP have 2fans. Remarks
Remarks
Back
32
33
Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units
Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units 3. Piping Diagrams

3. Piping Diagrams 3.2 16 / 18 / 20 HP (2 Comp)
■ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation 3.2.1 Heat Pump System
16 / 18 / 20 HP (2 Comp)
̰ Cooling Operation
■ Cooling Operation
oG{GoGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
Basic Part
sG{GsGwGn

lG lG
lG} lG}
M M
Fan Fan
t t
m m
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Outdoor Unit
Q
Fan
Outdoor 4-Way
Temperature Motor Valve vG|
Sensor
m
nGwG
Sensor Switch v [T~
{ t }
Low Pressure Sensor
Trouble shooting
Liquid Pipe
sGwG z
oGw w nGwG

Outdoor
Guide
z z
Unit HEX
Temperature sGwGz sGwG
Sensor
v
|Gol
Suction Temperature Oil Separator {
Sensor z
z jUX v

Receiver { k vGz
z
z
Receiver Outlet {
z jUYGk
y {Gz
Temperature Sensor y
Control Logic
v
vGi vGi
Charging Port p } p }
h
jUX jUY
Receiver Inlet jT
SC Inverter
Suction Comp.1 G
w }pGll} }pGll}
Oil Return
y zj
Sub-Cooling z
Circuit Outlet VI EEV p
Temperature Sensor vGy
zTj
jGv
Sub-Cooling Liquid Pipe {Gz
Heatsink Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
zTj
Central Control
sGw
o jGp {Gz
{Gz zjGll}

Remarks
wGz {Gz jG} zG}
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer y
wGz z}jG} ll} z
35
Back
34
3. Piping Diagrams
3. Piping Diagrams
̰ ■Heating
HeatingOperation
Operation ■ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation
oG{GoGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
oG{GoGwGn
sG{GsGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
sG{GsGwGn
Basic Part
pG oGl pG| pG oGl pG| lG lG
lG} lG}
lG lG
lG} lG}
t t
t t m m
m m
Intorduction
Multi V 5
vG|
m
vG| v [T~
{ t }
m z
v [T~
{ t } oGw w nGwG
z z z
nGwG sGwGz sGwG
Trouble shooting
oGw w
z z
sGwGz sGwG v
|Gol
Guide
{
v z
|Gol
{
z z jUX v v
z jUY z
{ k k
z { {
z jUX v jUY v
{ k z z
z k z y
z { {
z z y
y v
vGi vGi
y p } p }
h jUX jUY
v
vGi vGi
Control Logic
p p jT
h } } G
jUX jUX
w }pGll} }pGll}
jT y
G p zj
w }pGll} }pGll} z
y
p vGy
zj
z zTj
jGv
vGy {Gz
zTj
jGv
{Gz zTj sGw
o jGp {Gz
{Gz zjGll}
zTj sGw
Central Control
o jGp {Gz
{Gz zjGll}
wGz {Gz jG} zG}

y
wGz {Gz jG} zG} wGz z}jG} ll} z
y
wGz z}jG} ll} z
Back
37
36
4. Wiring Diagrams Multi V 5 Outdoor Units

4. Wiring Diagrams
4. Wiring Diagrams 4.2 14 / 16 HP (UXB, 1 Comp)
4.1. Heat Pump and Heat Recovery (ARUM***LTE5) 14 / 16 HP (UXB, 1 Comp)
4.188/ 10
/ 10/ 12
/ 12HP
HP(UXA,
(UXA,1 1Comp)
Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
76
77
Multi V 5 Wiring Diagrams
Outdoor Units
4. Wiring Diagrams Wiring Diagrams

4.3 18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26HP (UXB, 2 Comp) 1. HR Units
18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26HP (UXB, 2 Comp) HR Units
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
CN01 Solenoid Valv 01 L/H(For Room1)
CN05 Solenoid Valv 01 L/H(Bypass for Room1)
Control Logic
CN09 Solenoid Valv Bypass 01
CN10 Solenoid Valv Bypass 02
CN EEV 01 Sub Cooling LEV
CN_WEN_02(SC_OUT) Sensor, Sub Cooling Out
CN_WEN_02(SC_IN) Sensor, Sub Cooling In
CN_WEN_02(LIQUID) Sensor, Liquid Receiver
SW01M Solenoid Valve Number Setting(When Manual Address)
SW02M(1) Selecting, Auto Address(↓) or Manual Address(↑)
SW02M(2~3) Setting, Total Number of Indoor connected
Central Control
SW03M Setting, the Address of indoor_10(When Manual Address)
SW04M Setting, the Address of indoor_1(When Manual Address)
SW05M Setting, HR Unit Number

Back
78
Multi V 5 Outdoor Units 3. Wiring Diagrams

3. Wiring Diagrams 3.214
14/ 16
/ 16HP
HP(UXB,
(UXB, 1 Comp)
4.2. Heat Pump (ARUN***LTE5) 1 Comp)
3.1 8 / 10 / 12 HP (UXA, 1 Comp)
8 / 10 / 12 HP (UXA, 1 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
52
53
3. Wiring Diagrams
3. Wiring Diagrams
3.1 220V
3.31818/ 20
/ 20 / 22
/ 22 / 24
/ 24 / 26
/ 26 HPHP (UXB,
(UXB, 2 Comp)
2 Comp) 4.3. Cooling Only (ARUV***B/DTE5)
3.1.1 8 / 10 RT (UXA, 1 Comp)
220V_8 / 10 RT (UXA, 1 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
071
54
Multi V 5 Cooling Only Outdoor Units Multi V 5 Cooling Only Outdoor Units
3. Wiring Diagrams 3. Wiring Diagrams

3.1.2220V_12
12 RT (UXB, 1 Comp)
RT (UXB, 1 Comp) 3.1.3 14 RT (UXB,
220V_14 2 Comp)
RT (UXB, 2 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
61 62

3. Wiring Diagrams
3. Wiring Diagrams 3.2 460V
3.1.4 16 / 18 // 20
220V_16 18/ /22
20RT (UXB,
/ 22 2 Comp)
RT (UXB, 2 Comp) 460V_8
3.2.1 / 10(UXA,
8 / 10 RT RT (UXA, 1 Comp)
1 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
074 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK 64 075
63
Multi V 5 Cooling Only Outdoor Units Multi V 5 Cooling Only Outdoor Units

460V_12
3.2.2 RT (UXB,
12 RT (UXB, 1 Comp)
1 Comp) 460V_14
3.2.3 RT (UXB,
14 RT (UXB, 2 Comp)
2 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
65 66
Multi V 5 Tropical
3. Wiring Diagrams Outdoor Units
4. Wiring Diagrams
460V_16
3.2.4 16 / 18//18
20 // 20 / 22(UXB,
22 RT RT (UXB, 2 Comp)
2 Comp) 4.4. Tropical Heat Pump (ARUN***LEH5)
4.1 8 / 10 HP (UXA, 1 Comp)
8 / 10 HP (UXA, 1 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
67 38
Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units

4.2 12
12 // 14
14 HP
HP(UXB,
(UXB,11Comp)
Comp) 4.316
16/ 18
/ 18/ 20
/ 20
HPHP (UXB,
(UXB, 2 Comp)
2 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
39
40
Ⅲ. Trouble Shooting Guide
Basic Part
Checking Point 085
Self-Diagnosis Function 097
Checking Method for Key Components 299
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Basic Part
Checking Point
1. LGMV 086
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. Lack of Cooling 087
3. Lack of Heating 089
4. Check The Amount of Refrigerant 091
5. Cycle Changes by Amount of Refrigerant 095
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
R410a
Mode No. Item Unit Cause & Check Point
Normal condition Abnormal condition
Above 3800 Overcharging, Outdoor Fan lock
1 High Pressure kPa 2000~3600
Below 1800 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage except condition of very low ambient operation
Above 1300 Overcharging
2 Low Pressure kPa 500~1000
1. LGMV
Below 400 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage, Comm Line Wrong connection
Above 1000 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage
3 Indoor EEV Pulse 200~600
Below 100 Overcharging, Indoor Pipe Temp. Sensor Defect
Normal Mode(In case of two EEV mode) :
32/2000(Normal) -
Cooling Upper EEV → full close Lower EEV → full open
4 Outdoor EEV Pulse
2000/32 Low Temp Mode (In case of two EEV mode) :
(Cooling low temp.) Upper EEV → full open Lower EEV → full close
Below 0°C : EEV leakage, Malfunction
Indoor pipe △T
5 ℃ 0~10 Below -1 Above 10°C : EEV clogging, Malfunction, Pipe Clogging, Wrong Piping
△T = Outlet - Inlet
Both in and out high : EEV stuck (full close), wrong piping
Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage
Indoor pipe Inlet,
6 ℃ 6~15 above 17 Indoor Path Clogging
Outlet
EEV Fault, Indoor Pipe Temp, Sensor Defect
Overcharging, Comm Line Wrong connection

High Pressure Above 3400
7 kPa 2300~3300 Indoor Fan Lock
(Cooling)
below 2200 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage
Above 1300 Overcharging
Heating 8 Low Pressure kPa 200~1200
below 120 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage, Outdoor EEV Fault
9 Indoor EEV Pulse 150~1350 -
Above 1500 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage
10 Outdoor EEV Pulse 200~800
Below 150 Overcharging
11 Comp, Discharge T ℃ 60~100 Above 105 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage or Compressor failure
Suction Superheat SC EEV Fault, Overcharging
12 ℃ Above 0.5 below 0
(Tsuc-Tdew) EEV Fault
Common
Wrong piping, Outdoor unit SC EEV Fault, Outdoor unit SC HEX inner leakage, HR
Discharge Superheat
13 ℃ Above 15 Below 5 unit SC EEV Fault, Overcharging, Discharge temp. sensor fault (Refer to CH150
(Tdis-Tbub)
Trouble guide in detail)
- The value of LGMV in steady-state condition after driving more than 80% of the indoor unit
- The above value is not the absolute value, it can be changed according to the installation environment and operating condition.
- The above causes are the most common causes, there can be other possible causes.
indoor unit
indoor unit
superheat of
Inlet temp. of
The degree of
Checking Item
> 2 °C : EEV Open

< 2 °C : EEV Close
temp. is
temp. is
operation
abnormal
Discharge
≥ 5 °C
≥ 14 °C
Symptom
under partial
full operation
normal under
but discharge
2. Lack of Cooling
unit
age
age
flow
indoor unit
Judgment
Defective temp.
sensor of indoor
Cooling overload
Defective EEV of
Bypass on indoor
Refrigerant short-
Refrigerant short-
2.1 Not reach target low pressure
unit
connected pipe.
single operation)
stances in the strainer.
Check the indoor unit EEV

Check the indoor unit EEV
Check the amount of refrigerant

Countermeasure
Check indoor unit with bypass flow
inlet temperature of the indoor unit should be not more than evaporation temperature + 10 °C.
※ The degree of superheat of indoor unit (It may be different depending on the outdoor unit control)
_
Check the temperature sensor of indoor unit
to a place without an indoor unit, separate the

(Confirm total flow while changing full / partial /
Check the indoor EEV opening pulse. When the
Recheck the load design, Check the ambient air
If the liquid pipe and the gas pipe are connected

degree of superheat of the corresponding indoor
Check the liquid pipe blocking or the foreign sub-

opening pulse is small or closed, please lower the
flow, (if duct type) inlet / outlet chamber installation
087
※ The inlet temperature of the indoor unit: When the present low pressure reaches the target low pressure, the
Back Central Control Control Logic Guide Intorduction Basic Part

Trouble shooting Multi V 5
3. Lack of Heating
2.2 Not reach target low pressure 3.1 Reach target high pressure
Checking Item Symptom Judgment Countermeasure Checking Item Symptom Judgment Countermeasure
Not reach the Refrigerant overcharging Check the amount of refrigerant
target low pressure Bypass by defec-
Check the outdoor valve Recheck the load design, Check the
Basic Part
under full / partial / tive outdoor valve
Heating overload ambient air flow, (if duct type) inlet /
single operation
outlet chamber installation
The degree of
Comp. max Not reach the
subcooling of ≥ 10 °C Check the temperature sensor of
Hz operation target low pressure Defective temp. sensor of indoor unit
indoor unit indoor unit
under full opera-
Lack of outdoors
tion, but reach the Defective EEV of indoor unit Check the indoor unit EEV
capacity
target low pressure
Check the indoor installation environ-
under partial Defective installation of indoor unit
ment
Intorduction
operation
Multi V 5
Compressor ※ The degree of subcooling of indoor unit (It may be different depending on the outdoor unit control)
Not max Hz
protection control > 5 °C : EEV Open
operation
operation < 5 °C : EEV Close
Compressor
operation limit by High outdoor
excessive high temperature
Trouble shooting
pressure drop
Fan. max
Guide
Defective installa-
RPM opera- Check the outdoor installation environment
tion of outdoor unit
tion
Excessive foreign
substance of
Remove the foreign substance
outdoor heat
exchanger
Control Logic
Difective of fan
Not reach max.
motor, motor shaft,
RPM under max.
fan fixing screw,
RPM display on the
Not max. fan balance and
LGMV
RPM opera- fan breakage
tion
Fan heatsink Check the amount of thermal grease between
temperature limit the fan PCB and the heat sink.
Fan lock Remove foreign substance around the fan operation.
Central Control
※ Compressor operation: The compressor controls the Hz to reach the target low pressure during the cooling
operation.
- If the compressor does not reach the target low pressure while the compressor is operating at Max. Hz, the
outdoor capacity is insufficient compared to the indoor load or the flow is bypassed.
- If the compressor is not in Max Hz operation, it is in emergency control to limit compressor operation.
※ Fan operation: During cooling operation, the fan controls the RPM to match the target high pressure.
- If the present high pressure is higher than the target high pressure, the RPM is raised.
- If the present high pressure is lower than the target high pressure, the RPM is decreased.
Back
4. Check The Amount of Refrigerant
3.2 Not reach target high pressure 4.1 Cooling

Checking Item Symptom Judgment Countermeasure Item Refrigerant shortage Refrigerant overcharging
Not reach the target • EEV open (approx. 1000pls or more)
Indoor unit EEV EEV close (approx. 100pls or less)
low pressure under Bypass by defective • Refrigerant noise
Check the outdoor valve
Basic Part
full / partial / single outdoor valve The degree of superheat
operation (@ indoor unit) • over 20 °C (@ single operation)
Comp. max above 5 °C
Not reach the target (Pipeout Temp. • over 25 °C (@ full operation)
Hz operation
high pressure under full - Pipein Temp.)
Lack of outdoors
operation, but reach Low pressure below target low pressure above target low pressure
capacity
the target low pressure
under partial operation High pressure limit
High pressure below target high pressure * Even if the compressor Hz is low,
Intorduction
Compressor protection easily increase high pressure)
Multi V 5
Not max Hz control operation
The degree of
operation • below 5 °C (@ single operation ) • below 25 °C (@ single operation )
Excessive low pressure Heating low pressure subcooling
• below 10 °C (@ full operation) • below 20 °C (@ full operation)
drop control operation (@ outdoor unit)
Low outdoor tem- Inverter discharge
high low
perature temperature
Trouble shooting
Fan. max Compressor operation Defective installation of Check the outdoor installation environ- The degree of suction
above target degree below target degree
RPM opera- limit by excessive low outdoor unit ment superheat
Guide
tion pressure drop
Excessive foreign ※ The table above is not an absolute measure of the amount of refrigerant. Please judge comprehensively with
substance of outdoor Remove the foreign substance other factors.
heat exchanger
Difective of fan motor,
motor shaft, fan fixing
screw, fan balance and
Control Logic
fan breakage
Not max. Not reach max. RPM
RPM opera- under max. RPM dis- Check the amount of thermal grease
Fan heatsink tempera-
tion play on the LGMV between the fan PCB and the heat
ture limit
sink.
Remove foreign substance around the
Fan lock
fan operation.
※C
Central Control
ompressor operation : The compressor controls the Hz to reach the target high pressure during the heating
operation.
- If the compressor does not reach the target high pressure while the compressor is operating at Max. Hz, the outdoor
capacity is insufficient compared to the indoor load or excessive low outdoor temp. the flow is bypassed.
- If the compressor is not in Max Hz operation, it is in emergency control to limit compressor operation.
※ Fan operation : During heating operation, the fan controls the RPM to match the target low pressure.
- If the present low pressure is lower than the target low pressure, the RPM is raised.
- If the present low pressure is lower than the target low pressure, the RPM is decreased.
Back
4.2 Heating 4.3 Normal cycle
Item Refrigerant shortage Refrigerant overcharging
EEV close EEV open
Indoor unit EEV
(approx. 200 pls or less) (approx. 1350 pls)
Basic Part
Low pressure below target low pressure above target low pressure
High pressure limit
압축비 제한
(1.8~8)
High pressure Low pressure limit * Even if the compressor Hz is low, eas-
ily increase high pressure
냉매가 많을 경우
High (approx. 100 °C or more)
2. 흡입과열도 ↓
3. 토출과열도 ↓
1. 고압/저압 ↑
Low
4. 과냉도 ↑
Inverter discharge * If the compressor Hz is low, the
* But not always low, depending on
temperature temperature may be low even if the
Ｂ 토출온도
the cycle)
Intorduction
refrigerant is insufficient)
Multi V 5
흡입온도
The degree of suction
냉방 : 실내 과열도 제어
난방 : 실외기 EEV 제어
above target degree below target degree
흡입과열도
압축기
superheat
Gas
토출과열도
Ａ
※ The table above is not an absolute measure of the amount of refrigerant. Please judge comprehensively with
Gas
other factors.
Trouble shooting
Liquid + Gas
응축기
Guide
Liquid + Gas
증발기
냉방 : SC EEV( 제어)
→ 능력 저하(flashing)
Liquid + Gas
Liquid
과냉도
팽창 V/V
Control Logic
(EEV)
Ｃ
Ｄ
EEV 입구온도
EEV 출구온도
(Liquid+Gas)
(Liquid)
Central Control
Liquid
Back
20170217 Trouble Shooting Guide Book_Multi5_신규추가
5. Cycle Changes by amount of refrigerant
5. Cycle Changes by amount of refrigerant
5.1 Cooling cycle

4.4 Abnormal cycle (Refrigerant Overcharging / Shortage) 5.1 Cooling cycle
5.1.1 A cycle changes by refrigerant overcharging
When overcharging a refrigerant more than necessary, an extra refrigerant will be
When overcharging
stored in a refrigerantHEX
condensing more than
and necessary,
liquid an extra
pipe because of refrigerant willOvercharged
high density. be stored in condens-
ing HEX and refrigerant can
liquid pipe make changing
because the cycle
of high density. as below. refrigerant can make changing the
Overcharged
To make clear distinction, all IDU’s should be operated, and wait at least 20 minutes
cycle as below.
Basic Part
after system started until cycle is stabilized
To make clear distinction, all IDU's should be operated, and wait at least 20 minutes after system
started until cycle is stabilized
• ODU HEX
: Accumulation of refrigerant in condensing area  liquid area increase (SC ↑)
• ODU HEX : Accumulation of refrigerant in condensing area → Increasing liquid area (SC ↑) →
 Performance ↓  High Pressure ↑
Performance ↓ → High Pressure ↑
냉매가 많을 경우
2. 흡입과열도 ↓
3. 토출과열도 ↓
• ODU Fan
1. 고압/저압 ↑
• ODU Fan: RPM ↑ to reduce high pressure

4. 과냉도 ↑
: RPM ↑ to reduce high pressure
Intorduction
Outdoor Unit Fan
Multi V 5
Gas
[Discharge Super heat(SH)]

ODU Main EEV ODU HEX
Density of refrigerant for suction ↑
Gas
 Circulating more refrigerant

Gas
than same Hz  Comp. cooling

effect ↑  Discharge SH↓
liquid
Trouble shooting
2-phase
Liquid + Gas
Liquid + Gas
Guide
superheat
Liquid + Gas
Liquid + Gas
comp
[SC EEV, Sub cooling(SC)] SC EEV 2-phase
Liquid area↑  SC↑ [Comp. Hz]

 Density of refrigerant ↑ Base pressure ↑(OFF condition
Liquid
 SC EEV ↓ pressure)  Difference
Control Logic
IDU EEV between target low pressure
Indoor unit HEX and base pressure ↑ Comp
[IDU EEV] Hz ↑
SC↑  Density of refrigerant ↑

냉매가 적을 경우
2. 흡입과열도 ↑
3. 토출과열도 ↑
1. 고압/저압 ↓
 IDU EEV ↓ Indoor unit Fan

4. 과냉도 ↓
[Indoor SH]
EEV is controlled for SH=0~5℃ until 110pulse
Central Control
* In case of refrigerant
* In case shortage,
of refrigerant cycle
shortage, willwill
cycle show opposite
show response.
opposite response.
Back
20170217 Trouble Shooting Guide Book_Multi5_신규추가
5.2 Heating cycle

5.2 Heating cycle
When overcharging a refrigerant more than necessary, an extra refrigerant will be stored in condens-
ing HEX and
When overcharging a refrigerant more than necessary, an extra refrigerant will be
liquidinpipe becauseHEX of high
anddensity. Overcharged
because ofrefrigerant can Overcharged
make changing the
Basic Part
stored condensing liquid pipe high density.
cycle as below.
refrigerant can make changing the cycle as below.
To make clear distinction,
To make all IDU's should
clear distinction, be operated,
all IDU’s should be and wait atand
operated, least 20 at
wait minutes after
least 20 system
minutes
started untilafter
cyclesystem started until cycle is stabilized
is stabilized
• ODU HEX
• ODU HEX: A:ccumulation ofofrefrigerant
Accumulation refrigerantinincondensing
condensing area
area → Increasingliquid
 Increasing liquidarea
area(SC
(SC↑)↑) → Self-Diagnosis Function
Performance ↓ → High
 Performance Pressure
↓  High ↑ ↑
Pressure
• ODU EEV: EEV
• ODUpulse
EEV↓ for preventing liquid compression
1. Error Code Display 098
Intorduction
: EEV pulse ↑ for decreasing sub-cooling
Multi V 5
* In some cases, mal-distribution of ref. among indoor units causes lack of ref. supply to specific 2. Error Code Check 102
* in some cases, mal-distribution of ref. among indoor units causes lack of ref. supply to
IDUs, thus specific
EEV pulse can
IDUs, be EEV
thus increased regardless
pulse can of ref.regardless
be increased conditions.of ref. conditions
Indoor unit Fan
[Discharge Super heat(SH)]
Density of refrigerant for suction ↑
IDU EEV IDU HEX  Circulating more refrigerant
Trouble shooting
than same Hz  Comp. heating
effect ↑  Discharge SH↓
Guide
liquid
2-phase
superheat comp
[SC EEV, Sub cooling(SC)]
Control Logic
SC EEV 2-phase
Sub cooled liquid area↑ 
 density of refrigerant ↑ [Comp. Hz]
 SC EEV ↓
IDU Hex performance↓(by
reduced 2 phase region) 
ODU Main EEV High Pressure ↑  Comp Hz ↓
ODU HEX (target High Pressure control)
[ODU EEV]
SC↑  Density of refrigerant ↑
 ODU Main EEV ↓ [Suction SH]
Central Control
Outdoor unit Fan Main EEV is controlled for SH = 2~5℃
So, Suction SH ↓ and Main EEV ↓
* In case of refrigerant shortage, cycle will show opposite response.

* In case of refrigerant shortage, cycle will show opposite response.
Back
1. Error Code Display
48
Self-Diagnosis Function
ENGLISH
Display Title Cause of Error

Error Indicator Hydro KitIndoor unit Inlet and Outlet pipe
1 6 - Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
- This function indicates types of failure in self-diagnosis and occurrence of failure for air condition. Temperature sensor Error
- Error mark is displayed on display window of indoor units and wired remote controller, and 7-segment LED of outdoor unit control board as
Hydro Kit Indoor unit Inlet pipe Temperature
Indoor unit related error

shown in the table.
- If more than two troubles occur simultaneously, lower number of error code is first displayed. sensor Error
1 7 - Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
- After error occurrence, if error is released, error LED is also released simultaneously. Outside air Introduction duct Inlet pipe Tem-
perature sensor Error
Basic Part
Error Display
Hydro Kit Indoor unit Outlet pipe Temperature
1st,2nd,3rd LED of 7-segment indicates error number, 4th LED indicates unit number.(* = 1: Master, 2: Slave 1, 3: Slave 2, 4: Slave 3) 1 8 - Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
sensor Error
Ex) 1051 : Error occurrence with error number 105 at No. 1 outdoor unit (=Master unit) Repeat
In case of indoor unit error occurrence, the error number is only shown at remote controller 2 3 0 - Refrigerant leakage sensing error Malfunction of Refrigerant Sensor
without 7 segment LED of outdoor unit. Error No. of Unit
Error No. of Compressor
2 3 7 - Communication
Ex) CH → 01 : Error occurrence with error number 01 (at remote controller) Error No. error between IDU and ODU Failing to receive the signal from ODU local modem
In case of compressor error occurrence, 7 segment LED of outdoor unit control board local modem
will display its error number alternately with compressor number.
2 3 8 - Communication
Ex) 213 → C23 : It means that compressor error occurred with Error No. 21 at No. 3 Outdoor unit (=Slave2) error between ODU modem Failing to receive receive the signal from outdoor
and ODU PCB unit packet
Intorduction
* Refer to the DX-Venitilation manual for DX-Venitilation error code. Master Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Drive IPM
Display Title Cause of Error 2 1 * Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor IPM Fault
Multi V 5
Fault
Display Title Cause of Error
00 11 - - Air
Airtemperature
temperature sensor of indoor unit Air temperature
sensor ofsensor of isindoor unit is open or short Inverter PCB Input Over Current(RMS) of Master Outdoor Unit Inverter PCB Input Current
sensor of indoor unit Air temperature indoor unit open or short 2 2 * Master Outdoor Unit excess (RMS)
0 2 - Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short
Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit is open Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor DC Link System is turned off by Master Outdoor Unit DC Link
00 32 -- Inlet pipe temperature
Communication error : wiredsensor
remoteof indoor ↔
controller unit 2 3 *
indoor unit
Failingor
to short
receive wired remote controller signal in indoor unit PCB Low or High Voltage Low/High Voltage.
0 4 - Drain pump
Communication error : wired remote controllerMalfunction
Failingof to
drain pump
receive wired remote controller signal in System is turned off by Master Outdoor Unit high
0 3 - Communication 2 4 * Outdoor Unit High Pressure Switch
0 5 - ↔ indoor uniterror : outdoor unit ↔ indoor unit Failingindoor unitoutdoor
to receive PCB unit signal in indoor unit PCB pressure switch.
Trouble shooting
0 6 - Outlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit Outlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short Over 537V or below 247V (ARUM***LTE5)
0 4 - Hydro
DrainKitpump Malfunction of drain pump 2 5 * Outdoor Unit Input Voltage High/ Low Voltage Over 310V or below 143V (ARUM***BTE5)
Hot water storage tank Temperature
0 8 - Pipe temperature sensor is open or short Over 598V or below 320V (ARUM***DTE5)
Guide
sensor
Communication error : Failing to receive the signal : Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Start The first start failure by Outdoor Unit Inverter Com-
00 95 - - Indoor
(Gen2) IDU ↔Error
ODU (Gen2)
In case when the from ODU
serial number marked on EEPROM of 2 6 *
EEPROM
Indoor(Gen4)
unit is 0 from
or FFFFFF
Failure pressor abnormality or Compressor locked
(Gen4) IDU main ↔ IDU local modem IDU local modem
Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Over Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Fault OR Drive
Outdoor unit related error

2 9 *
Disconnecting
Outlet the fan
pipe motor connector
temperature / Failure
sensor of indoorunit is open
of indoor
1
0 0
6 -
- Poor fan motor operation
Outlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit fan motor lock
Current Fault
or short
Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor1 High Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor1 High Discharge
Communication error : Hydro Kit Indoor unit ↔ 3 2 *
1 1 - Hydro Kit Hot water storage tank Failing to receive Inv. PCB signal in indoor unit Discharge Temperature Temperature
0 8 - Inv.PCB Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
Temperature sensor Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor2 High Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor2 High Discharge
1 2 - Hydro Kit Inv.PCB error Hydro Kit Inv.PCB error 3 3 *
Control Logic
Discharge Temperature Temperature
In case when the serial number marked on EEPROM
10 39 -- Indoor
Hydro KitEEPROM Errortemperature sensor
Solar heat piping
error of Indoor unit
Pipe temperature is is0 open
sensor or FFFFFF
or short
3 4 * High Pressure of Outdoor Unit High Pressure of Outdoor Unit
1 4 - Hydro Kit Indoor unit Flow switch error Disconnecting
Flow switch theerror
flow detection fan motor connector / Failure of
1 0 - Poor fan motor operation 3 5 * Low Pressure of Outdoor Unit Low Pressure of Outdoor Unit
1 5 - Hydro Kit Liquid pipe Strange overheat Error indoorsensor
Temperature fan motor lockor hot water inflow
defective
Communication
Hydro KitIndoor uniterror : Hydro
Inlet and OutletKit Indoor
pipe unit ↔
Temper- Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor CT Sensor Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor CT Sensor open
11 61 -- Failing to receive
Pipe temperature sensor is Inv.
openPCB signal
or short in indoor unit 4 0 *
ature sensor Error
Inv.PCB Fault or short
Hydro Kit Indoor unit Inlet pipe Temperature sen- Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor1 Discharge Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Discharge Tem-
11 72 --
sor ErrorKit Inv.PCB error
Hydro Hydro Kit Inv.PCB erroror short 4 1 *
Outside air Introduction duct Inlet pipe Tempera-
Pipe temperature sensor is open Temperature Sensor Fault perature Sensor open or short
Central Control
ture sensor Error
4 2 * Outdoor Unit Low Pressure Sensor Fault Outdoor Unit Low Pressure Sensor open or short
HydroKitKit Solar heat piping temperaturesen-
11 83 -- Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
Hydro Indoor unit Outlet pipe Temperature
sensor
sor Error error
Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
4 3 * Outdoor Unit High Pressure Sensor Fault Outdoor Unit High Pressure Sensor open or short
2 1 * Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor IPM Fault Master Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Drive IPM Fault
4 4 * Outdoor Unit Air Temperature Sensor Fault Outdoor Unit Air Temperature Sensor open or short
1 4 - Inverter
Hydro PCB
Kit Indoor unitCurrent(RMS)
Input Over Flow switchoferror
Master Flow switch flow detection error
2 2 * Master Outdoor Unit Inverter PCB Input Current excess (RMS)
Outdoor Unit
4 5 * Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Temperature Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Temperature
21 35 *-
Hydro Kit
Outdoor UnitLiquid
Inverterpipe StrangeDC
Compressor overheat
Link Low or System is turned off by Master Outdoor Unit DC Link Low/High Sensor(Front side) Fault Sensor(Front side) open or short
Temperature sensor defective or hot water inflow
ErrorVoltage
High Voltage.
2 4 * Outdoor Unit High Pressure Switch System is turned off by Master Outdoor Unit high pressure switch.
4 6 * Outdoor Unit Suction Temperature Sensor Outdoor Unit Suction Temperature Sensor open
Over 537V or below 247V (ARUM***LTE5) Fault or short
2 5 * Outdoor Unit Input Voltage High/ Low Voltage Over 310V or below 143V (ARUM***BTE5)
Over 598V or below 320V (ARUM***DTE5)
Back
• 1 : Master outdoor unit error, 2 : salve 1 outdoor unit error
• 3 : slave2 outdoor unit error, 4 : slave3 outdoor unit error
Display Title Cause of Error Display Title Cause of Error
Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor2 Dis- Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor2 Discharge 1 0 6 * Outdoor Unit Fan IPM Fault Error Instant Over Current at Outdoor Unit Fan IPM
4 7 *
charge Temperature Sensor Fault Temperature Sensor open or short Outdoor Unit Fan DC Link Low Voltage Outdoor Unit Fan DC Link Input Voltage is under
1 0 7 *
Error 380V
4 9 * Outdoor Unit Faulty IPM Temperature Sensor Outdoor Unit IPM Temperature Sensor short/open Outdoor Unit Liquid pipe Temperature Liquid pipe temperature sensor of Outdoor Unit is
1 1 3 *
Sensor Error open or short
Basic Part
Omitting connection of R, S, T power of Outdoor Unit Subcooling Inlet Tempera- Outdoor Unit Subcooling Inlet Temperature Sensor
5 0 * Omitting connection of outdoor unit 1 1 4 *
Outdoor Unit ture Sensor Error Error
Excessive connection of indoor units compared to 1 1 5 * Outdoor Unit Subcooling Outlet Tempera- Outdoor Unit Subcooling Outlet Temperature Sensor
5 1 * Excessive capacity of indoor units ture Sensor Error Error
capacity of Outdoor Unit
1 1 6 * Outdoor Unit Oil Level Sensor Error Oil Level Sensor of Outdoor Unit is open or short

Communication error : inverter PCB → Failing to receive inverter signal at main PCB of
5 2 * Outdoor unit Main Board - External Board Outdoor unit Main Board - External Board com-
Main PCB Outdoor Unit 1 4 5 *
communication Error munication Error
Communication error : indoor unit → Main Failing to receive indoor unit signal at main PCB of Outdoor Unit Discharge Superheat not Outdoor Unit Compressor Discharge Superheat not
Intorduction
5 3 * 1 5 0 *
satisfied satisfied during 5 Min.
Multi V 5
PCB of Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit.
1 5 1 * Failure of operation mode conversion at
Communication error : Main PCB → inverter Failing to receive signal main PCB at inverter PCB Failure of operation mode conversion at Outdoor Unit
5 7 * Outdoor Unit
PCB of Outdoor Unit
1 5 3 * Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Tempera- Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Temperature Sensor
Mixing Installation of Old Slave Outdoor Unit and ture Sensor(upper part) Fault (upper part) Fault
5 9 * Mixing Installation of slave Outdoor Unit
New Slave Outdoor Unit 1 5 4 * Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Tempera- Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Temperature
ture Sensor(lower part) Fault Sensor(lower part) open or short
Inverter PCB EEPROM Error of Master Outdoor unit External Board Main-Sub Outdoor Unit Main Board Main-Sub Micom com-
6 0 * Access Error of Inverter PCB of Outdoor Unit 1 8 2 *
Trouble shooting
Outdoor Unit Micom communication Error munication failed
Inlet water temperature is below 5 degree or water
Guide
Outdoor Unit Inverter Heatsink High System is turned off by Outdoor Unit Inverter Heat- 1 8 7 * Hydro - Kit P,HEX bursting error
6 2 * temperature error during defrosting operation.
Temperature sink High Temperature
1 9 3 * Outdoor Unit Fan Heatsink High Tem- System is turned off by Outdoor Unit Fan Heatsink
Outdoor Unit Inverter Heatsink Temperature Outdoor Unit Inverter Heatsink Temperature Sensor perature High Temperature
6 5 *
Sensor Fault open or short Outdoor Unit Fan Heatsink Temperature Outdoor Unit Fan Heatsink Temperature Sensor
1 9 4 *
Sensor Fault open or short
6 7 * Outdoor Unit Fan Lock Restriction of Outdoor Unit
0 5 1 C+#HR Excessive connection of indoor unit to Indoor unit capacity exceed
Inverter CT Sensor Error of Master Outdoor HR unit
7 1 * Inverter CT Sensor open or short of Outdoor Unit
Control Logic
Unit 2 0 0 1 Master Outdoor Unit Main PCB EEPROM Communication Fail Between Master Outdoor Unit
Error Main MICOM and EEPROM or omitting EEPROM
HR Unit related error

7 5 * Outdoor Unit Fan CT Sensor Error Outdoor Unit Fan CT Sensor open or short
2 0 1 C+#HR Master Outdoor Unit Fan PCB EEPROM Communication Fail Between Master Outdoor Unit
Error Fan MICOM and EEPROM or omitting EEPROM
7 7 * Outdoor Unit Fan Over Current Error Outdoor Unit Fan Current is over 6A
2 0 2 C+#HR HR unit1 Sub Cooling Pipe sensor error Sub Cooling Pipe In sensor of HR unit open or short
The first start failure by Outdoor Unit Fan abnormality
7 9 * Outdoor Unit Fan Start Failure Error 2 0 3 C+#HR HR unit1 Sub Cooling Pipe Out sensor Sub Cooling Pipe Out sensor of HR unit. open or
or Fan locked error short
Communication Fail Between Outdoor Unit Main 2 0 4 C+#HR Communication error Failing to receive HR unit signal at outdoor unit
8 6 * Outdoor Unit Main PCB EEPROM Error
Central Control
MICOM and EEPROM or omitting EEPROM
2 0 5 C+#HR Communication error between HR unit Failing to receive signal at HR unit PCB
and the upgraded 485 modem
Communication Fail Between Outdoor Unit Fan
8 7 * Outdoor Unit Fan PCB EEPROM Error 2 0 6 C+#HR Duplicate address error of HR unit Duplicated setting at the 4 series of HR unit
MICOM and EEPROM or omitting EEPROM
Network error
1 0 4 * Communication Error Between Outdoor Unit Failing to receive Slave Unit signal at main PCB of
and Other Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit 2 4 2 * Network error of cntral controller Communication wiring defect
1 0 5 * Failing to receive fan signal at main PCB of Outdoor

Outdoor Unit Fan PCB Communication Error unit
C: HR unit #: HR unit Number * : Unit( 1: Master, 2: Slave1, 3: Slave2, 4: Slave3)
Back
2. Error Code Check
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
01 Air temperature sensor error The remote controller 1. Remote controller fault
No communication between
02 Gas side temperature sensor error did not receive the signal 2. Indoor unit PCB fault
03 cabled remote controller &
from indoor unit during 3. Connector fault, Wrong connection
06 Liquid side temperature sensor error 1. Indoor unit PCB wrong connection! indoor unit
Sensor is specific time 4. Communication cable problem
08 Water tank temperature sensor error 2. Indoor unit PCB failure!
Basic Part
open/short
16 Water inlet & outlet temperature sensor error 3. Sensor problem (main reason) ■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
17 Water inlet temperature sensor error Does the error
occur even if the No
remote controller 1. Check connection & communication cable**
18 Water outlet temperature sensor error line is connected 2. Check the communication terminal***
directly?*
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart Yes
Is sensor properly No Connect properly to PCB

connected to PCB? Does the error happens
Intorduction
No
again if the remote Replace cabled remote controller
Multi V 5
controller is
Yes replaced?****
Yes
No **** If there is no remote controller to replace
Is the resistance value Change the sensor : Use another unit’s remote controller doing well
of sensor normal?* Replace indoor unit
PCB***** ***** After replacing indoor unit PCB, do Auto Addressing &
input unit’s address if connected to central controller.
Yes (All the indoor units connected should be turned on
before Auto Addressing)
Trouble shooting
Change the PCB
Guide
Check resistance value of sensor [*] Direct connection of remote controller
* In case the air temperature sensor resistance value is more than 200 kΩ (4.7V) or less If the error occur even if the remote controller line is connected
than 800 Ω (0.3V), Error occurs
In case the pipe temperature sensor resistance value is more than 100 kΩ (4.7V) or
directly, check connection & communication cable
less than 300 Ω (0.2V), Error occurs
- If the resistance value of the temperature sensor changes according to temperature,

and the following resistance values are displayed based on the current temperature, it
is normal. (±5% error)
Control Logic
[**] Check connection & communication cable
R-T Table (Resistance-Temperature)

Pipe temperature sensor
Temp (°C) -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Resistance (kΩ) 102.17 73.49 53.55 39.5 29.48 22.24 16.95 13.05 10.14 7.94 6.28 5 4.01 3.24
Volt (V) 4.714 4.611 4.481 4.322 4.131 3.91 3.661 3.389 3.102 2.808 2.515 2.232 1.965 1.717
Temp (°C) 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
Central Control
Resistance (kΩ) 2.64 2.16 1.78 1.48 1.23 1.03 0.87 0.74 0.63 0.54 0.46 0.4 0.34 Checking communication
CN-REMO : Remote controller connection
Volt (V) 1.493 1.293 1.116 0.962 0.828 0.714 0.615 0.531 0.459 0.397 0.345 0.3 0.262 cable connection status
❈ The PCB can differ from model to model.
Check from the right source.
Air temperature sensor
Temp (°C) -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 • Check cable : Contact failure of connected portion or extension of cable are main cause Check any
Resistance (kΩ) 204.35 146.97 107.09 79 58.95 44.47 33.9 26.09 20.27 15.89 12.55 10 8.03 6.49 surrounded noise (Check the distance with main power cable)
Volt (V) 4.72 4.62 4.492 4.336 4.149 3.931 3.685 3.416 3.131 2.838 2.546 2.262 1.994 1.745 → Make safe distance from the devices generate electromagnetic wave
Temp (°C) 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
Resistance (kΩ) 5.28 4.32 3.56 2.95 2.46 2.06 1.74 1.47 1.25 1.07 0.92 0.79 0.68
Volt (V) 1.519 1.316 1.137 0.981 0.846 0.729 0.628 0.542 0.469 0.406 0.353 0.307 0.268
Back
How to check communication cable Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
1. Check the indoor main PCB and wired remote control first.
2. Disconnect the “CN-REMO” connector of the indoor PCB. 1. Improper drain pipe location, clogging
3. Disconnect the “CN-REMO” connector of the wired remote controller. Float switch is open due
of drain pipe
4. Set the tester range to Ω. to rising of condensate
2. Drain pump/float switch fault
04 Drain pump error water level because of
[How to check short circuit] 3. Connection of float terminal is
drain pump fault or drain
Basic Part
If the resistance value between each terminal is abnormal
pipe clogging.
measured several kΩ, the connection wire is 4. Indoor unit PCB fault
short-circuited.
→ Replace the connecting wire.
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
[How to check disconnection]
Is the drain pan filled Is Float switch
No No
1. Jump the black(B) and red(R) terminals of the wired half with condensate short(0Ω) on measuring Replace float switch
remote control connector to the copper wire. water? its resistance?*
Intorduction
2. Measure the resistance value of the indoor main PCB Yes
Multi V 5
black(B) and red(R). Yes
→ If the resistance is less than a few Ω, it is normal. Replace Indoor PCB or
reconnect the connector**
1. Jump the yellow(Y) and red(R) terminals of the wired
remote control connector to the copper wire. Is drain pump working? No Is the terminal voltage No
2. Measure the resistance value of the indoor main PCB (Sound / drain noise / for drain pump normal Replace indoor unit PCB
yellow(Y) and red(R). contact etc.) in IDU PCB ?***
→ If the resistance is less than a few Ω, it is normal. Yes Yes
Trouble shooting
1. Jump the yellow(Y) and black(B) terminals of the wired Replace Drain Pump
Guide
remote control connector to the copper wire.
2. Measure the resistance value of the indoor main PCB No
yellow(Y) and black(B). Drain pump blocked by Check the drain head height
foreign particles? and slope****
→ If the resistance is less than a few Ω, it is normal.
Yes
[***] Check the communication terminal

DC 12 V Red
Remove it & clean the pump
Control Logic
Signal Yellow
GND Black
Type of
Type of Drain
Drainpump
pump
A type (AC Power) B type (DC Power)
A type (AC Power) B type (DC Power)
Central Control
! WARNING If the wire color does not match during the cable
connection, it will not work.
There is a risk electric shock. Make sure to
cut off power during the installation or ser-
vide. If the wire color does not match during
the cable connection, it will not work.
Float switch Drain pump
Float switch Drain pump
Back
[*] Check resistance of float switch [***] Check the terminal voltage of indoor unit PCB
Float is low position After removing the float switch, check the drain pump supply
voltage.
1. A type (AC Power) 2. B type (DC Power) Check the AC 220V or DC 12V output voltage.
Basic Part
Low Low
[***] Check the drain head height and slope
Intorduction
Multi V 5
If the condensate water is not filled, → Resistance must be “0” Ω (short)
Float is high position (ref.)
1/50~1/100
MAX 450
MAX 700mm
Trouble shooting
High High
Standard of drain pump head height / slope
Guide
If the maximum head height is exceeded, the drain pump may
not be able to raise the condensate and if the gradient is poor,
it can flow back into the product
Resistance must be “OF” or “OL” (Open)
[**] Check the PCB connector
Control Logic
1. A type (AC Power) 2. B type (DC Power)
Case of draft failure
Central Control
Drain pump Float switch Drain pump Float switch
(CN_D_PUMP) (CN_FLOAT) (CN_DCDRAIN) (CN_FLOAT)
After checking the assembly status, re-assemble if abnormality is found.
Back
(Gen4 mode) CH237
x
Not response!!
OFF
Check
point check
Diagnosis signal request
CH238
x
Not response!!
Check
point check
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart Communication judgment failure case:
If the indoor unit fails communication judgment after power-reset CH237 may occur at GEN2 mode.
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Communication error The indoor unit did not Outdoor unit GEN4 indoor unit
between IDU and receive the signal from ODU Out door unit Error
Dip switch code ODU Main ODU Local IDU Local IDU Main
ODU (Gen 2) over 3 min continuously. 485Cable
1. W
hen automatic address setting is PCBA Modem modem PCBA
05
Basic Part
Communication The indoor unit did not not implemented
error between IDU receive the signal from IDU 2. Communication line is not connected Dip switch #3 : off Diagnosis signal request
main and IDU local
modem (Gen4)
local modem over 3 min 3. Communication line is shorted
continuously.
1200bps
(Gen2 mode)
CH237
x
Not response!! ok
4. Indoor communication circuit failure
The indoor unit did not 5. O
utdoor unit communication circuit Check
Communication error receive the signal from ODU failure point check
237 between IDU and local modem over 3 min 6. W hen the separation distance
ODU local modem between power line and communica-
continuously. CH05 occurs in all indoor units → Check Outdoor Unit
tion line is not enough CH05 occurs in some indoor units → Check Indoor Unit
Communication The indoor unit did not
Intorduction
error between ODU receive the signal from
Multi V 5
238 modem and ODU outdoor unit packet over 3 ■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
PCB min continuously.
Check Indoor Unit
Is the Outdoor unit No

Turn on the Outdoor unit
power on?
485 cable Yes
Local modem Main PCBA
Trouble shooting
Main PCBA Local modem
Is the installed breaker
capacity higher than the No
Guide
Outdoor unit GEN4 indoor unit Change outdoor circuit breaker*
maximum operating
Out door unit Error current of the product?
DIP switch code ODU Main ODU Local IDU Local IDU Main
PCBA Modem 485Cable Yes
modem PCBA
DIP switch #3 : off Is auto-addressing No

1200bps
(Gen2 mode)
CH05
x
No data from ODU to IDU
completed?
Do Auto-addressing**
Yes
Check
Control Logic
point
check check check
Does communication No
Diagnosis signal request cable connect using Re-install connection type to ‘Bus’***
CH05
x
Not response!!
‘BUS type’?
Yes
Check
point Is the communication 1. Connect Cable fasten Screw properly.
DIP switch #3 : on
check No 2. If cable has damaged, re-installation.
Cable is good condition
9600bps Diagnosis signal request and connect normal?**** 3. All system power reset (IDU, ODU both)
x
(Gen4 mode) CH237 4. Check outside noise source
Central Control
Not response!! Yes
OFF
Check
<ODU DIP SW #3 is on> <Visual / Resistance Check>
point check Is the yellow LED blinking on IDU model? No No
Is there any damaged parts?
< ODU DIP SW #3 is off> Or Is there anything abnormal
Diagnosis signal request Is The Red LED always on?*****
status of resistance?******
CH238
x
Not response!! Yes Yes
Check Change the IDU Modem

point check All system power reset and do
auto-addressing again.
Back
Outdoor unit GEN4 indoor unit
Out door unit Error
Dip switch code ODU Main ODU Local IDU Local IDU Main
PCBA Modem 485Cable
modem PCBA
Check Outdoor Unit <Check Outdoor Unit>
[**] Do Auto-addressing
The ways Auto Addressing
Does all indoor No Is the number of indoor No
unit connected to the outdoor units displayed after Replace Indoor PCB in error
unit generate CH05? auto-addressing? 1) Power Off the all of IDU and ODU.
Yes
Check and reconnect communication - Make Sure Wait more than 10 min for Discharge the Capacitor.
line in error indoor unit [Note2] - Make Sure DIP switch #03 is On Before Power On(Gen4 Comm.)‫ڸ‬
Basic Part
Yes Complete
Is the high pressure
No Is the power supplied to Yes switch normal? No
Is the LED of the outdoor
the outdoor unit main terminal Did the high pressure switch not
unit's PCB blinking?*******
block? operate due to the high
pressure? 2) Power On the all of IDU and ODU.
Yes
- Turn on the outdoor unit breaker, and then turn on the indoor unit breaker
at least 3 minutes later.
Replace outdoor main PCB
No
Check the high pressure switch
Intorduction
and pipe
Multi V 5
Yes No
Is the breaker up? Check after raising breaker 3) Progress the Auto addressing by Press Red Button of ODU.‫ڹ‬
Yes - Make Sure Wait more than 3 min after All of Unit Power On.
Check breaker capacity - Make Sure All of IDU is Standby Mode (Do not operate)
Power line connection is abnormal
Change the power line (Primary Replace after checking the
power supply is abnormal) compressor insulation
Is the indoor / outdoor No 4) Wait more than 3 min to Check the Error is happened.
Trouble shooting
terminal block communication Reconnect communication line
line properly connected? - Compare the actual number of IDU and the number of recognized IDU
- No Error and Normal Operate, Installation setting is complete.
Guide
Yes Replace after checking the
[Note1]
outdoor unit PCB defect
1 2
After sequentially supplying 1 2
power to the indoor unit, replace
after checking the outdoor unit
! CAUTION
PCB defect Make sure that if you change DIP switch #03
state then you must do re-auto addressing.
1 2 Otherwise CH53 error can be happened.
[*] Check Breaker’s Capacity
Control Logic
If the breaker capacity is smaller than the maximum current of the product, the breaker may trip during
product operation. Multi V 4 HP/HR, Water4 HP/HR etc. Multi V 5
1. Check product’s max operating current

2. Check breaker’s capacity
25A
Central Control
Maximum operating current
Outdoor unit Label Capacity of the circuit breaker Circuit breaker for Outdoor unit
Back
CH53 error with IDU address increase on LGMV display [***] Connection type of communication cable
Model: Multi V Models [BUS type]
Problem Connection of communication cable must be installed like below figure between indoor unit to outdoor
unit.
1) DIP switch #03 Off State (OUD-IDU communication speed: 1200bps )
Basic Part
2) Auto Addressing was done (IDU Address setting was completed)
3) DIP switch #03 was changed from Off to On state without ODU/IDU Reset
Intorduction
Multi V 5
(IDU communication speed set to 9600bps )
4) Re-Auto Addressing was NOT done.
[STAR type]
Trouble shooting
Abnormal operation can be caused by communication defect, when connection of communication cable is
5) ODU recognized all IDUs automatically and allocated new address installed like below figure.
Guide
numbers to all IDUs
6) Because a addressed IDU number has been doubled, IDU communication

error (CH53) can be happened.
Control Logic
SVC Solution
Perform the re-auto addressing
1200 bps communication 9600 bps communication SW01C(●:Auto Addressing Button)
Central Control
SW01D(ODU Reset Button)
Back
[****] Wiring Condition Check Check IDU Control Box Terminal Block
Test the open and short of Terminal block without Power.
1. Short wiring test : If A,B is short (alarm) Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit
→ There is contact point between cable A and B
ODU
2. Resistance test : If A,B is open, Both side Cable is wrong wiring MAIN PCB
→ There is disconnected point in wiring A or B (Inspect Connector, Cable, Terminal block)
Basic Part
MAIN PCB COMM PCB Terminal Terminal COMM PCB
(CN-485) (CN-485, CN-COM) Block Block
Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit
ODU MAIN
PCB In case that Screw fastened loosely.
Connect Cable and
Terminal fasten Screw properly.
MAIN PCB COMM PCB Terminal COMM PCB
(CN-485) (CN-485, CN-COM) Block Block
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Multi Meter
Test the open and short of
Terminal block without Power RED
Defective parts: Wiring Installation
Checklist Multi Meter Measured value
BLACK
Check Point Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
Trouble shooting
Terminal block Screw N/A (Visual check) Fastened Loosely
Defective parts: Cable
Guide
Cable short A B - Short
Disconnect / Broken wire Ω A B kΩ value Open
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Outside Noise Source Check Guide App.1 CH05 Caused by a Faulty Wire Contact of a Fluorescent Lamp Ballast
Category Check Point Action Field Info. Review of Causes Action
Installation Environment Check Faulty Status & Info. Visit Check Action Activity
1. Check connected other products in the same switch board 1) S
tatus : Intermittence of CH05 error - Interview: Intermittence of CH05 - Inform the faulty contact of the lamp
- Check the type of other product 2) Address : Lab facility, Busan error to customer
3) Visit : 1st ‘15.2.6 / 2nd ‘15.2.10 - ODU T/Block N-G voltage is 300V - A lamp repairman visited/fixed the
Basic Part
Ex) Welding Machine / Fluorescent Lamp Ballast / Electric Boiler etc.
- Check power connections (For 3 phases, check R,S,T,N phase volt- → L-N is 230V normal problem(2/9)
ages) - When fluorescent lamps are turned → After the fix, CH05 is not ap-
Ex) When the main power is 3 phases 4 lines in a switch board, Fluo- on, CH05 error was reappeared peared any more
rescent lamp uses S-N, Air-conditioner uses T-N, etc.
Relevant Model CH05 Cause Reason
- Check a ground connection is used or not
1) Model : LTUW403SU - A faulty wire contact of the lamp
2. Check installed other products around IDU/ODU Faulty Wire of a Lamp
2) Order : 501KCNL07831(ODU) ballast causes CH05 : the ballast
- Check the distance between other products and IDU/ODU
- When other products wire was contacted with a flame of
- Check a possibility that other products are contacted with IDU/ODU
cause the problem, request Set Environment the lamp → Ballast switching noise CH05 Occurred Model
Outside panel (1 Way CST)
Intorduction
to change the cause - The distance btw IDU&ODU is 20M enters to IDU/ODU comm.
Noise
Multi V 5
- When a line of other - 2 fluorescent lamps are installed - See wave forms when Lamp if
Source Check IDU/ODU Abnormal Voltage
Fix Faulty
projects cause, request to around the indoor unit (1 Way CST) On/Off Point
1. Check IDU/ODU voltages applied (with a portable tester) - L-G,N-G,L-N repair the cause. 1) Lamp On → CH05 occurs
voltage check
2. Check 2.1 again when you turn on and off other products such as weld- IDU/ODU Install Scene [ 500ms/div ]
ing machines CH2 : AC comm.[20V/Div] [Ballast Circuit]

3. If the error or abnormal voltage is re-occurred, check the products or With noise in ac comm. waveform
faulty contact point
Trouble shooting
[ 50ms/div ]
* Ballast Inverter Output
- DC 310 ~ 400V
Refer to Field Cases 2) Lamp Off/After fix the problem
Guide
- 20 ~50kHz Switching Freq.
1. CH05 caused by a faulty wire contact of a fluorescent lamp ballast → Non CH05
(App.1) [Outdoor] [Indoor]
[ 500ms/div ]
2. CH05 caused by fluorescent lamp noise (App.2)
CH2 : AC comm.[20V/ Div]
With noise in ac comm. waveform
[ 50ms/div ]
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
App.2 CH05 Caused by a Fluorescent Lamp Noise [*****] IDU modem Description and LED Check
Field Info. Review of Causes Action

■■ Local IDU Modem
Faulty Status & Info. CH05 Cause Reason Action Activity
1) Status: Intermittence of CH05 error 1) N
oise of fluorescent lamps distorted - Change power lines of lamp and Connector to main PCB
2) Address: Billiard-room, comm. data outlet
Basic Part
Change-won → The noise entered to the voltage → Separate PCB and lamp power
of IDU/ODU comm. caused For 9600 bps comm., the red LED will always turn on.
CH05 For 1200 bps comm., the red LED will always turn off after power reset and 3 min. later
Relevant Model * The communication speed can be set by dip switch in ODU
1) Model : LP-H2108D(3Φ4W)
2) Order : 905KAYR00010(ODU) Main Breaker
Outlet Circuit Breaker
When the indoor unit is sending the signal to other unit, this LED will be flickering.
If the LED is always off, please check below.
Lamp Circuit Breaker Air-con
1) Check the connector between local modem and main PCB.
Set Environment 2) Do auto addressing from ODU if the communication speed is 1200 bps.
- The distance between IDU&ODU Lamp
→ In case of 1200 bps, indoor unit will not response when there’ s no address.
Intorduction
is 20M
Multi V 5
Outlet
- Fluorescent lamps are installed a lot
2) Lamp On Waveform EBR65990101 RS485 Bus connector to other modem or ODU
in the room
Before After
No Receive data
Noise in input V causes CH05 Outlet S-N T-N
IDU/ODU Install Scene
Lamp T-N S-N Connector to main PCB
[ODU Input Voltage] [AC Comm.] * The outlet breaker is not used now
Trouble shooting
-C
onfirmed the noise when to check - After change the line connection, For 9600 bps comm., the red LED will always turn on.
Guide
ODU input voltage there is no error anymore. For 1200 bps comm., the red LED will always turn off after power reset and 3 min. later
→ Input noise affects AC conmm. * The communication speed can be set by dip switch in ODU
When the indoor unit is sending the signal to other unit, this LED will be flickering.
If the LED is always off, please check below.
1) Check the connector between local modem and main PCB
2) Do auto addressing from ODU if the communication speed is 1200 bps.
→ In case of 1200 bps, indoor unit will not response when there’ s no address.
Control Logic
EBR80820301 RS485 Bus connector to other modem or ODU
■■ Local ODU modem

For 9600 bps comm., the red LED will always turn on.
For 1200 bps comm., the red LED will always turn off after power reset and 3 min. later
* The communication speed can be set by dip switch in ODU
Central Control
When the outdoor unit is sending the signal to IDU, this LED will be flickering.
If the LED is always off, check the connector between local modem and main PCB.
Connector to main PCB
Back
Checklist Measured value
Check Point Appearance Normal Abnormal

Indoor unit local modem check guide ■■ EBR80820301
Transformer Good Broken wire
Check IDU local modem (Visual check) Checklist Measured value
■■ EBR65990101 Check Point Appearance Normal Abnormal Capacitor Good Broken
Basic Part
Transformer Good Broken wire
TransformerChecklist Good Broken
Measured valuewire
Noise Filter Good Broken wire
Capacitor Good Broken
Capacitor Good Broken Broken or Burnt
Transformer Good Broken wire Communication IC Good

Regulator Good Broken Lead
Broken or Burnt
Capacitor Good Broken
TVS Diode Good
Broken or Burnt Broken or Burnt
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Communication IC Good
Regulator Good Broken Lead
Defective parts : IDU local modem
Broken or Burnt Broken or Burnt

Broken or Burnt TVS Diode Good
TVS Diode Good
Defective parts : IDU local modem Defective parts : IDU local modem
Broken or Burnt
Trouble shooting
TVS Diode Good
Guide
Multi Meter
RED
Multi Meter
Multi Meter
RED BLACK
RED
Control Logic
Multi Meter
BLACK Check Point Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
RED
Checklist Multi Meter Measured value A, B Resistance Ω A BLACKB 250KΩ ~ 350KΩ Open or 200KΩ
Check Point Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal Checklist Multi Meter
A, GND Resistance Ω GND A 1MΩ Measured value
500KΩ
A, B Resistance Ω A B 250KΩ ~ 350KΩ Open or 200KΩ
BLACK Check Point Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
B, GND Resistance Ω GND B 1MΩ 500KΩ
A, GNDChecklist
Resistance GND A, B Resistance Ω A B 250KΩ ~ 350KΩ Open or 200KΩ
Ω Multi MeterA 1MΩ 500KΩ
Measured value
5V, GND Resistance Ω GND 5V 3KΩ 2KΩ
Central Control
Check
B, GND Point
Resistance Ω Mode GND
BLACK B RED 1MΩ Normal Abnormal
500KΩ A, GND Resistance Ω GND A 1MΩ 500KΩ
A, B Resistance
5V, GND Resistance Ω Ω GND A 5V B 250KΩ ~ 350KΩ 2KΩ
Open or 200KΩ B, GND Resistance Ω GND B 1MΩ 500KΩ
3KΩ
A, GND Resistance Ω GND A Defective

1MΩparts : IDU local500KΩ
modem 5V, GND Resistance Ω GND 5V 3KΩ 2KΩ
B, GND Resistance Ω GND B 1MΩ 500KΩ Defective parts : IDU local modem
Back
■■ EBR83841801 PCB inspection guide for each error code due to Multi V 4 SMPS PCB failure

SMPS PCB should be checked when checking the error code below.
SMPS output Measure point (on Main PCB) Measured value
Check Point Appearance Normal Abnormal Possible error or failure because of
voltage Connector refer- Multi meter Abnor-
SMPS PCB failure Multi meter (+) Normal
(DC voltage) ence (GND) mal
Basic Part
Capacitor Good Broken CH21 Inverter IPM Fault
Inverter DC Link low
CH23
voltage
CH106 Fan IPM Fault Inverter 15V 7 pin 4 or 5 pin 14.5V~15.5V 14.5V↓
Inverter1: CN_
CH107 Fan DC Link low voltage COMP1_RD
Broken or Burnt
Communication IC Good Fan heatsink temperature Inverter2: CN_
CH194 COMP2_YL
sensor
Communication between
Intorduction
CH52
Multi V 5
Defective parts : IDU local modem Main and Inverter
Inverter 5V 6 pin 4 or 5 pin 4.5V~5.5V 4.5V↓
CH105
Fan and Inverter
CH05
ODU and IDU
CH53
ODU and IDU
Comm. 5V:
Trouble shooting
Communication between Comm. 5V: Comm. 5V:
CH204 Communication 5V 2 pin
ODU and HR Unit CN6~10_WH 1 pin
or Main / External Main/Exter- 4.5V~5.5V 4.5V↓
Guide
Multi Meter Main/External 5V : Main/External
Communication between 5V nal 5V: 3 or
CH237 CN_EXT_BL 5V: 5 pin
485 modems 4 pin
RED
CH242 ODU and Central
controller
BLACK
No central controller (AC Ez) power Communication Comm. 5V:
7 pin 2 pin 11.5V~12.5V 11.5V↓
supply 12V CN6~10_WH
Control Logic
Valve and EEV do not work.
Check Point Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal Main / External Main/External 5V:
Abnormal cooling/heating and pos- 6 pin 3 or 4 pin 11.5V~12.5V 11.5V↓
12V CN_EXT_BL
sible high/low pressure error
A, B Resistance Ω A B 250KΩ ~ 350KΩ Open or 200KΩ
A, GND Resistance Ω GND A 1MΩ 500KΩ

Multi V 4 Main PCB
B, GND Resistance GND B 1MΩ 500KΩ Caution_When measuring: GND is separated. Communication 5V / 12V
Ω
(CN6~CN10_WH)
Inverter1 (CN_COMP1_RD)
Central Control
5V
GND3 12V
EBR83841801 Defective parts : IDU local modem
GND1 5V 15V
Inverter2 (CN_COMP2_YL)
MAIN/Ext. (CN_EXT_BL)
GND4 5V 15V
GND2 5V 12V
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons [*] Check the EEPROM Connector (CN_OPTION)
1. Error developed in communication Check the Connector damage, Pin bending, Pin corrosion.
Indoor unit EEPROM Error occur in EEPROM between the microprocessor and the
09
error of the Indoor PCB EEPROM on the surface of the PCB.
2. ERROR due to the EEPROM damage
Basic Part
Re-connect
EEPROM PCB and No
reset the input power, does the Check completion
display indicate CH09?
Good Connect Wrong Connect
Yes
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Is the EEPROM No
Replace Indoor PCB
connector normal?*
Yes
Replace Indoor PCB ※ EEPROM : IC containing the operation data

suitable to the product
Trouble shooting
Guide
Normal Pin Pin bending
Control Logic
- Check if the option PCB is properly connected.
- Replace the indoor unit PCB, and then make sure to perform Auto addressing and input the Pin Corroded
address of central control.
Central Control
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons [*] Check connection of wire and PCB
If it is less inserted, reassembly properly.
1. Motor connector connection fault
Indoor BLDC fan motor 2. Indoor PCB fault
Indoor unit BLDC fan
10 feedback signal is absent 3. Fan lock by external factors
motor failure
(for 50 sec.) 4. Motor Sub PCB fault (Some
Duct&PAC models only)
Basic Part
Is fan motor wire No Check connection of wire and PCB

connection normal? → If it is less inserted, reassembly properly*
Yes
Is fan motor housing pin No Check state of fan motor pin terminal Less inserted Correct insertion
terminal normal? → If it is less inserted, reassembly properly**
Intorduction
Multi V 5
※ Warning
- The connection of motor connector to PCB should be
Yes done under on power supplying to PCB [**] Check state of fan motor pin terminal
- Before powering the PCB, the motor connector must be
If it is less inserted, reassembly properly.
connected to the PCB.
When the pin terminal shape is defective, the motor should be replaced.
No
Is fan motor normal? 1. Turn fan motor by hand to check whether it is locked
→ if it is not locked, change fan motor***
Trouble shooting
2. Checking resistance value between terminals
of fan motor
Guide
→ If any abnormality is found, change fan motor
Yes (see table)****
Check the indoor PCB appearance

Check for damage to motor sub parts
→ If , using motor sub PCBA model, check CN-VM
connector insert properly Less inserted
Does the main PCB No → If it have damage to PCB and sub parts, replace
appearance look normal? main PCB + fan motor
Control Logic
→ If indoor PCB appearance and motor is normal,
replace main PCB, only (However, if the replaced [***] Turn fan motor by hand to check whether it is locked
PCB cannot fix, the motor is defective.
Replace the motor and restore the PCB.)***** If it is not locked, change fan motor
Yes
1. Check the Motor Sub PCB appearance

→ fuse, Varistor, DC Link Capacitor fault
※ Does the Motor Sub PCB No 2. Check resistance and voltage value of Motor sub
appearance look normal? PCB main parts
Central Control
→ If any abnormality is found, change the Motor
sub PCB******
Yes
※ Motor Sub PCB fault (Some Duct & PAC models only)
Recheck power and installation
condition
Back
[****] Checking resistance value between terminals of fan motor Checking resistance value between terminals of fan motor
How to measure resistance between terminals Table 1. Resistance value of BLDC Motor terminal (PCB internal type, 5 wires)
How to use the tester
1) Black(-) : ④ Connect ※ Since the precise resistance value is not measured or continuously fluctuates due to the fine move-
2) Red: (+): ①,⑤,⑥,⑦ Each connect ment of the fan, when measuring the resistance of the fan, measure it after removing the fan or after
Basic Part
restraining (not moving) the fan.
[Unit kΩ] Resistance value ± 20%

Tester
Measure
Vm ① +(Red) -(Black)
① ④
Vm(+)~GND(-) Vcc(+)~GND(-) FG(+)~GND(-) Vsp(+)~GND(-)
①-④ ⑤-④ ⑥-④ ⑦-④
Vm Motor P/No.
GND ④ Vcc ⑤ ④ 4681A20091A ∞ 48 ∞ 152
⑥ ④
Vcc ⑤
FG 4681A20091B ∞ 48 ∞ 152
① ④⑤⑥⑦
FG
⑦ ④
⑥ ① ④⑤ ⑥ ⑦
Vsp Vsp 4681A20091J/U ∞ 122 ∞ 280
Intorduction
⑦
Multi V 5
4681A20091K/V ∞ 122 ∞ 280
4681A20091L ∞ 38 ∞ 240
* When measuring resistance value, black No. 4 pin is always measured as (-) because the value is differ-
4681A20091Q ∞ Over 1 ∞ 241
ent according to +-direction.
4681A20091S ∞ Over 1 ∞ 241
4681A20091W ∞ Over 1 ∞ 69.22
4681A20091Z ∞ 122 ∞ 280
Trouble shooting
4681A20122A/C ∞ 38 ∞ 240
4681A20122B ∞ Over 1 ∞ 241
Guide
4681A20168A ∞ 38 ∞ 240
4681A20168B ∞ 38 ∞ 240
4681A20168G ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
4681A20168H ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
4681A20169A ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20169B ∞ 60 ∞ 250
Control Logic
* If any abnormality is found, change fan motor (see table) 4681A20169C ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20169E ∞ 45 ∞ 145
4681A20169E ∞ 100 ∞ 150
4681A20172A/J ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20172B/K ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20172D ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20172E ∞ 60 ∞ 250
Central Control
4681A20172F ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20172L ∞ 110.3 20MΩ ↑ 244
4681A20172Q ∞ 48 ∞ 83.25
4681A20172R ∞ Over 1 ∞ 83.25
4681A20172S ∞ 44 ∞ 51.24
4681A20172T ∞ 60 ∞ 250
Back
Table 2. Resistance value of BLDC Motor terminal (PCB internal type, 5 wires) Table 3. Resistance value of BLDC Motor terminal (PCB internal type, 5 wires)
※ Since the precise resistance value is not measured or continuously fluctuates due to the fine move- ※S
ince the precise resistance value is not measured or continuously fluctuates due to the fine move-
ment of the fan, when measuring the resistance of the fan, measure it after removing the fan or after ment of the fan, when measuring the resistance of the fan, measure it after removing the fan or after
restraining (not moving) the fan. restraining (not moving) the fan.
[Unit kΩ] Resistance value ± 20% [Unit kΩ] Resistance value ± 20%
Basic Part
Vm(+)~GND(-) Vcc(+)~GND(-) FG(+)~GND(-) Vsp(+)~GND(-) Vm(+)~GND(-) Vcc(+)~GND(-) FG(+)~GND(-) Vsp(+)~GND(-)
①-④ ⑤-④ ⑥-④ ⑦-④ ①-④ ⑤-④ ⑥-④ ⑦-④
Motor P/No. Motor P/No.
4681A20172U ∞ 60 ∞ 250 EAU57945710 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200

4681A20172X ∞ 46 ∞ 51.24 EAU57945711 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
4681A20172Y ∞ 46 ∞ 51.24 EAU57945712 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
4681A20172Z ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24 EAU60905401 ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20197A ∞ 60 ∞ 250 EAU60905402 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 69.99
Intorduction
Multi V 5
4681A20197B ∞ 60 ∞ 250 EAU60905403 ∞ 47 ∞ 78.43
4681A20198A ∞ 48 ∞ 152 EAU60905404 ∞ 126 20MΩ↑ 42
4681A20198B ∞ Over 1 ∞ 73.56 EAU60905410 ∞ 12 ∞ 42
4681A20198C ∞ Over 1 ∞ 73.56 EAU61863301 ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20198D ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU61883001 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 78.43
4681F72001D ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU61883002 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 241
Trouble shooting
4681F72001E ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU61883003 ∞ 1 ∞ 232.5
4681F72001F ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU61883004 ∞ 1 ∞ 232.5
Guide
EAU36288415 ∞ 32.7 ∞ 90 EAU62004001 ∞ O.L (Open) ∞ 191
EAU36288418 ∞ 32 ∞ 78.43 EAU62004002 ∞ O.L (Open) ∞ 191
EAU36288424 ∞ 11.9 ∞ 50.8 EAU62004005 ∞ O.L (Open) ∞ 191
EAU37067101 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62004009 ∞ O.L (Open) ∞ 191
EAU37067103/09/16 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62004010 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
EAU37067104 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62004011 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
Control Logic
EAU37067105 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62023301 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
EAU37067113/14/17 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62125901 ∞ 122 ∞ 280
EAU37067118 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62243901 ∞ 38 ∞ 240
Central Control
EAU37067119 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62243902 ∞ 48 ∞ 152
EAU37067120 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62243903 ∞ 48 ∞ 152
EAU57945701/02 ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU62243907 ∞ 38 ∞ 240
EAU57945705 ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU62243912 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
*Variance: Fixed If It’s defected *Variance: Fixed If It’s defected
Back
Table 4. Resistance value of BLDC Motor terminal (PCB internal type, 5 wires) Checking resistance value between terminals of fan motor
※ Since the precise resistance value is not measured or continuously fluctuates due to the fine move- Table. Resistance value of BLDC Motor terminal (PCB external type, 3 wires)
ment of the fan, when measuring the resistance of the fan, measure it after removing the fan or after
restraining (not moving) the fan. ※ As resistance value between external coil type of PCB varies according to temperature, make sure
that resistance value of UV / UW / VW is same by referring to resistance value below.
[Unit kΩ] Resistance value ± 20% ※ When measuring FAN fastening state resistance, the exact resistance value is not measured or
Basic Part
Vm(+)~GND(-) Vcc(+)~GND(-) FG(+)~GND(-) Vsp(+)~GND(-) continuously fluctuates due to minute FAN movement. So measure after removing FAN or after FAN
①-④ ⑤-④ ⑥-④ ⑦-④
Motor P/No. restraint (not to move)
EAU62243913 ∞ *Variance ∞ 190 [Measured at 25 °C]
EAU62263201 ∞ 122 ∞ 280
U-V U-W V-W U-V U-W V-W
EAU62283301 ∞ 37 ∞ 290 Motor P/No Motor P/No
[Ω] [Ω] [Ω] [Ω] [Ω] [Ω]
EAU62283303 ∞ 47 ∞ 153 EAU43080007 11.8±7% EAU43080035 15.0±7%
EAU62283304 ∞ 47 ∞ 153 EAU43080010 11.8±7% EAU43080036 11.7±7%
Intorduction
Multi V 5
EAU62543502 ∞ 39 ∞ 69.22 EAU43080013 11.8±7% EAU43080037 12.2±5%
EAU62843006 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200 EAU43080015 11.2±7% EAU43080038 5.5±7%
Trouble shooting
EAU62903301 ∞ 48 ∞ 153 EAU43080024 11.8±7% EAU60905419 45.6±5%
EAU62903303 ∞ 12 ∞ 244 EAU62543701 43.1±5%
Guide
EAU43080025 15.0±7%
EAU62903304 ∞ 11.7 ∞ 244 EAU43080026 4.20±7% EAU62543703 43.1±5%
EAU62943701 ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU43080027 11.2±7% EAU62543704 43.1±5%
EAU62983002 ∞ 39.5 ∞ 225 EAU43080032 5.5±7% EAU63383601 40.0±5%
EAU62983004 ∞ 39.5 ∞ 225 EAU43080034 13.0±7% EAU63383604 22.2±5%
Control Logic
EAU62983005 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200 EAU63503502 15.1±5%
EAU62983006 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
EAU63343501 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
EAU63483801 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
EAU63483802 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
EAU63563101 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
Central Control
*Variance: Fixed If It’s defected
Back
[*****] Check the indoor PCB appearance / Check for damage to motor sub parts [******] Motor Sub PCB Guide
Motor sub parts check point Check IDU Communication PCB
1 Motor Sub PCB 2 Motor Sub PCB

■■ 6871A20912G, J, Q, R
Basic Part
Fuse
Fuse Good Broken
Varistor Good Broken
CN-VM Connector Fuse

DC Link Capacitor Good Broken
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Check PCB appearance - Old PCBA Version Only
Duct Main PCB(Normal) CST Main PCB(Normal)
Fuse Both sides 1MΩ↑ Short or 1kΩ↓
Varistor Ω N L 1MΩ↑ Short or 1kΩ↓
Trouble shooting
L
B/D (+)
Transistor N 0.35V ~
Bridge Diode Non-normal
Guide
L 0.7V
B/D (-)
N
Resistance Resistance
DC Link Capacitor Ω (-) (+) 1MΩ↑ Short or 1kΩ↓
Transistor
Wall Mounted Main PCB(Normal) Damaged(Resistance, Transistor)
Control Logic
Resistance Transistor → Burnt
Transistor
Central Control
Resistance → Burnt
Back
■■ EBR720596 Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Checklist Measured value Communication Error The IDU Main PCB

1. Bad Connector connection and contact
Between IDU Cycle does not receive
Check Point Appearance Normal Abnormal 11 2. Indoor Cycle PCB board defect
PCB Cycle PCB signal for
3. Indoor 485 PCB (Main ↔ Cycle)
Fuse Good Broken
and IDU Main PCB certain period.
Basic Part
Varistor Good Broken ■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
DC Link Capacitor Good Broken Does error occur even No Temporary communication error due
after power reset? to external noise
Yes
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Check Point Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal Does the error
occur even after checking No Action after checking the connection
Fuse Both sides 1MΩ↑ Short or 1kΩ↓ the connection status status and wiring status [Note1]
of the 485 PCB?
Varistor Ω N L 1MΩ↑ Short or 1kΩ↓
L Yes
B/D (+)
N 0.35V ~
Bridge Diode Non-normal
L 0.7V
B/D (-)
Trouble shooting
N Does an error
occur even when the IDU No
DC Link Capacitor Ω (-) (+) 1MΩ↑ Short or 1kΩ↓ IDU 485 PCB Defect (Main ↔ Cycle)
Guide
485 PCB (Main ↔ Cycle)
is replaced?
Yes
! WARNING
The connection of motor connector to PCB should be done under no power supplying to PCB.
Does the error occur No
even if the Indoor IDU Main PCB defect
Main PCB is replaced?
Control Logic
Yes
Replace IDU Cycle PCB
[Note1]
Checking the condition of the wire:
Central Control
It occurs mainly when the contact of the connection part is bad or the remote control wire is extended and used. Check the
influence of ambient noise (isolated from the power cable) and separate it from the equipment generating electromagnetic
waves.
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Inverter PCB Error Code List
1. Connector connection defect Error No. Error Type Main Reasons

Error occurrence in
12 Inverter PCB error* 2. Inverter compressor error Inverter compressor drive IPM defect / inverter compres-
inverter PCB 21 Inverter compressor IPM defect
3. Pressure sensor error sor defect
22 Inverter compressor overcurrent Increase of inverter compressor CT value
Basic Part
• If inverter PCB error occurs, remote controller No. 12 error is displayed, and detail error display can be
checked using LED of the inverter PCB. 23 Inverter compressor DC Link low voltage After inverter activation relay is ON, DC voltage recharge defect
• Error display
Inverter input voltage exceeds the unit limit and lasts for
Red LED means error no. 10’s digit, and green LED means 1’s digit, and when red and green simultane- 25 High/low Inverter input voltage
4 sec. (173V ~ 289V)
ously blink, it means 100’s unit.
Ex) After red and green LED simultaneously blink, red LED blinks 1 time, and green LED blinks 5 times 26 Inverter compressor activation failure Inverter compressor error, causing initial activation failure
: error no. 115
27 Inverter PSC/PFC Fault Error Error by overcurrent at inverter input
* Refer to [Inverter PCB Error Code List]
Intorduction
28 Inverter DC Link high voltage error Inverter DC voltage recharge, causing compressor OFF
Multi V 5
29 Inverter compressor overcurrent Inverter compressor activation failure or increase of CT value
Check remote controller CH12 Excessive rise of inverter compressor Excessive rise of inverter compressor discharge tem-
32
discharge temperature perature, causing compressor OFF
Excessive rise of high pressure of Excessive rise of high pressure of inverter compressor,
34
inverter compressor causing compressor OFF
Excessive drop of low pressure of Excessive drop of low pressure of inverter compressor,
Trouble shooting
Check inverter PCB LED display 35
inverter compressor causing compressor OFF
Guide
Low pressure ratio error of inverter High pressure/low pressure ratio of inverter compressor
36
compressor is maintained at below 1.8 for 3 min. or more
Take action according 40 Inverter compressor CT sensor defect Inverter compressor CT sensor defect
to inverter PCB error code
Inverter compressor discharge pipe Inverter compressor discharge temperature sensor
41
temperature sensor defect disconnection or short circuit
Low pressure sensor defect of Low pressure sensor disconnection or short circuit of
42
Control Logic
inverter compressor inverter compressor
High pressure sensor defect of High pressure sensor disconnection or short circuit of
43
Red LED : 10’s digit inverter compressor inverter compressor
Green LED : 1’s digit
Inverter inside air temperature sensor Inverter inside air temperature sensor disconnection or
44
defect short circuit
Inverter compressor suction pipe Inverter compressor suction temperature sensor discon-
46
temperature sensor defect nection or short circuit
Central Control
Communication error(Hydro Kit main
53 Outdoor unit does not receive signal from indoor unit
PCB, Outdoor unit Inverter PCB)
60 Inverter PCB EEPROM error Inverter PCB EEPROM error
Excessive rise of inverter heatsink Inverter PCB heat generation, causing the rise of heat-
62
temperature sink temperature
Inverter heatsink temperature sensor Inverter heatsink temperature sensor disconnection or
65
defect short circuit
73 Overcurrent (Peak) detected at inverter input Error by overcur’rent detection at inverter input
Back
1. Pump fault 1. High temperature of water inflow
Abnormal working of flow Water outlet temperature
14 Flow Switch error 2. Low water flow 15 Water pipe overheated 2. Temperature sensor defect
switch is above 85°C(185°F)
3. Flow switch fault (*) 3. Indoor unit PCB fault
Basic Part
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart ■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Start
Is the thermometer No
installed outside the unit Check facility
(*)
NO Water pump NO Control Panel NO 80℃ (176℉) or less?
System stopped
while operation running Shows ‘CH14’ Yes
YES YES YES
Is water inlet/outlet
Water is not enough No
The flow switch is temperature sensor inserted
Intorduction
Pressure gage NO or there can be Insert water inlet/outlet temperature sensor in the correct location
Multi V 5
electrically closed. in the correct location? *
indicates 1.5~2.0 bar water leakage inside
water circuit.
YES Yes
A
B Is water inlet/outlet
No
temperature sensor Replace water inlet/outlet temperature sensor
(*)
END normal? **
Water pump NO Control Panel NO
(it is normal Yes
still running Shows ‘CH14’
Trouble shooting
condition)
YES YES
Guide
The flow switch is The water pump Replace indoor unit PCB
electrically open. is in trouble. (*): How to identify?
- Touch the water pump and feel if the water pump is vibrating.
If no vibration, the water pump is not operating.
Also, you can see ‘Water Pump Operating Icon( )’ at control panel. * Water inlet/outlet temperature ** If the resistance value of the temperature sensor changes according
C D
sensor location to temperature, and the following resistance values are displayed
• Although there is not water flow inside water circuit, the flow switch detects as if water is flowing. It is based on the current temperature, it is normal. (±5% error)
A due to electrically closed (or short) of flow switch or the contact of flow switch is mechanically stuck. • Water tank temperature sensor:
• Replace the flow switch. 10℃(50℉)=10kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=5kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=1.8kΩ
• Water inlet/outlet temperature sensor:
Control Logic
• Check if water inside water circuit is fully charged. Pressure gage at the indoor unit should indicate 1.5~2.0 bar. Water outlet
temperature 10℃(50℉)=10kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=5kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=1.8kΩ
B • Also, as the hand of the pressure gage is not react so fast according to water charging, check the pressure gage again. sensor
• Otherwise, there can be water leakage inside water circuit. Examine if water circuit is completely sealed. • Gas/Liquid side temperature sensor:
10℃(50℉)=10kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=5kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=1.8kΩ
• Although water is well flowing, the flow switch can not detect water flow. It is due to electrically) open of flow
• Air temperature sensor:
C switch or the contact of flow switch is mechanically broken.
10℃(50℉)=20.7kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=10kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=3.4kΩ
• Replace the flow switch.
Water inlet
• Replace the water pump. temperature
D sensor
• Also, check the water quality if there are particles that can yield locking at the shaft of the water pump.
Central Control
(*) Flow switch status test
Measuring the resistance value
of the temperature sensor
Flow switch off.

Flow switch open. →Multi meter will
Multi meter will display 0.4Ω
display 0.FMΩ(∞Ω)
Back
1. Function code setting without Ref. 1. Over current detection at Inverter
Refrigerant leakage sens- Detecting the error of the sensor compressor(U,V,W)
230
ing error Ref. sensor. 2. Malfunction of Rf. Sensor 2. Compressor damaged (insulation
3. Detecting the leakage of Ref. damaged/Motor damaged)
IPM self protection circuit
3. IPM overheating(Heat sink disas-
Basic Part
Inverter PCB Assy. activation
21* sembled)
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart IPM Fault occur (Overcurrent/IPM over-
4. Inverter compressor terminal discon-
heating/Vcc low voltage)
Did set the function nected or loose
code for detecting Ref. No 5. Inverter PCB assembly damaged
Power reset
sensor? (Check Function 6. ODU input current low
code 29:01)
7. IPM Vcc low voltage
Yes
Intorduction
Did the connector
Multi V 5
between main PCB and No 1. Power off Are there any
ref. sensor connect No 1. Check power Wiring Condition → Rewire them if abnormality found
2. Check the connector and connecting condition between power wire connections
properly ? 2. Check Input Voltage. [Note1]
Main PCB and Sensor. normal?
Yes 3. Power on
Yes
Are the resistance

Did the sensor work No between each phase and
Replace the leakage sensor No 1. Check resistance between each terminal of compressor. [Note2]
well? (Refer to picture) insulation resistance of
2. Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and pipe
Trouble shooting
Inverter compressor
→ Replace compressor if abnormality found. [Note3]
Yes normal?
Guide
Yes
Detecting Ref. leakage Is compressor

No 1. Check Inverter PCB assembly U,V,W connector connection condition. [Note4]
wire connection
2. Check wire disconnection and wiring. [Note5]
condition normal?
3. Check compressor terminal connection condition (bad contact)
Yes → Reassemble if abnormality found. [Note6]
Is DC_Link
Normal status: Blinking Green LED or both Green and Red LED on. No 1. Check Inverter PCB assembly P,N connector connection condition. [Note7]
Control Logic
wire connection
2. Check wire disconnection and wiring
Error status: the green and red LED blink alternately. condition normal?
→ Reassemble if abnormality found
Yes
Yes
Is this a 2-Comp model? 1. Comp/PCBA Cross Check → Replace the abnormality part. [Note8]
No
Is Comp IGBTM 1. Check Inverter PCB assembly Comp IGBTM heat sink joining condition
No
Central Control
heat sink’s joining condition → Reassemble if abnormality found. [Note9]
normal?
Yes
No
Is PCB assembly normal? 1. Check IPM Vcc 15V abnormality found
→ Multi V 4 : SMPS PCBA, etc : Inv PCBA. [Note10]
Yes 2. Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM Part.
→ Replace Inverter PCB assembly if abnormality found. [Note11]
Recheck power and installation

condition
Back
Error Code Check Check input Voltage (3-Phase 4-Wire)
Check for errors through Main PCB or LGMV Defective parts : Fuse or Input voltage
- Error occurred in inverter PCB (For 380V models, The Fuse is applied only to Europe.)
- Input power, inverter PCB, power and compressor can cause problems. Multi V 5
Multi Meter Measured value
Basic Part
Inverter Check Point
PCBA Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
R S T
Input Voltage R S
(3-Phase /3-Wire R T 380V ± 10%
380V) S T
Non-normal
Input Voltage R N
For Korea Model
No Fuse
For Europe Model
3 Fuses
(3-Phase /4-Wire S N 220V ± 15%
220V)
T N
Intorduction
Multi V 5
N
terminal R S T N
[Note 1] Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition
1-Phase Multi V 4, Pro, 2 Inverter
𝟎𝟎V or 220𝑽𝑽 1. Check the condition and wiring of the L/N/G cables. Multi Meter Measured value
Trouble shooting
Converter(IV) Converter(IV) Check Point
2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and then Inverter(IV Pro) Inverter(IV Pro)
Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
N R S T
measure voltage between phases.
Guide
R S
1(L) 2(N) G L-N: 220 ± 15% V N
R Input Voltage R T 380V ± 10% Non-normal
L-G, N-G: 0V or 220V S
T S T
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽
3-Phase
1. Check the condition and wiring of the R/S/T/N cables.
Control Logic
2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and then Terminal R S T N
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽
R-N, S-N, T-N: 220 ± 15% V
R-S, R-T, T-S: 380 ± 10% V Multi V 4,Pro, 1 Inverter
Converter (IV) Multi Meter Measured value

R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N Inverter (IV Pro) Check Point
N R S T Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
R S
Central Control
𝟑𝟑𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽 Input Voltage R T 380V ± 10% Non-normal
S T
Terminal R S T N
Back
[Note 2] Check resistance between each terminal of compressor [Note 5] Check wire disconnection and wiring
Check the resistance of the U, V, W terminal as follows. Comp Wire connection Sometimes there is a Comp Wire connection usage model.
W
If the resistance values are the same(about 20% ↓), 1. Check the status of Comp Wire connection.
V
U compressor can be judged as normal. 2. Check that PCB wire and Compressor wire are same color.
If the resistance values are the different(about 20% ↑),
check it again after removing all wires.
Basic Part
Nevertheless, If the values are different, compressor can
be judged as abnormal.
※ This picture is different according to the product.
[Note 6] Check compressor terminal connection condition (bad contact)

Check after power off Check condition and wiring of U, V, W
Intorduction
[Note 3] Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and pipe cables.
Multi V 5
Measure insulation resistance between compressor pip-
ing and each terminal (U, V, W)
(Normal : 1MΩ or more)
※ If compressor has not been running for a long time, it

may be different from normal value.
※ Remove the U, V, W wire of the compressor when
Trouble shooting
measuring resistance.
Guide
Pipe
[Note 7] Check Inverter PCB assembly P, N connector connection condition
Multi V 4 (Screw Type) Multi V 5 (Connector Type)
[Note 4] Check Inverter PCB assembly U, V, W connector connection condition

P-N
Control Logic
Multi V 4 / Pro / 5 (Screw Type) P Connector
Central Control
U
V
W
Back
[Note 8] Comp/PCBA Cross Check [Note 9] Check Inverter PCB assembly Comp IGBTM heat sink joining condition
Check IGBTM heat sink joining state
General connection status Status after cross-connection
Ex) Inv.1 CH21 display 1) If Inv.2 CH21 display, Compessor1 is defective
CH211 is displayed on the Main PCBA (CH212 is displayed on the Main PCBA) Screw
Basic Part
Screw
Inv.1 Inv.2
Inv.2 Inv.1
- CH21 - CH21
IGBTM
IGBTM
Comp.1 Comp.2 Comp.1 Comp.2
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2) If Inv.1 CH21 display consistently, Inv1 PCBA is
defective (CH211 is displayed on the Main PCBA)
[Note 10] In case of power on: DC Voltage Check (SMPS Voltage, Multi V 4,Pro)
Inv.1
Inv.2
- CH21
Main PCBA
Trouble shooting
Comp.1 Comp.2
Guide
Comm. Connector (White) Ext. (Blue) 1 2 3 4 5 6
※ Be sure to turn off the product and change the wiring. 2

4
1
3
5V (pin1)
GND2 5V 12V
6 5
GND3 (pin2) 8 7 12V (pin7)
10 9
Inv.2 (Yellow) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12 11
14 13
16 15
18 17 GND4 5V 15V
Control Logic
20 19
22 21
24 23
24 23 Inv.1 (Red) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
26 25
28 27
GND1 5V 15V
Before check DC voltage, Remove these three wire (Red, Yellow, Blue)
※ In case of abnormal voltage output, should replace SMPS PCBA (Don’t replace Main PCBA.)
※ Precautions: DC Power & GND is different for each output.
Defective parts : SMPS PCBA
Central Control
Back
SMPS PCB should be checked when checking the error code below. [Note 11] Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM normality
SMPS output Measure point (on Main PCB) Measured value Single, Multi
Possible error or failure because of
SMPS PCB failure
(DC voltage) ence
Multi meter (+)
(GND)
Normal
mal ■■ 6kW Gen2
CH21 Inverter IPM Fault Multi Meter Measured value
Check Point
Basic Part
Inverter DC Link low Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
CH23
voltage
U
Inverter1: CN_ P V
CH107 Fan DC Link low voltage COMP1_RD W 0.35V ~
Fan heatsink tempera- Inverter2: CN_ IPM Non-normal
CH194 U 0.7 V
ture sensor COMP2_YL
IPM
V
Communication between GND
CH52 W
Main and Inverter
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Communication between 1. Remove connecter from the PCB
CH105
Fan and Inverter
2. Set Diode Voltage measuring mode( ) in Multi-Tester
Communication between 3. Measure P~U / P~V / P~W Voltage (refer to picture)
CH05
ODU and IDU 4. Measure U~GND / V~GND / W~GND Voltage (refer to
Communication between picture)
CH53
ODU and IDU 5. The IPM is deeded to be damaged if the measured value is
Comm. 5V:
Communication between Comm. 5V: Comm. 5V: IPM GND U V W P
CH204 Communication 5V
CN6~10_WH 1 pin
2 pin significantly different from the picture
ODU and HR Unit or Main / External Main/Exter- 4.5V~5.5V 4.5V↓
Trouble shooting
Main/External 5V : Main/External
■■ 2.5kW Gen2
Guide
485 modems 4 pin
IPM GND B/D GND Multi Meter Measured value
CH242 ODU and Central B/D(+) Check Point
controller WVU P N L Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
FRD
No central controller (AC Ez) Communication Comm. 5V: Fuse Both sides Short Open
7 pin 2 pin 11.5V~12.5V 11.5V↓
power supply 12V CN6~10_WH L
B/D (+)
Valve and EEV do not work. N
Main / External Main/External 5V: Bridge Diode
Control Logic
Abnormal cooling/heating and 6 pin 3 or 4 pin 11.5V~12.5V 11.5V↓ L B/D
12V CN_EXT_BL
possible high/low pressure error N GND
FRD - +
IGBT - + 0.35V ~
IGBT Non-normal
U 0.7 V
P V
W
IPM
U
IPM
Central Control
V
GND
W
1. Remove connecter from the PCB (Only PCBA check)

Fuse
2. Set measuring mode in Multi-Tester
3. Measure part. (refer to picture)
4. If the measured value is significantly different from the
normal value, judge the part abnormality
Back
In case of power off: Check PCBA ■■ Inverter: Multi V Pro

■■ Inverter: Multi V 5 Check Point
Multi Meter Measured value T 5V part Resistance Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
Check Point N
Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal S P 15V part Resistance Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
Basic Part
N
R 5V part Resistance Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω + U
P - +
15V part Resistance Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω R - + -+ - P V
S U - + + - +
T - U - + - W
- V + -
+ + - + +
- + - P V - - + U
U - + - + W + -
+
- W V N
V + - +
W U W
IGBTM 0.3V ~ 0.7 V Non-normal
V N R
Intorduction
Multi V 5
W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P S
GND IGBTM 0.3V ~ 0.7 V Non-normal
R GND1 5V 15V T
15V
4 3 2 1
(GND) P S R
EEPROM Thick line
5 6 7 8
(5V)
T S N
R BLACK (-) RED (+) T
5V S N Diode (12EA) - + 0.3 ~ 0.7 V Non-normal
Precautions
Trouble shooting
Put the black probe(-) of the tester
Thick line T
on the thick line.
Diode (12EA) - + 0.3 ~ 0.7 V Non-normal
Guide
BLACK (-) RED (+)
Precautions ■■ Inverter: Multi V 4

on the thick line. U V W Multi Meter Measured value
Check Point
5V part Resistance Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
P 15V part Resistance Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
Control Logic
- - - U
N + + + P V
- - - W
+ -+ - + U
-
+ + + V N
W
Central Control
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
GND1 5V 15V
Thick line
BLACK (-) RED (+)
Precautions
on the thick line.
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons [Note 1] Check Pipe clogging/distortion
Check Pipe state
1. Overload operation (Pipe clogging/
Covering/EEV defect/Ref. over-
charge)
Inverter PCB Assembly
2. Compressor damage(Insulation dam-
AC Input Current Over input 3 phase power
22* age/Motor damage)
Basic Part
Error current is over limited
3. Input voltage low
value(24A)
4. Power Line Misconnection
5. Inverter PCB Assembly damage
(Input current sensing part)
■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
Is Installation condition No 1. Check Pipe clogging/distortion [Note1] [Note 2] Check Covering (Indoor/Outdoor Unit)
Intorduction
normal? 2. Check Covering (Indoor/Outdoor Unit) [Note2]
Multi V 5
3. Check EEV connector assemble condition/normal operation [Note3]
Yes 4. Check refrigerant pressure
When the front/back has a wall (1 side) When the front/back/left/right have walls (3 sides)
→ Reassemble or manage if abnormality found
Are the resistance

between each phase and No 1. Check resistance between each terminal of compressor [Note4]
insulation resistance of Inverter 2. Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and pipe
compressor normal? → Replace compressor if abnormality found [Note5]
Yes
Trouble shooting
Guide
Is compressor wire
No 1. Check Inverter PCB assembly U,V,W connector connection condition [Note6]
connection
2. Check wire disconnection and wiring [Note7]
condition normal?
3. Check compressor terminal connection condition (bad contact)
Yes → Reassemble if abnormality found [Note8] Cause of Trouble Condition Mechanism of Fault Generation
Blocking of the front part of requent turning-off of the compressor:
F
Is Inverter PCB outdoor devices Inflow of high-temperature air generated by
assembly No Check bridge diode in IGBTM of Inverter PCB
bridge diode joining
Whirlwind outdoor fans into the air conditioner
→ joining again if abnormality found [Note9]
condition normal? Installation of outdoor devices in → Wrong influence to the system in over-load
Control Logic
narrow space state
Yes
Blocking of the lateral suction Frequent turning-off of the compressor:
Is input No Check R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380V±10% point on the wall of the outdoor Elevation of the pipe temperature due to
voltage normal? R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220V±15% Shielding devices. Foreign substances reduced wind velocity
→ Check connection condition and wiring if power is abnormal [Note10]
Yes in the heat exchanger and ob- → Wrong influence to the system in over-load
stacles in the surrounding. state
Is Inverter PCB No 1. Check IPM Vcc 15V abnormality found
orrosion of heat exchanger :
C
Possible infiltration of moisture /
Central Control
assembly normal? → Multi V 4 : SMPS PCBA, etc : Inv PCBA [Note11] Corrosion → Reduced operation efficiency
2. Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM Part. highly humid area
Yes
→ Transfer of troubles to other parts
→ Replace Inverter PCB assembly if abnormality found [Note12]
※ It should be clear around Indoor/Outdoor unit

Recheck power and installation condition
Back
[Note 3] Check EEV connector assemble condition/normal operation [Note 6] Check Inverter PCB assembly U,V,W connector connection condition
When you reset PCB power, initial EEV opens and closes again, and hold EEV valve on your hand, you Multi V 4 / Pro / 5 (Screw Type)
should feel it vibrating. (EEV is abnormal if vibration is not felt)
* EEV operation
Pulse Reset
Basic Part
U
Off control V
Initialization control Start control On-time control W
Intorduction
Multi V 5
[Note 4] Check resistance between each terminal of compressor
Check the resistance of the U, V, W terminal as [Note 7] Check wire disconnection and wiring
W
follows.
V
If the resistance values are the same (about Comp Wire connection Sometimes there is a Comp Wire connection usage
U
20% ↓), compressor can be judged as normal. model.
If the resistance values are the different (about
20% ↑), check it again after removing all wires. 1. Check the status of Comp Wire connection.
Trouble shooting
Nevertheless, If the values are different, com- 2. Check that PCB wire and Compressor wire are same
Guide
pressor can be judged as abnormal. color.
※ This picture is different according to the

product.
Check after power off Check condition and wiring of U,

V, W cables.
Control Logic
[Note 5] Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and pipe
Measure insulation resistance between com- ※ This picture is different according to the product
pressor piping and each terminal (U, V, W)
※ If compressor has not been running for a long
time, it may be different from normal value.
※ Remove the U, V, W wire of the compressor
when measuring resistance.
Central Control
Pipe
Back
[Note 9] Check Inverter PCB assembly Comp IGBTM heat sink joining condition Check input Voltage (3-Phase 4-Wire)
Defective parts : Fuse or Input voltage

Check IGBTM heat sink joining state
※ This picture is different according to
(For 380V models, The Fuse is applied only to Europe.)
Screw the product Multi V 5

Screw Multi Meter Measured value
Basic Part
R S T
Input Voltage R S
IGBTM
(3-Phase /3-Wire R T 380V ± 10%
IGBTM 380V) S T
Non-normal
Input Voltage R N
For Korea Model
No Fuse
For Europe Model
3 Fuses
(3-Phase /4-Wire S N 220V ± 15%
220V)
T N
Intorduction
Multi V 5
[Note 10] Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition N
terminal R S T N
1-Phase
𝟎𝟎V or 220𝑽𝑽 1. Check the condition and wiring of the L/N/G cables. Multi V 4, Pro, 2 Inverter
2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and then
measure voltage between phases. Multi Meter Measured value
Trouble shooting
1(L) 2(N) G
L-N: 220 ± 15% V Inverter(IV Pro) Inverter(IV Pro)
N R S T
L-G, N-G: 0V or 220V
Guide
R S
N
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽 R Input Voltage R T 380V ± 10% Non-normal
S
T S T
3-Phase
2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and then
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽
Control Logic
R-N, S-N, T-N: 220 ± 15% V Terminal R S T N
R-S, R-T, T-S: 380 ± 10% V
Multi V 4, Pro, 1 Inverter

R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N

Inverter (IV Pro) Check Point
𝟑𝟑𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽
R S
Central Control
Input Voltage R T 380V ± 10% Non-normal
S T
Terminal R S T N
Back
[Note 11] In case of power on: DC Voltage Check (SMPS Voltage, Multi V 4,Pro) SMPS PCB should be checked when checking the error code below.
Main PCBA Possible error or failure because of
CH21 Inverter IPM Fault
Basic Part
CH23
voltage
Comm. Connector (White) Ext. (Blue) 1 2 3 4 5 6 CH106 Fan IPM Fault Inverter 15V 7 pin 4 or 5 pin 14.5V~15.5V 14.5V↓
2 1 5V (pin1) Inverter1: CN_
4
6
3
5
GND2 5V 12V CH107 Fan DC Link low voltage COMP1_RD
GND3 (pin2) 7 12V (pin7)
Inverter2: CN_
8
10 9
Inv.2 (Yellow) 4 5 6 7 Fan heatsink tempera-
CH194
1 2 3
12
14
11
13 ture sensor COMP2_YL
16 15
18 17 GND4 5V 15V Communication between
20 19
CH52
22 21
Main and Inverter
Intorduction
24 23
Inv.1 (Red) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Inverter 5V 6 pin 4 or 5 pin 4.5V~5.5V 4.5V↓
Multi V 5
24 23
CH105
26 25
Fan and Inverter

28 27
GND1 5V 15V
Before check DC voltage, Remove these three wire (Red, Yellow, Blue) CH05
ODU and IDU
※ In case of abnormal voltage output, should replace SMPS PCBA (Don’t replace Main PCBA.) Communication between
CH53
ODU and IDU
Comm. 5V:
Defective parts : SMPS PCBA Communication between Comm. 5V: Comm. 5V:
Trouble shooting
Guide
485 modems 4 pin
controller
No central controller (AC Ez) Communication Comm. 5V:
7 pin 2 pin 11.5V~12.5V 11.5V↓
power supply 12V CN6~10_WH
Main / External Main/External 5V:
Control Logic
Abnormal cooling/heating and 6 pin 3 or 4 pin 11.5V~12.5V 11.5V↓
12V CN_EXT_BL
possible high/low pressure error
Central Control
Back
[Note 12] Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM normality ■■ Inverter: Multi V Pro
In case of power off: Check PCBA Multi Meter Measured value
Check Point
■■ Inverter: Multi V 5 5V part Resistance Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
T
N
Multi Meter Measured value S P 15V part Resistance Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
Basic Part
Check Point
Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal + U
- +
N R - + -+ P V
R 5V part Resistance Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω - + + - +
-
P U
15V part Resistance Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω - + - W
S V + -
+
U - - + U
T - +
-
W + -
+ - +
- + - P V V N
U - + + - +
- W W
V + - + IGBTM 0.3V ~ 0.7 V Non-normal
W U R
Intorduction
Multi V 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P S
V N
W GND1 5V 15V T
R R
Thick line
15V
4 3 2 1
(GND) P S S N
EEPROM
BLACK (-) RED (+) T
5 6 7 8
(5V)
T
R Precautions Diode (12EA) - + 0.3 ~ 0.7 V Non-normal
Trouble shooting
5V S N
on the thick line.
Thick line T
Guide
BLACK (-) RED (+)
■■ Inverter: Multi V 4
Precautions U V W Multi Meter Measured value
Put the black probe(-) of the tester Check Point
on the thick line. Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
Control Logic
- - - U
N + + + P V
- - - W
+ -+ - + U
-
+ + + V N
W
Central Control
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
GND1 5V 15V
Thick line
BLACK (-) RED (+)
Precautions
on the thick line.
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons [Note 1] Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition
1. DC Link terminal misconnection/termi- 1-Phase

nal contact fault (loose)
1. Inverter PCB DC volt- 𝟎𝟎V or 220𝑽𝑽 1. Check the condition and wiring of the L/N/G cables.
2. Condenser damage
age not charging 2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and then
Inverter PCB DC Link 3. Inverter PCB assembly damage(DC
23* 2. Inverter PCB DC Link measure voltage between phases.
High/Low Voltage Link voltage sensing part)
Basic Part
voltage exceeds the 1(L) 2(N) G L-N: 220 ± 15% V
4. Input voltage is abnormal (R, S, T, N)
limit L-G, N-G: 0V or 220V
5. Power connection is abnormal (N
phase missing) 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽
■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart 3-Phase

Are there any
power wire connections No 1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions → Rewire them if abnormality found. [Note1] 2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and then
normal? And Is input voltage 2. Check R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380 V ± 10% measure voltage between phases.
Intorduction
normal? R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220 V ± 15% 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽
Multi V 5
→ Check connection condition and wiring if power is abnormal R-N, S-N, T-N: 220 ± 15% V
Yes
R-S, R-T, T-S: 380 ± 10% V
No 1. Check joining condition of bridge diode and heatsink. [Note2]
Is bridge diode normal?
2. Check bridge diode R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
→ joining again or replacing bridge diode if abnormality found
Yes
Trouble shooting
Is DC_Link Wire 𝟑𝟑𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽
No 1. Check Inverter PCB assembly P,N connector connection condition. [Note3]
connection condition
2. Check wire disconnection and wiring
normal?
Guide
→ Reassemble if abnormality found
Yes
Is Inverter PCB
assembly bridge diode No Check joining condition of Inverter PCB assembly and bridge diode Distribution Box Inspection
joining condition normal? → joining again if abnormality found. [Note4]
CH23 or CH27 may occur due to input voltage distortion
Yes 1. When using 220V voltage in 3-phase power supply, check whether the voltage between lines is bal-
anced.
Control Logic
Is Inverter PCB No 1. Check IPM Vcc 15V abnormality found (Check R-N, S-N, T-N voltage during product operation)
assembly normal? → Multi V 4 : SMPS PCBA, etc : Inv PCBA. [Note5] 2. Check if another product with a large load is connected to the same power supply.
2. Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM Part.
Yes → Replace Inverter PCB assembly if abnormality found. [Note6]
Input Voltage
Central Control
CH23 or CH27 occurs when input
voltage distortion occurs
Back
Check input Voltage (3-Phase 4-Wire) [Note 2] Check bridge diode
Defective parts : Fuse or Input voltage 1. Check joining condition of bridge diode and heatsink.
2. Check bridge diode.
Multi V 5 → Joining again or replacing bridge diode if abnormality
found.
Inverter
Check Point
Basic Part
R S T
Input Voltage R S
(3-Phase /3-Wire R T 380V ± 10%
380V) S T
Non-normal ■■ How to check Converter PCBA
Input Voltage R N
For Korea Model For Europe Model (3-Phase /4-Wire S N 220V ± 15% Defective parts : Converter PCBA
No Fuse 3 Fuses
220V)
T N Multi Meter Measured value
Intorduction
Check Point
Multi V 5
N
terminal
R S T N N
P
R
P S
T SR
Multi Meter Measured value T
Converter(IV) Converter(IV) Check Point Bridge Diode 0.38 V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
Trouble shooting
Inverter(IV Pro) Inverter(IV Pro)
Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
R
N R S T
R S S N
Guide
N
GND1 5V 15V
R Input Voltage R T 380V ± 10% Non-normal T
S
※ Multi Meter : Be careful of the probe color.
T S T
RED
BLACK
Control Logic
Terminal R S T N
[Note 3] Check Inverter PCB assembly P, N connector connection condition
Multi V 4,Pro, 1 Inverter ■■ Multi V 4 (Screw Type) ■■ Multi V 5 (Connector Type)

P-N
R S P Connector
Central Control
S T N
Terminal R S T N
Back
[Note 4] Check Inverter PCB assembly Comp IGBTM heat sink joining condition SMPS PCB should be checked when checking the error code below.
Check IGBTM heat sink joining state Possible error or failure because of
Screw
Basic Part
CH23
Screw voltage
Inverter1: CN_
CH107 Fan DC Link low voltage COMP1_RD
IGBTM
Fan heatsink tempera- Inverter2: CN_
IGBTM CH194 COMP2_YL
ture sensor
CH52
Main and Inverter
Intorduction
Multi V 5
CH105
Fan and Inverter
CH05
ODU and IDU
[Note 5] In case of power on: DC Voltage Check (SMPS Voltage, Multi V 4, Pro) Communication between
CH53
ODU and IDU
Comm. 5V:
Main PCBA Communication between Comm. 5V: Comm. 5V:
Trouble shooting
Guide
485 modems 4 pin
Comm. Connector (White) Ext. (Blue)
1 2 3 4 5 6
controller
2 1 5V (pin1)
4 3
GND2 5V 12V No central controller (AC Ez) Communication Comm. 5V:
7 pin 2 pin 11.5V~12.5V 11.5V↓
6 5
10
8
9
Inv.2 (Yellow) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12 11
14 13
16 15
GND4 5V 15V
Control Logic
18 17
20 19 12V CN_EXT_BL
22 21 possible high/low pressure error
24 23
24 23 Inv.1 (Red) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
26 25
28 27
GND1 5V 15V
Before check DC voltage, Remove these three wire (Red, Yellow, Blue)
※ In case of abnormal voltage output, should replace SMPS PCBA (Don’t replace Main PCBA.)
Central Control
Defective parts : SMPS PCBA
Back
Check Point
T
N
Basic Part
Check Point
- +
N R - + -+ P V
R 5V part Resistance Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω - + + - +
-
P U
S V + -
+
U - - + U
T - +
-
W + -
+ - +
- + - P V V N
U - + + - +
- W W
W U R
Intorduction
Multi V 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P S
V N
W GND1 5V 15V T
R R
Thick line
15V
4 3 2 1
(GND) P S S N
EEPROM
BLACK (-) RED (+) T
5 6 7 8
(5V)
T
Trouble shooting
5V S N
on the thick line.
Thick line T
Guide
BLACK (-) RED (+)
Precautions U V W Multi Meter Measured value
Put the black probe(-) of the tester Check Point
on the thick line. Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
Control Logic
- - - U
N + + + P V
- - - W
+ -+ - + U
-
+ + + V N
W
Central Control
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
GND1 5V 15V
Thick line
BLACK (-) RED (+)
Precautions
on the thick line.
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons [Note 1] Check connection of main PCB high pressure switch connector
1. Defective high pressure switch Multi V 5 Main PCB Multi V 5 External PCB
2. D efective fan of indoor unit or outdoor unit
3. Check valve of compressor clogged
4. Pipe distortion due to the pipe damage
Excessive rise of 5. Refrigerant overcharge
Basic Part
Compressor off due
discharge 6. Defective EEV at the indoor or outdoor unit.
24* to the high pressure
pressure in outdoor 7. Covering or clogging(Outdoor covering during
switch in outdoor unit
compressor the cooling mode /Indoor unit filter clogging
during the heating mode)
8. SVC valve clogging
9. Defective outdoor PCB Short circuit connection
10. Defective active path valve High pressure switch connector (Gray terminal, CN28_HP_SW_GY)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart [Note 2] Check short with high pressure switch connector
Is high pressure
No
Short: High pressure switch is normal
Connect securely
switch connector Open: H igh pressure switch is abnormal
connected to PCB?
※ In case of multi-V 4, 5, check the external PCB short circuit connection. [Note1] → Change new high pressure switch.
Yes
Is high pressure
No Replace high pressure switch
Trouble shooting
switch connector short
during off time? [Note2]
Guide
Yes
No Open SVC valve [Note3]

Is SVC valve open? [Note 3] Check service valve
Yes Open the valve if service valve is closed.
Is this error
No Re-check momentary problem or not
appeared again
Control Logic
after reset?
Yes
Is high pressure
No Replace high pressure sensor
of LGMV similar
as at manifold gauge?
Yes
Central Control
Closed Open
1. Check blockage of piping and take action
2. Replace outdoor unit main PCB
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Check input Voltage (3-Phase 4-Wire)
1. Input voltage abnormal (T-N, R-S, (For 380V models, The Fuse is applied only to Europe.)
Input voltage is over lim-
S-T, T-R)
ited value of the product Multi V 5
25* Input Voltage high/low 2. Outdoor unit Inverter PCB assembly
(304 V or less, 536 V or
damage(input voltage sensing part) Multi Meter Measured value
more) Inverter
3. N phase line disconnection Check Point
Basic Part
R S T
Input Voltage R S
■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart (3-Phase /3-Wire R T 380V ± 10%
Are there any 380V) S T
power wire connections No 1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions Non-normal
normal? And Is input → Rewire them if abnormality found. [Note1] Input Voltage R N
voltage normal? 2. Check R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380 V ± 10%
R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220 V ± 15%
For Korea Model
No Fuse
For Europe Model
3 Fuses
(3-Phase /4-Wire S N 220V ± 15%
Yes → Check connection condition and wiring if power is abnormal 220V)
T N
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Is IGBTM heatsink No Check IGBTM heatsink connection condition
connection condition N
→ joining again if abnormality found. [Note2]
normal? terminal R S T N
Yes

Is an error No
displayed on the Replace Inverter PCB assembly.
inverter PCB? Converter(IV) Converter(IV) Check Point
Trouble shooting
Inverter(IV Pro)
Yes
Inverter(IV Pro)
N R S T
R S
Guide
N
Recheck power and installation condition S
T S T
[Note 1] Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition

1-Phase
𝟎𝟎V or 220𝑽𝑽 1. Check the condition and wiring of the L/N/G cables.
Control Logic
2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and Terminal R S T N
then measure voltage between phases.

1(L) 2(N) G L-N: 220 ± 15% V Multi V 4, Pro, 1 Inverter
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽 Converter (IV) Multi Meter Measured value
3-Phase
R S
Central Control
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽 2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and
then measure voltage between phases. S T
R-N, S-N, T-N: 220 ± 15% V
R-S, R-T, T-S: 380 ± 10% V
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
Terminal R S T N
𝟑𝟑𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 ± 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽
Back
[Note2] Check Inverter PCB assembly Comp IGBTM heat sink joining condition
1. Overload operation
(Pipe clogging/Covering/EEV defect/
Inverter compressor Starting failure because Ref. overcharge)
26* of compressor abnor- 2. Compressor damage
starting failure Error
Screw mality (Insulation damage/Motor damage)
Basic Part
Screw 3. Compressor wiring fault
4. ODU Comp PCB damage (CT)
IGBTM ■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart

IGBTM
Is Installation condition No 1. Check Pipe clogging/distortion [Note1]
3. Check EEV connector assemble condition/normal operation [Note3]
Intorduction
Multi V 5
※ This picture is different according to the product

→ Reassemble or manage if abnormality found
Are there any power No Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions

wire connections → Rewire them if abnormality found. [Note4]
normal?
Yes
Trouble shooting
Are the resistance
between each phase 1. Check resistance between each terminal of compressor. [Note5]
No 2. Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and pipe
Guide
and insulation
resistance of Inverter → Replace compressor if abnormality found/ [Note6]
compressor normal?
Yes
1. Check Inverter PCB assembly U,V,W connector connection condition.
Is compressor wire [Note7]
No
connection condition 2. Check wire disconnection and wiring. [Note8]
normal? 3. Check compressor terminal connection condition (bad contact)
→ Reassemble if abnormality found. [Note9]
Yes
Control Logic
Is this a Yes
1. Comp/PCBA Cross Check → Replace the abnormality part. [Note10]
2-Comp model?
No
1. Check IPM Vcc 15V abnormality found
Is Inverter PCB No → Multi V 4 : SMPS PCBA, etc : Inv PCBA. [Note11]
assembly normal? 2. Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM Part.
→ Replace Inverter PCB assembly if abnormality found. [Note12]
Yes
Central Control
Back
Error Code Check [Note2] Check Covering (Indoor/Outdoor Unit)
Check for errors through Main PCB or LGMV When the front/back has a wall (1 side) When the front/back/left/right have walls (3 sides)
- Error occurred in inverter PCB
- Input power, inverter PCB, power and compressor can cause problems.
Basic Part
U
Error 26-1 V
W
CH26
Cause of Trouble Condition Mechanism of Fault Generation
Blocking of the front part of requent turning-off of the compressor :
F
Intorduction
Multi V 5
outdoor devices Inflow of high-temperature air generated by
Installation of outdoor devices in → Wrong influence to the system in over-load
narrow space state
[Note1] Check Pipe clogging/distortion Blocking of the lateral suction
Frequent turning-off of the compressor:
point on the wall of the outdoor
Check Pipe state Elevation of the pipe temperature due to
devices.
Shielding reduced wind velocity
Trouble shooting
Foreign substances in the heat
→ Wrong influence to the system in over-load
exchanger and obstacles in the
Guide
state
surrounding.
orrosion of heat exchanger :
C
Corrosion → Reduced operation efficiency
highly humid area
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
[Note 3] Check EEV connector assemble condition/normal operation Check input Voltage (3-Phase 4-Wire)
When you reset PCB power, initial EEV opens and closes again, and hold EEV valve on your hand, you Defective parts : Fuse or Input voltage
should feel it vibrating. (EEV is abnormal if vibration is not felt) (For 380V models, The Fuse is applied only to Europe.)
Multi V 5
* EEV operation
Basic Part
R S T
Input Voltage R S
(3-Phase /3-Wire R T 380V ± 10%
380V) S T
Non-normal
Input Voltage R N
For Korea Model
No Fuse
For Europe Model
3 Fuses
(3-Phase /4-Wire S N 220V ± 15%
220V)
T N
Intorduction
Multi V 5
[Note 4] Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition N
Terminal R S T N
1-Phase
0 V or 220 V 1. Check the condition and wiring of the L/N/G cables.
2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and Multi Meter Measured value
Trouble shooting
1(L) 2(N) G
Inverter(IV Pro) Inverter(IV Pro) Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
N R S T
L-N: 220 ± 15% V R S
Guide
N
L-G, N-G: 0V or 220V R Input Voltage R T 380V ± 10% Non-normal
220 ± 15% V S
T S T
3-Phase

2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and Terminal R S T N
Control Logic
220 ± 15% V then measure voltage between phases.
R-N, S-N, T-N: 220 ± 15% V
R-S, R-T, T-S: 380 ± 10% V Multi V 4,Pro, 1 Inverter
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N Multi Meter Measured value
Converter (IV) Check Point
Inverter (IV Pro) Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
N R S T
R S
380 ± 10% V
Central Control
S T
Terminal R S T N
Back
[Note 5] Check resistance between each terminal of compressor [Note 8] Check wire disconnection and wiring
Check the resistance of the U, V, W terminal as Comp Wire connection Sometimes there is a Comp Wire connection usage model.
W
follows.
V
U If the resistance values are the same (about 1. Check the status of Comp Wire connection.
20% ↓), compressor can be judged as normal. 2. Check that PCB wire and Compressor wire are same
If the resistance values are the different (about color.
Basic Part
20% ↑), check it again after removing all wires.
Nevertheless, If the values are different, com-
pressor can be judged as abnormal.
※ This picture is different according to the [Note 9] Check compressor terminal connection condition (bad contact)
product.
Check after power off Check condition and wiring of U, V,
W cables.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
[Note 6] Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and pipe
Measure insulation resistance between com-

pressor piping and each terminal (U, V, W)
※ If compressor has not been running for a long [Note 10] Comp/PCBA Cross Check
Trouble shooting
time, it may be different from normal value.
※ Remove the U, V, W wire of the compressor General connection status Status after cross-connection
Guide
when measuring resistance.
Pipe Ex) Inv.1 CH26 display 1) If Inv.2 CH26 display, Compessor1 is defective
CH261 is displayed on the Main PCBA (CH262 is displayed on the Main PCBA)
Inv.2
Inv.1 Inv.1
Inv.2 - CH26
- CH26
Control Logic
[Note 7] Check Inverter PCB assembly U, V, W connector connection condition
Multi V 4 / Pro / 5 (Screw Type) Comp.1 Comp.2
Comp.1 Comp.2
2) If Inv.1 CH26 display consistently, Inv1 PCBA is

Central Control
Inv.1
Inv.2
- CH26
U
V
W
Comp.1 Comp.2
※ Be sure to turn off the product and change the wiring.
Back
[Note 11] In case of power on: DC Voltage Check (SMPS Voltage, Multi V 4, Pro) SMPS PCB should be checked when checking the error code below.
Basic Part
CH23
voltage
4
6
3
5
Inverter2: CN_
8
10 9
CH194
1 2 3
12
14
11
16 15
20 19
CH52
22 21
Main and Inverter
Intorduction
24 23
Multi V 5
24 23
CH105
26 25
Fan and Inverter

28 27
GND1 5V 15V
ODU and IDU
CH53
ODU and IDU
Comm. 5V:
Trouble shooting
Main/External 5V: Main/External
Guide
485 modems 4 pin
controller
7 pin 2 pin 11.5V~12.5V 11.5V↓
Control Logic
12V CN_EXT_BL
Central Control
Back
Check Point
T
N
Basic Part
Check Point
N - +
R - + -+ P V
R P 5V part Resistance Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω - + + - +
-
U
S V +
+ -
T - U - - + U
- + + - + W + -
- + - P V V N
U - + + - +
- W W
W U R
Intorduction
Multi V 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P S
V N
W GND1 5V 15V T
R R
Thick line
15V
4 3 2 1
(GND) P S S N
EEPROM
BLACK (-) RED (+) T
T
(5V)
5 6 7 8

5V
Trouble shooting
S N on the thick line.
Thick line T
Guide
BLACK (-) RED (+) Diode (12EA) - + 0.3 ~ 0.7 V Non-normal
Precautions
Put the black probe(-) of the tester U V W Multi Meter Measured value
on the thick line.
Check Point
Control Logic
- - - U
N + + + P V
- - - W
+
- -+ - +
U
+ + + V N
W
Central Control
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
GND1 5V 15V
Thick line
BLACK (-) RED (+)
Precautions
on the thick line.
Back
1. Input voltage abnormal (R,S,T,N) 1. Overload operation
Inverter DC link high Inv PCB DC link voltage
28* 2. ODU Comp PCB damage (Pipe clogging/Covering/EEV defect/
voltage error supplied over 780V
(DC Link voltage sensing part) Ref.overcharge)
Inverter compressor Inverter compressor
29* 2. Compressor damage(Insulation dam-
over current input current is over 30A
age/Motor damage)
Basic Part
■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart 3. Input voltage low
4. ODU Inverter PCB assembly damage
Are there any power No 1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions
wire connections
2. Check Noise filter wiring conditions
normal?
→ Rewire them if abnormality found. ■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
Yes
Is Installation condition No 1. Check Pipe clogging/distortion [Note1]

Check normal? 2. Check Covering (Indoor/Outdoor Unit) [Note2]
Is input voltage No R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380V 10% 3. Check EEV connector assemble condition/normal operation [Note3]
Intorduction
normal? R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220V 10%
Multi V 5
→ Check connection condition and wiring if power is abnormal → Reassemble or manage if abnormality found
Yes
Are the resistance
between each phase 1. Check resistance between each terminal of compressor [Note4]
No 2. Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and pipe
Is Inverter PCB No and insulation
assembly normal? Replace Inverter PCB assembly resistance of Inverter → Replace compressor if abnormality found [Note5]
compressor normal?
Yes
Yes
Trouble shooting
Recheck power and Is compressor wire 1. Check Inverter PCB assembly U,V,W connector connection condition [Note6]
No
installation condition connection condition 2. Check wire disconnection and wiring [Note7]
Guide
normal? 3. Check compressor terminal connection condition (bad contact)
→ Reassemble if abnormality found [Note8]
Yes
* Measuring input voltage * Noise filter wiring
Is input voltage No
Check R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380V ±10%
normal?
R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220V ±15%
Yes → Check connection condition and wiring if power is abnormal [Note9]
Is this a 2-Comp Yes 1. Comp/PCBA Cross Check
Control Logic
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
model? → Replace the abnormality part. [Note10]
No
1. Check IPM Vcc 15V abnormality found
Is Inverter PCB No → Multi V 4 : SMPS PCBA, etc : Inv PCBA [Note11]
assembly normal? 2. Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM Part.
→ Replace Inverter PCB assembly if abnormality found [Note12]
Yes
Recheck power and

installation condition
Central Control
Back
[Note 3] Check EEV connector assemble condition/normal operation
[Note 1] Check Pipe clogging/distortion
When you reset PCB power, initial EEV opens and closes again, and hold EEV valve on your hand, you
Check Pipe state should feel it vibrating. (EEV is abnormal if vibration is not felt)
* EEV operation
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
[Note 4] Check resistance between each terminal of compressor
[Note 2] Check Covering (Indoor/Outdoor Unit)
Check the resistance of the U, V, W terminal as
W follows.
When the front/back has a wall (1 side) When the front/back/left/right have walls (3 sides)
V If the resistance values are the same (about
U
20% ↓), compressor can be judged as normal.
If the resistance values are the different (about
20% ↑), check it again after removing all wires.
Trouble shooting
Nevertheless, If the values are different, com-
pressor can be judged as abnormal.
Guide
※ This picture is different according to the
product.
Cause of Trouble Condition Mechanism of Fault Generation
Blocking of the front part of Frequent turning-off of the compressor:
outdoor devices Inflow of high-temperature air generated by [Note 5] Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal and pipe
Control Logic
Installation of outdoor devices in Measure insulation resistance between com-
narrow space pressor piping and each terminal (U, V, W)
state
Blocking of the lateral suction
point on the wall of the outdoor
Frequent turning-off of the compressor: ※ If compressor has not been running for a long
Elevation of the pipe temperature due to time, it may be different from normal value.
devices.
Shielding reduced wind velocity
Foreign substances in the heat
→ Wrong influence to the system in over-load ※ Remove the U, V, W wire of the compressor
Central Control
state when measuring resistance.
surrounding. Pipe
Corrosion of heat exchanger:
highly humid area
Back
[Note 6] Check Inverter PCB assembly U,V,W connector connection condition [Note 9] Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition
Multi V 4 / Pro / 5 (Screw Type) 1-Phase
2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and
Basic Part
1(L) 2(N) G
L-N: 220 ± 15% V
220 ± 15% V
U
V
W 3-Phase

Intorduction
Multi V 5
220 ± 15% V then measure voltage between phases.
R-N, S-N, T-N: 220 ± 15% V
[Note 7] Check wire disconnection and wiring
R-S, R-T, T-S: 380 ± 10% V
Comp Wire connection Sometimes there is a Comp Wire connection usage
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
model.
1. Check the status of Comp Wire connection.
Trouble shooting
2. Check that PCB wire and Compressor wire are same 380 ± 10% V
color.
Guide
heck after power off Check condition and wiring of U,

C
Control Logic
V, W cables.
Central Control
Back
Check input Voltage (3-Phase 4-Wire)
[Note 10] Comp/PCBA Cross Check
General connection status Status after cross-connection
Multi V 5
Ex) Inv.1 CH29 display 1) If Inv.2 CH29 display, Compessor1 is defective
Basic Part
Inverter
PCBA
Check Point CH291 is displayed on the Main PCBA (CH292 is displayed on the Main PCBA)
R S T
Input Voltage R S
Inv.1 Inv.2
(3-Phase /3-Wire R T 380V ± 10% Inv.2 Inv.1
- CH29 - CH29
380V) S T
Non-normal
Input Voltage R N
For Korea Model For Europe Model
No Fuse 3 Fuses (3-Phase /4-Wire S N 220V ± 15%
Comp.2
Comp.1 Comp.2 Comp.1
220V)
T N
Intorduction
Multi V 5
N 2) If Inv.1 CH29 display consistently, Inv1 PCBA is
Terminal R S T N
Multi V 4, Pro, 2 Inverter Inv.1

Inv.2
- CH29
Trouble shooting
Converter(IV)
Inverter(IV Pro)
Converter(IV) Check Point
Inverter(IV Pro)
N R S T
Guide
N
R S
Comp.1 Comp.2
S
T S T
※ Be sure to turn off the product and change the wiring.
Control Logic
Terminal R S T N

R S
Central Control
S T
Terminal R S T N
Back
[Note11] In case of power on: DC Voltage Check (SMPS Voltage, Multi V 4,Pro) SMPS PCB should be checked when checking the error code below.
Basic Part
CH23
voltage
4
6
3
5
Inverter2: CN_
8
10 9
CH194
1 2 3
12
14
11
16 15
20 19
CH52
22 21
Main and Inverter
Intorduction
24 23
Multi V 5
24 23
CH105
26 25
Fan and Inverter

28 27
GND1 5V 15V
ODU and IDU
CH53
ODU and IDU
Comm. 5V:
Trouble shooting
Main/External 5V: Main/External
Guide
485 modems 4 pin
controller
7 pin 2 pin 11.5V~12.5V 11.5V↓
Control Logic
12V CN_EXT_BL
Central Control
Back
Check Point
T
N
Basic Part
Check Point
N - +
R - + -+ P V
R P 5V part Resistance Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω - + + - +
-
U
S V +
+ -
T - U - - + U
- + + - + W + -
- + - P V V N
U - + + - +
- W W
W U R
Intorduction
Multi V 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P S
V N
W GND1 5V 15V T
R R
Thick line
15V
4 3 2 1
(GND) P S S N
EEPROM
BLACK (-) RED (+) T
T
(5V)
5 6 7 8

5V
Trouble shooting
S N on the thick line.
Thick line T
Guide
BLACK (-) RED (+) Diode (12EA) - + 0.3 ~ 0.7 V Non-normal
Precautions
Put the black probe(-) of the tester U V W Multi Meter Measured value
on the thick line.
Check Point
Control Logic
- - - U
N + + + P V
- - - W
+
- -+ - +
U
+ + + V N
W
Central Control
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
GND1 5V 15V
Thick line
BLACK (-) RED (+)
Precautions
on the thick line.
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons [Note 1] Check Pipe clogging/distortion
1. Temperature sensor defect of inverter Check Pipe state

Over-increase dis- Compressor is off
compressor 1 discharge pipe
charge temperature of because of over-increase
32* 2. Refrigerant shortage / leak
inverter compressor 1 at discharge temperature of
3. EEV defect
main outdoor unit inverter compressor 1
4. Liquid injection valve defect
Basic Part
1. Temperature sensor defect of inverter
Over-increase dis- Compressor is off
compressor 2 discharge pipe
charge temperature of because of over-increase
33* 2. Refrigerant shortage / leak
inverter compressor 2 at discharge temperature of
3. EEV defect
main outdoor unit inverter compressor 2
4. Liquid injection valve defect
Intorduction
[Note 2] Check Covering (Indoor/Outdoor Unit)
Multi V 5
Is installation condition No 1. Check Pipe clogging/distortion [Note1] When the front/back has a wall (1 side) When the front/back/left/right have walls (3 sides)
Yes
Is the amount of No Is there pipe crack or No Change the amount of refrigerant

refrigerant normal? trace of leakage? (Charge additive amount)
Trouble shooting
Yes Yes
Guide
Weld / reconnect the cracked portion
and recharge refrigerant
Is the resistance of Cause of Trouble Condition Mechanism of Fault Generation

No
discharge temperature Replace discharge temperature sensor
sensor normal? [Note3] Frequent turning-off of the compressor:
Blocking of the front part of
Yes outdoor devices Inflow of high-temperature air generated by
Control Logic
Is the EEV outdoor unit Installation of outdoor devices in → Wrong influence to the system in over-load
normal at heating operation? No
(Refer electric component Replace outdoor unit EEV [Note4] narrow space state
part)
Blocking of the lateral suction
Frequent turning-off of the compressor:
Yes point on the wall of the outdoor
Elevation of the pipe temperature due to
devices.
Is there pipe (strainer etc.) No Shielding reduced wind velocity
clogging?
Check another components and operation conditions / Take measures Foreign substances in the heat
Yes state
Central Control
surrounding.
Replace strainer Corrosion of heat exchanger:
highly humid area
Back
[Note 3] Check resistance value of sensor Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
If the resistance value of the temperature sensor changes according to temperature, and the following
1. Defect of high pressure sensor
resistance values are displayed based on the current temperature, it is normal. (±10% error)
2. Defect of indoor or outdoor unit fan
3. Deformation because of damage of refrigerant
Resistance value (±10%) Error happens pipe
Sensor because of 10 times 4. Over-charged refrigerant
Basic Part
10°C (50°F) 25°C (77°F) 50°C (122°F) 100°C (212°F)
Over-increase of successive com- 5. Defective indoor / outdoor unit EEV
Discharge 34* discharge pressure pressor off due to 6. When blocked
temperature 362 kΩ 200 kΩ 82 kΩ 18.5 kΩ of compressor overincrease of high - Outdoor unit is blocked during cooling
sensor pressure by high - Indoor unit filter is blocked during heating
pressure sensor 7. SVC valve is clogged
8. PCB defect of outdoor unit
9. Indoor unit's pipe temperature defect
[Note 4] Check EEV connector assemble condition/normal operation 10. Indoor unit pipe temperature sensor defect
Intorduction
Multi V 5
When you reset PCB power, initial EEV opens and closes again, and
hold EEV valve on your hand, you should feel it vibrating. ■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
(EEV is abnormal if vibration is not felt)
Is service valve No
Open service valve [Note1]
opened ?
Yes
Are communication
No
Trouble shooting
cable / pipe Check and repair communication cable / pipe connection
connection normal?
Guide
Yes
Is refrigerant amount
No
normal? [refer Adjust refrigerant amount
refrigerant part]
Yes
Is fan normal?
(Indoor fan during No
heating Outdoor fan Replace related parts
during cooling)
Control Logic
Yes
Is filter blocked
(Heating:indoor, No
Cooling:outdoor heat Clean indoor filter (heating) / outdoor heat exchanger (cooling)
exchanger)?
Yes
Is value of high
pressure sensor same No
as Manifold value(Is it Replace sensor of high pressure
Central Control
high actually)?
Yes
Check indoor/outdoor unit EEV

Check indoor unit PCB
Check in/outdoor installation condition
Back
[Note 1] Check service valve Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Open the valve if service valve is closed. 1. Defective low pressure sensor
2. Defective outdoor/indoor unit fan
3. Refrigerant shortage/leakage
Error happens
4. Deformation because of damage of refrigerant
because of 10
pipe
Basic Part
Excessive drop of times successive
5. Defective indoor / outdoor unit EEV
35* discharge pressure compressor off due
6. Covering / clogging (outdoor unit covering
of compressor to excessive drop of
during the cooling mode/ indoor unit filter
low pressure by the
clogging during heating mode)
low pressure sensor
7. SVC valve clogging
8. Defective outdoor unit PCB
9. Defective indoor unit pipe sensor
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Closed Open Is service valve No

Open service valve [Note1]
opened?
Yes
Is amount of No 1. Check the refrigerant

refrigerant normal? 2. Check of leakage (Oil trace of connection) [Note2]
Trouble shooting
3. Check the suction superheat with LGMV [Note3]
Yes
Guide
Is installation No 1. Check the communication line [Note4]
conditions normal? 2. Check the pipe connection [Note5]
3. Check the shielding of indoor and outdoor
Yes
1. Check the PCB connector [Note6]

2. Check the disconnection and CH43 occurrence
Is EEV & pressure No → Replace pressure sensor
sensor normal?
Control Logic
3. Compare manifold gauge pressure and LGMV phase pressure
→ Replace the pressure sensor if there is a pressure difference
Yes 4. Check EEV
→ Replace EEV in case of failure [Note7]
No Check the front and rear pipes of strainer are freezing

Is strainer normal?
(Suspected clogging when confirms freezing)
→ Replace strainer [Note8]
Yes
Central Control
Recheck power and installation state
Back
[Note 1] Check if SVC Valve is open [Note 3] Check the Indoor superheat with LGMV
If the ring is about 2 cm inside the pipe, SVC valve is closed.
Turn counterclockwise to open SVC valve.
※ These valves are fragile and break easily.
Basic Part
Intorduction
[Note 2] Check the refrigerant leakage
Multi V 5
Before repair After repair
Trouble shooting
Guide
There is a trace of compressor oil stain on the area where the refrigerant has leaked.
• Refrigerant shortage: Temperature difference between Eva in and Eva out (Indoor superheat) is large
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
[Note 4] Check the communication line [Note 6] Check the PCB connector
Incorrect Installation Cases (Cross-connect) ※ C/Box assy may vary by model
1. Single Model (Install multiple Single products on one site) Connector - Pressure sensor
When the communication line and connection piping are installed incorrectly as above.
(The piping is connected to outdoor unit A, and the communication line is connected to outdoor unit B)
Basic Part
• When IDU A is turned on, the refrigerant goes to IDU and IDU A occurs the lack of cooling.
• IDU B occurs CH35 due to circulation of the refrigerant only when the indoor fan is not operating.
Indoor Unit A Indoor Unit B
Communication line
Pipe
Connector - EEV
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Outdoor Unit A Outdoor Unit B
2. Multi Model [Note 7] Check EEV connector assemble condition/normal operation
Trouble shooting
When A is turned on, the refrigerant goes to B and A occurs the lack of cooling. When you reset PCB power, initial EEV opens and closes again, and hold EEV valve on your hand, you
Guide
IDU B occurs CH35 due to circulation of the refrigerant only when the indoor fan is not operating. should feel it vibrating. (EEV is abnormal if vibration is not felt)
* EEV operation
Communication line
Terminal
Block A Pipe
IDU A
Control Logic
Terminal
Block B
IDU B
[Note 5] Check Pipe clogging/distortion [Note 8] Check if pipe is freezing

Check Pipe state Check if the front and rear pipes of strainer are freezing
Central Control
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Check input Voltage (3-Phase 4-Wire)
Micom input voltage 1. Input voltage abnormal (T-N) Defective parts : Fuse or Input voltage
Inverter compressor isn't within 2.5V 2. DC power part damage (DC 5V) (For 380V models, The Fuse is applied only to Europe.)
40*
CT sensor error ±0.3V at initial state 3. Outdoor unit's inverter PCB damage Multi V 5
of power supply (CT sensing part)
Basic Part
■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart R S T
Input Voltage R S
Are there any
No 1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions (3-Phase /3-Wire R T 380V ± 10%
power wire 2. Check Noise filter wiring conditions 380V)
connections normal? → Rewire them if abnormality found. S T
Non-normal
Input Voltage R N
Yes For Korea Model For Europe Model
(3-Phase /4-Wire S N 220V ± 15%
Check No Fuse 3 Fuses
R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380V±10% 220V)
Is input voltage No T N
Intorduction
normal? R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220V±15%
Multi V 5
→ Check connection condition and wiring if power is abnormal [Note1]
N
Yes Terminal R S T N
Is Inverter PCB No
Replace Inverter PCB assembly
assembly normal?
Yes
Trouble shooting
Converter(IV)
Inverter(IV Pro)
Converter(IV) Check Point
Inverter(IV Pro)
N R S T
Guide
N
R S
[Note 1] Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition R Input Voltage R T 380V ± 10% Non-normal
S
1-Phase T S T

1(L) 2(N) G
Control Logic
R S T N
L-N: 220 ± 15% V Terminal

220 ± 15% V
3-Phase Multi Meter Measured value
Converter (IV) Check Point
1. Check the condition and wiring of the R/S/T/N cables. Inverter (IV Pro) Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
N R S T
2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and R S
220 ± 15% V
Central Control
then measure voltage between phases. Input Voltage R T 380V ± 10% Non-normal
R-N, S-N, T-N: 220 ± 15% V S T
R-S, R-T, T-S: 380 ± 10% V
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
380 ± 10% V Terminal R S T N
Back
1. Defective connection of the compressor1 1. Bad connection of low pressure sensor con-
Compressor1 Sensor measure-
discharge pipe temperature sensor Abnormal value of nector
discharge pipe ment value is Sensor error of low
41* 2. Defective discharge pipe compressor sensor 42* sensor 2. Defect of low pressure sensor connector
temperature sensor abnormal pressure
of the compressor1 (open/short) (Open/Short) (Open/Short)
error (Open/Short)
3. Defective outdoor PCB 3. Defect of outdoor PCB
Basic Part
1. Defective connection of the compressor1 1. Bad connection of high pressure sensor
Compressor2 Sensor measure-
discharge pipe temperature sensor Abnormal value of connector
discharge pipe ment value is Sensor error of high
47* 2. Defective discharge pipe compressor sensor 43* sensor 2. Defect of high pressure sensor connector
temperature sensor abnormal pressure
of the compressor1 (open/short) (Open/Short) (Open/Short)
error (Open/Short)
3. Defective outdoor PCB 3. Defect of outdoor PCB
■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart ■■ Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Sensor connection to No Is sensor connected No
Insert sensor connector to PCB properly Connect sensor to PCB correctly
PCB is normal? to PCB correctly?
Yes
Yes
Is the resistance of No
sensor normal?* Replace sensor After replacement of
No
Trouble shooting
outdoor unit main PCB Replace corresponding pressure sensor
is the system normal?
Guide
Yes
Is sensor resistance
value same as No
Replace corresponding outdoor PCB Yes
temperature value of
LGMV?
END
Yes
Pressure sensor connector
Replace corresponding sensor
Control Logic
Low pressure sensor
High pressure sensor
Central Control
* This picture is different by each model or PCB drive
- Check Pressure sensor connecting state and insert properly (Refer to circuit diagram)
Back
■■ Check resistance value of sensor Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
[Measure the resistance value of pressure sensor terminal red(R) and white(W)] Sensor error of 1. Bad connection of air temperature connector
Abnormal value of
44* outdoor air tem- 2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)
If the resistance value between red(R) and white(W) is sensor (Open/Short)
perature 3. Defect of outdoor PCB
measured several MΩ, Sensor is judged to normal.
Piping temperature
Basic Part
sensor error of heat Abnormal value of 1. Bad connection of air temperature connector
45* exchanger in master sensor 2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)
& slave outdoor unit (Open/Short) 3. Defect of outdoor PCB
heat exchanger (A,B)
[Measure the resistance value of pressure sensor terminal white(W) and black(B)] Compressor suction 1. Bad connection of air temperature connector
Abnormal value of
46* temperature sensor 2. D
efect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)
sensor (Open/Short)
If the resistance value between white(W) and black(B) is error 3. Defect of outdoor PCB
Intorduction
measured several MΩ, Sensor is judged to normal.
Multi V 5
1. Bad connection of air temperature connector
Outdoor Unit IPM Outdoor Unit IGBTM
2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/
49* Temperature Sen- Temperature Sensor
Short)
sor Fault Open or Short
3. Defect of outdoor PCB
Trouble shooting
[Measure the resistance value of pressure sensor terminal red(R) and black(B)]
Is sensor connected No
Guide
Connect sensor to PCB correctly
to PCB correctly??
If the resistance value between red(R) and black(B)
is measured about 100 Ω(±10%), Sensor is judged to
normal. Yes
Is sensor value No
correct?* Replace sensor
Control Logic
* If value is 100kΩ ↑(open) or 100Ω ↓(short), error occurs
Yes
NB: Resistance value of temperature sensor change according to temperature
Replace corresponding It is normal if value shown as below (±5% error)
outdoor unit PCB Sensor of air temperature: 10°C = 20.7kΩ : 25°C= 10kΩ : 50°C= 3.4kΩ
Sensor of piping temperature: 10°C = 10kΩ : 25°C= 5Ωk : 50°C= 1.8kΩ
Central Control
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons ■■ Check the resistance
Check the resistance value of each sensor
Outdoor Unit Upper Outdoor Unit Upper
1. Temperature Sensor Connecting Fault Unplugged If the values are different from the table, replace
Heat Exchanger Heat Exchanger
153* 2. Temperature Sensor(Open/Short) the sensor.
Temperature Sen- Temperature Sensor
3. Main PCB Fault
sor Fault open or short
Air Pipe D-Pipe
Basic Part
Temperature
Outdoor Unit Low Outdoor Unit Low Unplugged Resistance Resistance Resistance
1. Temperature Sensor Connecting Fault
Heat Exchanger Heat Exchanger 10°C(50°F) 20.7kΩ 10kΩ 362kΩ
154* 2. Temperature Sensor(Open/Short) CH47
Temperature Sen- Temperature Sensor CH41
3. Main PCB Fault 25°C(77°F) 10kΩ 5kΩ 200kΩ
sor Fault open or short
50°C(122°F) 3.4kΩ 1.8kΩ 82kΩ
■■ Check the terminal CH41

* Check the following pages for CH47 of all temperatures
resistance values
Multi V 5
Intorduction
Plugged
Multi V 5
Check the connector connection (external PCB)
Error code Type Ω(25°C) ■■ Check the voltage
CH 41, 47 D-Pipe temp 200kΩ Check temperature using measured voltage

Plugged
Ex) If measured pipe sensor voltage is 2.232Vdc, temperature is 25°C.
CH 44 Air temp 10kΩ Ex) 2.232Vdc
Error No. (Pin No.) CH 45, 46, 113,

Pipe temp 5kΩ
Trouble shooting
44(5,6) 114, 115, 153, 154
113(1,2) 153(3,4) 115(5,6)
Guide
Ex) 2.232Vdc
41(1,2) 45(3,4) 46(5,6)
154(1,2) 114(3,4) 47(5,6)
Multi V 4, pro
Control Logic
CH 44 CH 115 CH 153 CH 113
AIR SC_OUT / HEX_H / LIQUID
Check the connector connection (external PCB)
Error code Type Ω(25°C)
CH 41, 47 D-Pipe temp 200kΩ
CH 44 Air temp 10kΩ
Central Control
CH 45, 46, 113,
Pipe temp 5kΩ
114, 115, 153, 154
SUC / HEX / DIS_C1 DIS_C2 / SC_IN / HEX_L

CH 46 CH 45 CH 41 CH 47 CH 114 CH 154
Back
Sensor Resistance Table Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Pipe Temp Air Temp D-Pipe Temp 1. Input Voltage abnormal (R,S,T,N)
ODU 3phase power Omitting one or more 2. Check power Line connection condition
Temp Resistance Volt Temp Resistance Volt Temp Resistance Volt 50*
omission error of R,S,T input power 3. Main PCB damage
(°C) (kΩ) (V) (°C) (kΩ) (V) (°C) (kΩ) (V) 4. Inverter PCB input current sensor fault
Basic Part
-30 102.17 4.714 -30 204.35 4.72 -30 2845.99 4.969
-25 73.49 4.611 -25 146.97 4.62 0 585.66 4.851
-20 53.55 4.481 -20 107.09 4.492 5 465.17 4.814
Are there any power No 1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions
-15 39.5 4.322 -15 79 4.336 10 372.49 4.77 wire connections
2. Check for incorrect connection of N phase
normal?
3. Noise filter, inverter PCB wiring check
-10 29.48 4.131 -10 58.95 4.149 15 300.58 4.717 Yes → Rewire them if abnormality found
-5 22.24 3.91 -5 44.47 3.931 20 244.33 4.657
Intorduction
0 16.95 3.661 0 33.9 3.685 25 200 4.587 Is Inverter PCB
No
Multi V 5
1. Check input voltage T-N phase
displaying Error code?
5 13.05 3.389 5 26.09 3.416 30 164.79 4.508 2. Check for incorrect connection of N phase
(Check LED)
(Incorrect connection between N phase and R, S, T phase)
10 10.14 3.102 10 20.27 3.131 35 136.64 4.418 Yes
❈ Method of checking input voltage [Note1]
15 7.94 2.808 15 15.89 2.838 40 113.98 4.318
R, S, T, N input voltage No
20 6.28 2.515 20 12.55 2.546 45 95.62 4.208 Is there a problem with
1. Check for incorrect connection of N phase
(Incorrect connection between N phase and R, S, T phase)
the measurement?
25 5 2.232 25 10 2.262 50 80.65 4.088 2. Inverter PCB R, S, T input power connection check
Trouble shooting
30 4.01 1.965 30 8.03 1.994 55 68.38 3.958 Yes
Guide
35 3.24 1.717 35 6.49 1.745 60 58.27 3.82
40 2.64 1.493 40 5.28 1.519 65 49.88 3.674
45 2.16 1.293 45 4.32 1.316 70 42.9 3.522
50 1.78 1.116 50 3.56 1.137 75 37.05 3.365
55 1.48 0.962 55 2.95 0.981 80 32.14 3.205
60 1.23 0.828 60 2.46 0.846 85 27.99 3.043
Control Logic
65 1.03 0.714 65 2.06 0.729 90 24.46 2.88
70 0.87 0.615 70 1.74 0.628 95 21.46 2.719
75 0.74 0.531 75 1.47 0.542 100 18.89 2.561
80 0.63 0.459 80 1.25 0.469 110 14.79 2.255
85 0.54 0.397 85 1.07 0.406 120 11.72 1.972
90 0.46 0.345 90 0.92 0.353 130 9.4 1.716
Central Control
95 0.4 0.3 95 0.79 0.307 140 7.62 1.487
100 0.34 0.262 100 0.68 0.268 150 6.24 1.287
Back
220 ± 15% V
[Note1] Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition 3-Phase 3 wire
460 ± (220V
10% V or 460V)
220 ± 15% V 1. Check the condition and wiring of the R/S/T/ cables.
3-Phase 4 wire (380V) 460 ± 10% V 2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and then
1. Check the condition and wiring of the R/S/T/N cables. measure voltage between phases.
220 ± 15% V 2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and then R(L1) S(L2) T(L3)
220 ± 15% V measure voltage between phases.
Basic Part
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3)
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
380 ± 10% V
380 ± 10% V
Inverter
Intorduction
R S PCBA
T
Multi V 5
Inverter Rated input Multi Meter Measured value
PCBA Defective parts : Fuse or Input voltage voltage Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
R S T Inverter
Inverter Multi Meter Measured value
Check Point PCBA R S
PCBA Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal R S T
220V R T 220V ± 15%
R S T
Input Voltage R S
S T
(3-Phase / R T 380V ± 10% Non-normal
R S
Trouble shooting
3-Wire 380V) S T
Non-normal 460V R T 460V ± 10%
R N
Guide
Input Voltage T T
(3-Phase / S N 220V ± 15%
4-Wire 220V)
T N
R S T Terminal
N
Control Logic
R S T N Terminal
R S T N Terminal R S T Terminal
Central Control
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons ※ Master unit calculates sum of ODU capacity.
But if there is no communicating between ODUs or dip switch setting error, total ODU
1. More than the combination ratio of the outdoor capacity is less than designed.
Over-Capacity Prevention of unit capacity
(Sum of indoor installation of indoor 2. Wrong connection of communication cable/
51* unit capacity is devices exceed- piping
more than outdoor ing the capacity of 3. Control error of slave outdoor unit Dip switch
Basic Part
capacity) outdoor device 4. Power supply defect of slave unit PCB
5. Defect of outdoor unit PCB
Is capacity sum of Are quantity and capacity

No No Check communication cables
indoor units less than of indoor units installed between indoor and outdoor
130% of outdoor unit same as the data of LGMV? units
Intorduction
capacity at LGMV?
Multi V 5
Yes Yes
Adjust the capacity of indoor
Check following and outdoor unit
DIP S/W setting is on No
Slave1: No.6 Adjust corresponding DIP switch
Slave2: No.7
Slave3: No.6,7
Yes
Trouble shooting
Is power of Slave No Is main power
really supplied? No Supply main
PCB On? power again
(Check LED blinking) (Terminal Block T-N)
Guide
Yes Yes
Check and replace PCB,
Line Fuse, Transformer
Is communicationmission No
cables between outdoor units Re-connect
connected correctly?*
Yes
Control Logic
Is error code released in
No
order(Slave2➠Slave1➠Main) Replace Main or Slave PCB
after power reset?
Yes
End
Central Control
* In order to check communication cables between outdoor units,
check in order as below : PCB connectors ➠ terminal block ➠ communication cables
Back
Communication Main PCB of Master 1. P ower cable or communication cable is not 1. Communication line not connected
error between unit can’t receive connected 2. Communication line disconnection or short
52* When the master
(Inverter1/ Inverter2 signal from Inverter1/ 2. Defect of outdoor Main PCB or Comp1/ circuit
Communication outdoor unit main
PCB → Main PCB) Inverter2 PCB Comp2 PCB 3. Indoor unit power off
53* error(IDU Main PCB PCB does not
4. Outdoor main PCB and Indoor PCB is
Basic Part
→ ODU Main PCB) receive the indoor
abnormal
unit signal
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart 5. Intermediate connection of communication
line (not soldered)
Is communication
LED (Yellow) of No Is noise filter or Inverter PCB’S No
Noise filter or Fuse change
Inverter 1 / Inverter 2 line fuse normal?
PCB on? ■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Yes
Yes
Is the indoor unit No
Intorduction
Indoor Unit Power On
power on?
Multi V 5
No
Is communication cable
Re-connect communication cable Change Inverter PCB
connected correctly? Yes
Yes Is the communication

No
PCB connection 1. Connect the communication PCB normally.
No status normal?
Is Main PCB normal? Replace Main PCB
Yes
Yes
Trouble shooting
1. Check whether there is an error in communication line / connection /
Is the communication disconnection / short circuit
Replace Inverter1/ No
line connection and → Re-install if abnormality is found
Guide
Inverter2 PCB
installation normal? 2. Check if there is an intermediate connection in the communication line
→ Replace communication line
* The method of checking Main PCB and Inverter 1 / Inverter 2 PCB Yes
(If normal, communication LED blinks) 1. Check the number of indoor units after resetting the address
Is the number of → If the number of indoor units is different, check the communication PCB
indoor units and the No 2. Check the communication PCB LED flashing
Fan board Inverter1 board Inverter2 board Main board number of installed units → Replace the non-flashing communication PCB
Communication LED on the LGMV normal? 3. Reset the address after replacing communication PCB
(Orange) → Replace the main PCB of the outdoor unit if abnormality is found
Control Logic
Yes
Recheck the communication

line and installation status
Communication LED
(Orange)
Central Control
Communication LED Communication LED
(Orange) (Orange)
- Re-connect communication cable if abnormality found
Back
In the case of CH53, most of the errors are associated with indoor power failure and CH05. So it do not Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
actually affect the operation of the indoor unit itself.
Therefore, you can check in the same way as CH05, and refer to as below with the above flowchart. 1. Bad Connection Between Inverter PCB and
Communication Failing to receive in- Comp PCB
- If the number of indoor units checked when setting Auto-addressing is the same as the number of indoor 57* error : Main PCB → verter signal at main 2. Communication Wire Noise Effect
units checked when checking LGMV After checking the number of indoor unit communication, check Inverter PCB PCB of Outdoor Unit 3. Outdoor unit Main PCB Damage
4. Outdoor unit Inverter PCB Damage
Basic Part
that the LED of the corresponding indoor unit communication PCB is blinking. If it doesn't blink, you
should consider replacing the communication PCB.
- If the number of indoor units checked when setting Auto-addressing differs from the number of indoor
units checked when checking LGMV
① Check if the power is supplied to the indoor unit.
② If there is no problem with the power of all indoor units, reset Auto-addressing
Are there any
communication wire No 1. Check communication wiring conditions
③ If the address is different even after setting Auto-addressing, consider replacing the indoor unit PCB connections normal? 2. Check connector conditions
→ Rewire them if abnormality found.
or communication PCB for which the address is not set.
Yes
Intorduction
Multi V 5
When changing indoor PCB, it is necessary to set Auto-addressing, and if there is a central controller, it is
necessary to input the central control address of the indoor unit. Is Inverter PCB No 1. Replace Inverter PCB
assembly normal?
External Board Main Board Indoor Yes

Communication
Board Is there any error No
when power reset? 1. Replace Main PCB
Indoor communication
Trouble shooting
board connection
connector No
Guide
Recheck power and
Fan board Inverter PCB 1 Inverter PCB 2 Main PCB

Communication LED (Orange)
Control Logic
Communication line A, B
connectionterminal
Wiring Fault Case
Communication
LED (Orange)
Central Control
Communication Communication
LED (Orange) LED (Orange)
- Re-connect communication cable if abnormality found
Back
Series Installation of EEPROM Access 1. EEPROM contact defect/wrong insertion
Inverter PCB
Series combination Slave Outdoor Unit 60* error and Check 2. Different EEPROM Version
59* DIP Switch Setting Error EEPROM error
Error Larger Than Master SUM error 3. ODU Inverter PCB assembly damage
Capacity
※ EEPROM : IC containing the operation data suitable to the product
Basic Part
Is DIP switch setting No
Set the most capacitor ODU for Master Is EEPROM insertion No
normal? Check EEPROM insert direction and connection condition
normal?
Yes
Yes
Intorduction
Are there setting with Is EEPROM Check No
Multi V 5
No Replace correct EEPROM
Master→Slave1→Slave2 Set with Master→Slave1→Slave2→Slaver3 SUM normal?
→Slaver3?
Yes
Yes
Replace PCB
Is there any error No
when power reset? Replace Main PCB
Check EEPROM insert direction and connection condition
Trouble shooting
Yes
Guide
Recheck installation
condition
* DIP Switch Setting

ON
Slave1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Control Logic
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON
Slave2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON
Slave3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Central Control
* EEPROM is different as each model.
1. Check EEPROM Indication whether the marking line matches the direction of EEPROM
inserted into the socket.
2. Make sure that the EEPROM assembly is in close contact (non-contact)
3. Make sure the EEPROM Lead pin is pulled out of the socket
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Check Covering (Indoor/Outdoor Unit)
1. Inverter PCB IGBTM Connection Condition When the front/back has a wall (1 side) When the front/back/left/right have walls (3 sides)
Heatsink tempera-
Abnormal
Inverter PCB Heat- ture is over standard
2. Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Operation Abnormal
62* sink Temperature value.
3. Outdoor Unit Inverter PCB Assembly Defect
High (Value is different as
4. Overload Operation (Pipe Clogging/ Covering/
Basic Part
each model)
EEV Defect/Ref. Overcharge)
1. Check Pipe Clogging/ Distortion

Is Installation No 1. 2. Check
Check Covering
Pipe (Outdoor/Indoor
Clogging/ Distortion Unit)
Condition Normal? No 2. 3. Check
Check EEV Connector
Covering Assemble
(Outdoor/Indoor Condition/Normal Operation
Unit) Cause of Trouble Condition Mechanism of Fault Generation
Is Installation
3. 4. Check
Check Refrigerant
EEV ConnectorPressure
Assemble Condition/Normal Operation
Condition Normal?
4. 5. Check Power Wire/ Connection Condition
Intorduction
Check Refrigerant Pressure
Whirlwind Blocking of the front part of out- Frequent turning-off of the compressor:
Multi V 5
Yes Reassemble
5. Check or Manage
Power Wire/ if abnormality
Connection Condition Found
Yes Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found door devices Inflow of high-temperature air generated by
Inverter PCB IGBTM No outdoor fans into the air conditioner
No 1. Check Inverter PCBA Screw Connection Condition Installation of outdoor devices in
InverterConnection
PCB IGBTM Reassemble or Manage → Wrong influence to the system in over-
1. Check Inverter PCBA Screw ifConnection
abnormalityCondition
Found
Condition
ConnectionNormal?
Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found narrow space
Condition Normal?
load state
Yes
Yes
Shielding Blocking of the lateral suction point Frequent turning-off of the compressor:
No on the wall of the outdoor devices Elevation of the pipe temperature due to
1. Check Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Operation or Lock
Is ODU Fan Motor Normal?No
Trouble shooting
Reassemble
1. Check or Manage
Outdoor Unit if abnormality
Fan Motor Found
Operation or Lock Foreign substances in the heat reduced wind velocity
Is ODU Fan Motor Normal?
Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found exchanger and obstacles in the → Wrong influence to the system in over-
Guide
Yes surrounding load state
Yes
No Corrosion Possible infiltration of moisture / Corrosion of heat exchanger
Is Inverter PCB assembly No 1. Reset
Is InverterNormal?
PCB assembly Replace Inverter PCB Assembly
1. Reset highly humid area → Reduced operation efficiency
Normal? Replace Inverter PCB Assembly → Transfer of troubles to other parts
Yes
Yes Power and
Recheck It should be clear around Indoor/Outdoor unit
Installation
Recheck Condition
Power and
Control Logic
Installation Condition
Check Pipe clogging/distortion
Central Control
Check Pipe state
Back
Check EEV connector assemble condition/normal operation Check input Voltage (3-Phase/4-Wire, Multi V 5)
When the front/back has a wall (1 side) Inverter Multi Meter Measured value
R S PCBA T Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
R S PCBA T
When you reset PCB power, initial EEV opens and closes
R S
again, and hold EEV valve on your hand, you should feel Input Voltage
380V ±
Basic Part
it vibrating. (3-Phase / R T
10%
3-Wire 380V)
S T Non-
R N normal
For Korea For Europe Model Input Voltage
Model No Fuse 3 Fuses 220V ±
For Korea For Europe Model (3-Phase / S N
Model No Fuse 3 Fuses 15%
4-Wire 220V)
T N
N Defective parts : Fuse or Input voltage

Intorduction
R S T N Terminal
N
Multi V 5
R S T N Terminal
Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition

Check inverter PCBA screw connection condition
1-Phase
0V or 220V 1. Check the condition and wiring of the L/N/G cables.

2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit
Trouble shooting
0V or 220V
and then measure voltage between phases.
1(L) 2(N) G
L-N : 220±15% V / L-G ,N-G :0V or 220V
Guide
1(L) 2(N) G
220±15% V
220±15% V
Ɠ Check screw connection condition

3-Phase
220±15% V
1. Check the condition and wiring of the R/S/T/N cables. Ɠ Check screw connection condition
220±15% V 2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit
Control Logic
and then measure voltage between phases.
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N R-N, S-N, T-N : 220±15% V Reassemble or manage if abnormality found
R-S, R-T, T-S : 380±10% V
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
380±10% V
380±10% V
Central Control
Back
Abnormal sensor 1. Defective temperature sensor connection 1. Fan motor defect / assembly condition
Inverter PCB Power
65* resistance value 2. Defective temperature sensor(Open / Short) Fan RPM is 10RPM abnormal
Module sensor error
(Open/Short) 3. Defective outdoor unit PCB or less for 5 sec. 2. Wrong connection of fan motor connector
67* Fan Lock Error when ODU fan starts (U,V,W output)
or 40 RPM or less 3. Reversing rotation after RPM target apply
Basic Part
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart after fan starting. 4. Fan PCB assembly defect
5. Fan lock by Heavy Snowfall.
Is temperature sensor No
connector connections are Connect sensor connector to PCB properly
normal?
Yes
Is fan motor wire No Check connection of wire and PCB

Is the value of connection normal? → If it is less inserted, reassembly properly
No Replace sensor
temperaturesensor
Intorduction
resistance normal?* Yes
Multi V 5
Yes
Ɠ Environmental factor checking method
1) The products works when outdoor temperature is ≤ -20 ℃. Is fan motor housing No Check state of fan motor pin terminal
Replace outdoor unit 2) Generation of CH65 case 10 minutes after the operation of the pin terminal normal? → If it is less inserted, reassembly properly
Inverter PCB product
→ If both of above-stated conditions are satisfied, environmental Yes
factor is the cause.
Trouble shooting
No 1. Turn fan motor by hand to check whether it is locked
Check resistance value of sensor Is fan motor normal?
→ If it is not locked, change fan motor
2. Checking resistance value between terminals of fan motor
Guide
Yes → If any abnormality is found, change fan motor (see table)
No Check the outdoor Fan PCB

Is Fan PCB normal?
→ If it have damage to PCB and sub parts, replace PCB + fan motor
→ If outdoor PCB appearance and motor is normal, replace main PCB,
Yes only (However, if the replaced PCB cannot fix, the motor is defective.
Check connection of wire Replace the motor and restore the PCB.) Check state of fan motor pin Tur
and PCB terminal che
Control Logic
Recheck power and
[Detail] [Detail] installation condition
CN_HEATSINK_WH CN_HEATSINK(WH)
U3 Chassis, 6kW Drive U4 Chassis, 4kW Drive
Check
Check connection
connection of wire of
andwire
PCB Check state of fan motor pin Turn fan
and PCB
Less inserted Correct insertion terminal check wh
Central Control
* *InIn case
case the value is more than 100 (short), Error occurs
the value is more than 100 kΩ (open) or less than 100 Ω (short), Error occurs
Sensor checking method Less inserted Correct insertion Less inserted

1. Power off
2. Measure the resistance using a tester * If it is less inserted, reassembly * If it is less inserted, * If
If itLess
is less inserted Correct
inserted, reassembly properlyinsertion Less inserted
3. Measure the resistance Heat sink Temp point (based on 25kΩ, 10kΩ ± 5%)
properly reassembly properly When ch
* If it is the
lesspin terminal shape is
inserted, * If it is n
Back
* If it is less inserted, reassembly
properly reassembly
defective,properly Whenshould be change
the motor
234 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK the pin
_ 235
terminal shape is
replaced.
defective, the motor should be
replaced.
CheckCheck state
state of fan
Less of fan motor
motor
inserted pin pin Turn
Turn fan fan
motor
Turn motor
by byhand
fan motor by hand
hand tocheckto
to Checking resistance value between terminals of fan motor
terminal
terminal checkcheck
whether whether itlocked
it isit islocked
whether is locked
Table 1. Resistance value of BLDC Motor terminal (PCB internal type, 5 wires)
※ Since the precise resistance value is not measured or continuously fluctuates due to the fine move-
Basic Part
restraining (not moving) the fan.
Vm A [Unit kΩ] Resistance value ± 20%
GND D Vm(+)~GND(-) Vcc(+)~GND(-) FG(+)~GND(-) Vsp(+)~GND(-)
①-④ ⑤-④ ⑥-④ ⑦-④
Motor P/No.
Vcc E
FG F 4681A20091A ∞ 48 ∞ 152
Vsp 4681A20091B ∞ 48 ∞ 152
insertion
on Less
If it is less
Less inserted
Ginserted
inserted, reassembly properly. If it is not locked, change fan motor
When the pin terminal shape is defective,Vm A 4681A20091J/U ∞ 122 ∞ 280
Intorduction
Multi V 5
sembly * If it is* less inserted,
Iftheitmotor
is less inserted,
should be replaced. * Ifnot
* IfDit is
GND it islocked,
not locked, 4681A20091K/V ∞ 122 ∞ 280
reassembly reassembly
properly properly
WhenWhen FG Fchange
Vcc E
change fan motor 4681A20091L ∞ 38 ∞ 240
fan motor
the pinthe pin terminal
Checking resistanceshape is
value between terminals of fan motor 4681A20091Q ∞ Over 1 ∞ 241
terminal shape is Vsp G
4681A20091S ∞ Over 1 ∞ 241
defective, defective,
How to measure
the motorthe motor
resistance
should should
between be
be terminals 4681A20091W ∞ Over 1 ∞ 69.22
replaced. 1) Black(-) : ④ Connect
replaced.
4681A20091Z ∞ 122 ∞ 280
2) Red: (+): ①,⑤,⑥,⑦ Each connect
Trouble shooting
4681A20122A/C ∞ 38 ∞ 240
Vm A Tester 4681A20122B ∞ Over 1 ∞ 241
Guide
Measure
+ (Red) - (Black) 4681A20168A ∞ 38 ∞ 240
GND D Vm ① ④ 4681A20168B ∞ 38 ∞ 240
Vcc E
FG F
Vcc ⑤ ④ 4681A20168G ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
⑥ ④
4681A20168H ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
Vsp G FG
① ④⑤⑥⑦ Vsp ⑦ ④
4681A20169A ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20169B ∞ 60 ∞ 250
Control Logic
*W
hen measuring resistance value, black No. 4 pin is always mea- 4681A20169C ∞ 60 ∞ 250
sured as (-) because the value is different according to +-direction. 4681A20169E ∞ 45 ∞ 145
4681A20169E ∞ 100 ∞ 150
If any abnormality is found, change fan motor (see table) 4681A20172A/J ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20172B/K ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20172D ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20172E ∞ 60 ∞ 250
Central Control
4681A20172F ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20172L ∞ 110.3 20MΩ ↑ 244
4681A20172Q ∞ 48 ∞ 83.25
4681A20172R ∞ Over 1 ∞ 83.25
4681A20172S ∞ 44 ∞ 51.24
4681A20172T ∞ 60 ∞ 250
Back
Table 2. Resistance value of BLDC Motor terminal (PCB internal type, 5 wires) Table 3. Resistance value of BLDC Motor terminal (PCB internal type, 5 wires)
※ Since the precise resistance value is not measured or continuously fluctuates due to the fine move- ※S
ince the precise resistance value is not measured or continuously fluctuates due to the fine move-
ment of the fan, when measuring the resistance of the fan, measure it after removing the fan or after ment of the fan, when measuring the resistance of the fan, measure it after removing the fan or after
restraining (not moving) the fan. restraining (not moving) the fan.
[Unit kΩ] Resistance value ± 20% [Unit kΩ] Resistance value ± 20%
Basic Part
Vm(+)~GND(-) Vcc(+)~GND(-) FG(+)~GND(-) Vsp(+)~GND(-) Vm(+)~GND(-) Vcc(+)~GND(-) FG(+)~GND(-) Vsp(+)~GND(-)
①-④ ⑤-④ ⑥-④ ⑦-④ ①-④ ⑤-④ ⑥-④ ⑦-④
Motor P/No. Motor P/No.
4681A20172U ∞ 60 ∞ 250 EAU57945710 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200

4681A20172X ∞ 46 ∞ 51.24 EAU57945711 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
4681A20172Y ∞ 46 ∞ 51.24 EAU57945712 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
4681A20172Z ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24 EAU60905401 ∞ 60 ∞ 250
Intorduction
4681A20197A ∞ 60 ∞ 250 EAU60905402 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 69.99
Multi V 5
4681A20197B ∞ 60 ∞ 250 EAU60905403 ∞ 47 ∞ 78.43
4681A20198A ∞ 48 ∞ 152 EAU60905404 ∞ 126 20MΩ↑ 42
4681A20198B ∞ Over 1 ∞ 73.56 EAU60905410 ∞ 12 ∞ 42
4681A20198C ∞ Over 1 ∞ 73.56 EAU61863301 ∞ 60 ∞ 250
4681A20198D ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU61883001 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 78.43
4681F72001D ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU61883002 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 241
Trouble shooting
4681F72001E ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU61883003 ∞ 1 ∞ 232.5
Guide
4681F72001F ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU61883004 ∞ 1 ∞ 232.5
EAU36288415 ∞ 32.7 ∞ 90 EAU62004001 ∞ O.L (Open) ∞ 191
EAU36288418 ∞ 32 ∞ 78.43 EAU62004002 ∞ O.L (Open) ∞ 191
EAU36288424 ∞ 11.9 ∞ 50.8 EAU62004005 ∞ O.L (Open) ∞ 191
EAU37067101 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62004009 ∞ O.L (Open) ∞ 191
EAU37067103/09/16 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62004010 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
EAU37067104 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69
Control Logic
EAU62004011 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
EAU37067113/14/17 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62125901 ∞ 122 ∞ 280
Central Control
EAU37067118 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62243901 ∞ 38 ∞ 240
EAU37067119 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62243902 ∞ 48 ∞ 152
EAU37067120 ∞ Over 1.45 ∞ Over 69 EAU62243903 ∞ 48 ∞ 152
EAU57945701/02 ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU62243907 ∞ 38 ∞ 240
EAU57945705 ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU62243912 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
*Variance: Fixed If It’s defected *Variance: Fixed If It’s defected
Back
Table 4. Resistance value of BLDC Motor terminal (PCB internal type, 5 wires) Checking resistance value between terminals of fan motor
※ Since the precise resistance value is not measured or continuously fluctuates due to the fine move- Table. Resistance value of BLDC Motor Coil line (PCB external type, 3 wires)
restraining (not moving) the fan. ※ As resistance value between external coil type of PCB varies according to temperature, make sure that
resistance value of UV / UW / VW is same by referring to resistance value below.
[Unit kΩ] Resistance value ± 20% ※ When measuring FAN fastening state resistance, the exact resistance value is not measured or
Basic Part
continuously fluctuates due to minute FAN movement. So measure after removing FAN or after FAN
Vm(+)~GND(-) Vcc(+)~GND(-) FG(+)~GND(-) Vsp(+)~GND(-)
①-④ ⑤-④ ⑥-④ ⑦-④ restraint (not to move)
Motor P/No.
EAU62243913 ∞ *Variance ∞ 190 [Measured at 25 °C]

EAU62263201 ∞ 122 ∞ 280 U-V U-W V-W U-V U-W V-W
Motor P/No Motor P/No
EAU62283301 ∞ 37 ∞ 290 [Ω] [Ω] [Ω] [Ω] [Ω] [Ω]
EAU62283303 ∞ 47 ∞ 153 EAU43080007 11.8±7% EAU43080035 15.0±7%
EAU43080010 11.8±7% EAU43080036 11.7±7%
Intorduction
EAU62283304 ∞ 47 ∞ 153
Multi V 5
EAU62543502 ∞ 39 ∞ 69.22 EAU43080013 11.8±7% EAU43080037 12.2±5%
Trouble shooting
EAU62903301 ∞ 48 ∞ 153 EAU43080024 11.8±7% EAU60905419 45.6±5%
Guide
EAU62903303 ∞ 12 ∞ 244 EAU43080025 15.0±7% EAU62543701 43.1±5%
EAU62903304 ∞ 11.7 ∞ 244 EAU43080026 4.20±7% EAU62543703 43.1±5%
EAU62943701 ∞ 38 ∞ 240 EAU43080027 11.2±7% EAU62543704 43.1±5%
EAU62983002 ∞ 39.5 ∞ 225 EAU43080032 5.5±7% EAU63383601 40.0±5%
EAU43080034 13.0±7% EAU63383604 22.2±5%
Control Logic
EAU62983004 ∞ 39.5 ∞ 225
EAU62983005 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200 EAU63503502 15.1±5%
EAU62983006 ∞ *Variance ∞ 200
EAU63343501 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
EAU63483801 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
EAU63483802 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
EAU63563101 ∞ Over 1 ∞ 51.24
Central Control
*Variance: Fixed If It’s defected
Back
Check the outdoor PCB 2) Multi V 575V Fan
Checklist BLACK(-) Multi Meter Measured value

Cause How to check Check Point
Check Point Normal Abnormal Defective parts Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
Check Fan. PCBA ap- Fuse Both sides Short Open
Appearance Good Damage
pearance 5V part
RED(+) Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
Basic Part
Check Fuse Fuse Short Open IGBTM Resistance
Fan. PCBA 15V
Measure 5V,15V line 5V, 15V Resistance 10kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω Fan. PCBA 5V 15V part
damaged Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
IPM (Check IGBT) P-U,V,W / N-U,V,W 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
GND 1 Resistance
Inverter Drive circuit U

Diode 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
(Check diode) P V
Check Inverter PCBA W
Appearance Good Damage 0.38V ~ 0.2V ↓ or
※ Multi Meter : Be careful of the probe color
BLACK(-)
appearance IPM
U 0.7V Short
GND1
Inverter PCBA Measure 5V,15V line 5V, 15V Resistance 10kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω 5V BLACK(-) RED(+)
Inverter PCBA 15V V N
Intorduction
damaged BLACK RED
IGBTM (Check IGBT) P-U,V,W / N-U,V,W 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal
Multi V 5
(-) (+) RED
W
Inverter Drive circuit RED(+)
Diode 0.38V ~ 0.7V Non-normal IGBTM 0.38V ~ 0.2V ↓ or
(Check diode) 15V Diode (6EA) - +
BLACK 5V 0.7V Short
GND 1
■■ How to check Fan PCBA
1) Multi V 4 Fan
3) Multi V 4 Pro Fan
Trouble shooting
GND1 Multi Meter Measured value Fuse
5V
15V Check Point BLACK(-) RED(+) Multi Meter Measured value
Guide
BLACK RED Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal Fuse IPM IPM
(-) (+) RED Check Point
Fuse Both sides Short Open Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
GND1
5V part 5V Fuse Both sides Short Open
Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω 15V
Resistance BLACK 5V part
Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
15V part Resistance
Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
Resistance 15V part
Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
U Resistance
Control Logic
P V U
W P V
0.38V ~ 0.2V ↓ or Fuse
Fuse IPM IPM W
U 0.7V Short IPM 0.38V ~ 0.2V ↓ or
IPM
U 0.7V Short
※ Multi Meter : Be careful of the probe color V N GND1
5V
GND1
W 5V V N
15V 15V
RED 0.38V ~ 0.2V ↓ or W
Diode (6EA) - +
0.7V Short 0.38V ~ 0.2V ↓ or
Diode (6EA) - +
0.7V Short
Central Control
GND1
5V
BLACK BLACK RED 15V
(-) (+) RED
BLACK
Fuse IPM
Back
Fuse IPM

4) Multi V 5 Fan 6) Multi V 4 220V Model Inverter
BLACK(-) RED(+) Multi Meter Measured value Multi Meter Measured value
Check Point Check Point
Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
Fuse Both sides Short Open 5V part
5V part Resistance
Basic Part
Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω BLACK(-)
IGBTM Resistance 15V part
Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
15V part Resistance
Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω U
Resistance
Fuse
RED(+) P-(UVW) V
RED(+)
U W
BLACK(-) IPM
15V
5V P V U
GND1
W V N
0.38V ~ 0.2V ↓ or W 0.38V ~
IPM IGBTM Non-normal
U 0.7V Short
GND1 5V 15V R 0.7V
P-(RST)
Intorduction
GND1 IGBTM V N S
Multi V 5
5V BLACK(-) T
15V W
RED 5V
GND1 R
0.38VBLACK
~ 0.2V ↓ orRED 15V S N
Fuse Diode (6EA) - +
0.7V (-) Short (+) RED RED(+) T
15V IPM
0.38V ~
5V BLACK Diode (9EA) - + Non-normal
GND1 0.7V
BLACK
BLACK(-)
Trouble shooting
5) Multi V 4 Inverter GND1 5V 15V
BLACK(-)
7) Multi V 4 575V Model Inverter
Guide
RED(+) Multi Meter Measured value
Check Point
Fuse IPM Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal Multi Meter Measured value
RED(+)
Check Point
5V part Fuse IPM Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
Resistance 5V part
BLACK(-) 15V part Resistance
Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
Resistance 15V part
GND1 5V 15V Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
U GND1 5V 15V Resistance
Control Logic
P V BLACK(-) U
RED(+)
P-(UVW) V
W 0.38V ~ W
IGBTM Non-normal
U 0.7V U
RED(+) V N
V N
W 0.38V ~
W IGBTM Non-normal
R 0.7V
P-(RST)
GND1 5V 15V 0.38V ~ S
Diode (9EA) - + Non-normal T
0.7V
GND1 5V 15V R
Central Control
GND1 S N
5V
15V GND1 T
RED 5V
BLACK RED 15V 0.38V ~
Diode (9EA) - + Non-normal
(-) (+) RED 0.7V
BLACK
BLACK
Back
Fuse
IPM
Fuse IPM
_
8) Multi V 4 Pro Inverter Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Multi Meter Measured value Micom input voltage
Check Point 1. Input voltage is abnormal (R-N)
Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal PFC CT Sensor isn’t within standard
71* 2. Outdoor unit Inverter PCB damage
Error value at initial state
5V part (CT sensing part)
Resistance
Ω GND 5V 1kΩ↑ 1kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω of power supply
Basic Part
15V part
BLACK(-) Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω
Resistance
U
P-(UVW) V Are there any power
RED(+) No 1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions
W wire connections
2. Check noise filer wiring conditions
U normal?
→ Rewire them if abnormality found
V N Yes
W 0.38V ~
IGBTM Non-normal
R 0.7V
※ Multi Meter : Be careful of the probe
P-(RST)
Intorduction
color
BLACK(-) S No Check input voltage
Multi V 5
GND1 Is input voltage normal?
5V T → Check connection condition and wiring if power is abnormal
15V R
RED Yes
S N
RED(+)
T
0.38V ~ Is Inverter PCB No
Diode (9EA) - + Non-normal Replace Inverter PCB
BLACK 0.7V assembly normal?
BLACK(-) Yes
Trouble shooting
9) Multi V 5 Inverter
Recheck power and
Guide
RED(+) installation condition
Check Point
Fuse IPM Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
5V part
Resistance Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition
BLACK(-)
15V part
Ω GND 15V 10kΩ↑ 10kΩ↓ ~ 0Ω 3Ø Phase 4-wire (380V)
Resistance
U
Control Logic
RED(+) P-(UVW) V
W 2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and
U
220±15% V then measure voltage between phases.
V N
W 0.38V ~
IGBTM Non-normal
R 0.7V
P-(RST) R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
S
※ Multi Meter : Be careful of the probe color T
GND1 R
5V
Central Control
15V S N 380±10% V
RED T
0.38V ~
Diode (9EA) - + Non-normal
0.7V
BLACK
Inverter PCBA
R S T
Fuse IPM
Back
220±15% V
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
380±10% V
Inverter PCBA
Multi Meter Measured value Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Check Point
R S T Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
1. Input Voltage is abnormal (not 15V)
R S Micom's offset of fan
Input Voltage Fan CT Sensor 2. Fan PCB assembly defect
75* motor phase current
(3-Phase / R T 380V ± 10% Error 3. Power wire open and connecting fault
is not standard value
3-Wire 380V) S T Non-
4. Inverter PCB assembly defect
Basic Part
Input Voltage R N normal
(3-Phase/ S N 220V ± 15% ■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
4-Wire 220V) T N
Is communication LED No Check 15V input power wiring conditions
of Fan PCB normal? → Rewire them if abnormality found
Yes
N
R S T N Terminal
Intorduction
No
Multi V 5
220±15% V Is Fan PCB normal? Replace Fan PCB
460±10% V
Yes
3Ø Phase 3-wire (220V or 460V)
220±15% V 1. Check the condition and wiring of the R/S/T/ cables. Is there any error No Check Fan PCB IPM normal or not.
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3)
460±10% V 2. Check that power is normally supplied to outdoor unit and when power reset? → Replace Fan PCB
Yes
Trouble shooting
Guide
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3)
Recheck power and
Multi Meter Measured value Check DC input power

Inverter PCBA Check Point
R S T Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
R S
15V input power and communication wire
* In case the value is more than 100 kΩ (open) or
Control Logic
Communication LED
less than 100 Ω (short), Error occurs
220V R T 220V ± 15%
Inverter PCBA S T Non-
R S T
R S normal
460V R T 460V ± 10%
T T
Central Control
Check DC Input power 15V on Inverter PCB
R S T Terminal
R S T Terminal
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Check Fan motor phase resistance
1. Check resistance between each motor output terminal.
1. Overload operation
→ If the resistance values are the same, the motor can be judged as normal.
2. Fan Motor defect
Fan Over Current Output current is
77* 3. Fan PCB assembly defect Measuring fan motor phase resistance
Error over standard value
4. Fan Motor connector insert defect Measuring fan motor phase resistance
5. Condenser icing or blocking
Basic Part
1. Fan motor defect/ assemble condition
abnormal
Fan Starting Failure Fan Motor initial
79* 2. Fan motor connector misconnection(U,V,W
Error starting failure
ouput)
3. Fan PCB defect
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart Ex)
Intorduction
Chassis UXA UXB
Multi V 5
Is installation No
Resistance 15 ± 7 % Ω 13 ± 7 % Ω
Check ODU fan motor assemble condition and locking
condition normal? → Reassemble or replace if abnormality found
Yes
2. Check insulation resistance between Outdoor unit fan motor terminal (U,V,W) and chassis (over
Are the resistance 1. Check resistance between each motor output terminal 100MΩ)
Between each phase and No 2. Check insulation resistance between outdoor unit fan motor terminal
insulation resistance of motor (U,V,W) and chassis (over 100MΩ)
→Measuring
Reassemble or replace if abnormality found
insulation resistance between
Trouble shooting
output terminal normal? → Replace fan motor if abnormality found fan terminal
Measuring & chassis
insulation resistance between
fan terminal & chassis
Yes
Guide
Is motor wire
No 1.Check if color of motor output terminal(U,V,W) connector matched
connection
with PCB’s
condition normal?
2.Check wire disconnection and wiring
Yes → Reassemble or replace if abnormality found
Check the connection condition
Control Logic
Is Fan motor shaft
No 1.Tighten motor shaft with set screw
and connection of blade
normal? 2.Change motor if motor shaft wear
Fan blade
Fa
Yes
Set screw
S
Central Control
Is Inverter PCB No 1. Check fan PCB assembly IPM normal
assembly normal? → Replace Fan PCB assembly
Yes
Recheck power and

Back
Main PCB EE- Master and Slave
86* 1. EEPROM contact defect / wrong insertion display error code
PROM error EEPROM Access
2. Different EEPROM Version and own unit number
error and Check Communication 1. Loose connection of power cable/ communi-
3. Each PCB assembly damage (Inverter, Main, which is not com-
Fan PCB EEPROM SUM error 104* Error Between cation cable (Open/Short)
87* Fan) municated.
Basic Part
Error Outdoors 2. Defect of each outdoor unit PCB
(Ex. Master-104
1, Slave1-104 2,
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart Slave2-104 3)
Is EEPROM insertion No Check EEPROM insert direction

and connection condition
normal?
Yes Is communication No
cable installed Connect communication cable
Intorduction
normally?
Multi V 5
Is EEPROM Check No Yes
Replace Correct EEPROM
SUM normal?
Yes
Is Slave unit DIP Switch No
DIP Switch setting
setting done?
Replace PCB Yes Main PCB
Trouble shooting
Check EEPROM insert direction and connection condition
Guide
1. Check EEPROM Indication whether the marking line matches the direction of EEPROM inserted into
the socket. High pressure
Is Main PCB power No 1. Connect power cable switch
2. Make sure that the EEPROM assembly is in close contact (non-contact)
supplied? 2. Check connection between High pressure switch and Main PCB connector
3. Make sure the EEPROM Lead pin is pulled out of the socket 3. Check High pressure switch(short)
Yes
Replace Main PCB
Control Logic
Check connection between High pressure switch and Main PCB
Main PCB
EEPROM Check if the high pressure switch is short
Central Control
High pressure
switch
connector
* EEPROM is different as each model.
Back
Check if the high pressure switch is short

Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Check Communication Cable Connection
When the Main PCB 1. Wrong connection between Main, Inverter, Fan PCB Inverter PCB 1 Inverter PCB 2 Main PCB
does not receive a Fan PCB Communication LED (Orange)
Communication
signal due to the 2. Outdoor unit Main, Inverter, or Fan PCB
error (Main PCB ↔
105* disconnection defect
Fan PCB, Inverter
of the communication 3. Overload caused by connecting two or more
Basic Part
PCB)
line between Main, central controllers to the External PCB 12V
Inverter, Fan PCB power line
Communication
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart LED (Orange)
Is Fan PCB Is Inverter PCB

Yes Yes
communication communication LED Replace Main PCB
LED(Orange) blinking (Orange) blinking
normally? normally?
Intorduction
Communication Communication
No
Multi V 5
No LED (Orange) LED (Orange)
Between Main and

Yes
Inverter PCB, Is the Replace Inverter PCB
communication
cable normal?
No - Re-connect communication cable if abnormality found
Reconnect or replace wire normally
Is Inverter PCB communication 1. Is short key connected
Trouble shooting
LED(Orange) blinking normally Yes normally in Fan PCB? Yes Replace Fan PCB
If short key was connected in 2. Between Main, Inverter, Fan PCB,
Is the communication Main PCB
Inverter 1 PCB ?
Guide
cable normal?
No 1.Connector short key in Fan PCB normally
No
2. Reconnect or replace wire normally
between Main, Inverter, Fan PCB Inverter2
Is Inverter PCB PCB
communication LED (Orange) Yes
blinking normally. Replace Inverter 1 PCB
If short key was connected
in Inverter 2 PCB ?
ƓIf it is 1 Inverter unit, skip this step
No
Control Logic
Between Main
And Inverter, No Inverter1
Reconnect or replace wire normally Fan
Is the communication PCB
cable normal?
PCB
Yes
After changing Inverter

PCB, is Inverter PCB
No
communication LED blinking Replace Main PCB
normally, If short key was
Central Control
connected in Inverter PCB?
Yes
Are communication
LEDs blinking normally No
after connecting Main, Inverter, Replace Fan PCB
Fan communication cable?
* The method of checking Main PCB and Inverter1/Inverter2 PCB

: If normal, communication LED blinks
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Check Fan motor phase resistance
1. Check resistance between each motor output terminal.
1. Overload operation (Pipe clogging/Covering/
→ If the resistance values are the same, the motor can be judged as normal.
IPM protection circuit EEV defect/Ref. overcharge
ODU Fan PCB IPM
106* activation 2. ODU fan motor assemble condition abnormal Measuring fan motor phase resistance
Fault
(over current) (Coil disconnection/Short/Insulation damage)
3. Fan PCB assembly defect
Basic Part
Measuring fan motor phase resistance
Is fan motor assemble No Check ODU fan motor assemble condition and locking
condition normal? → Reassemble or replace if abnormality found
Yes
1. Check Fan motor U,V,W connector connection condition Ex)
Intorduction
→ Reassemble wire if abnormality found Chassis UXA UXB
Multi V 5
Is fan motor wire
No 2. Check Fan motor wire disconnection
connection
condition normal? → Replace Outdoor unit Fan motor if abnormality found Resistance 15 ± 7 % Ω 13 ± 7 % Ω
3. Check fan motor phase resistance
Yes
2. Check insulation resistance between Outdoor unit fan motor terminal (U,V,W) and chassis (over
Is fan PCB assemble No 1. Check fan PCB connector condition 100MΩ)
condition normal? → Reassemble if abnormality found → Reassemble or replace if abnormality found
2. Check assemble condition between fan PCB and Heatsink Measuring insulation resistance between
Trouble shooting
Yes → Reassemble heatsink if abnormality found fan terminal & chassis
Measuring insulation resistance between
Guide
fan terminal & chassis
Is fan PCB No
assembly normal? Replace fan PCB assembly
Yes
Recheck power and

Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons • Check Breaker’s Capacity
If the breaker capacity is smaller than the maximum current of the product, the breaker may trip during
1. Overload operation (Pipe clogging / Covering
product operation.
/ EEV defect / Ref. overcharge)
The voltage of fan
Fan DC link low 2. Outdoor unit Fan motor assemble condition 1. Check product’s max operating current
107* DC link is lower than
voltage abnormal (Coil disconnection / Short / Insula- 2. Check breaker’s capacity
standard value
tion damage)
Basic Part
3. Fan PCB assembly defect
25A
Maximum operating current
Is the capacity of No
outdoor circuit breaker Change outdoor circuit breaker
installed properly?
Intorduction
Yes
Multi V 5
Outdoor unit Label Capacity of the circuit breaker Circuit breaker for Outdoor unit
Is wiring between fan No Check DC_Link wire connection

motor and PCB normal? → Replace wire if abnormality found
• Check DC_Link wire connection
Yes DC voltage connection
Input Voltage [V] DC Link Voltage [V]
Is DC_Link No Measure DC_Link voltage 380 ±10% (342 ~ 418) 540 ±20% (432 ~ 648)
Trouble shooting
voltage normal? → Check Inverter PCB if voltage is below 380V
Yes 220 ±10% (198 ~ 242) 310 ±20% (248 ~ 372)
Guide
460 ±10% (414 ~ 506) 650 ±20% (520 ~ 780)
Is Fan PCB No
Replace fan PCB assembly
assembly normal?
Yes
Recheck power and
Control Logic
DC Volt connected
Central Control
- Replace wire if abnormality found
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons ■■ Check the terminal
Multi V 5
Outdoor unit liquid
Abnormal sensor 1. Defective temperature sensor connection CH 44 CH 115 CH 153 CH 113
pipe (condenser)
113* resistance value 2. Defective temperature sensor(Open / Short) AIR SC_OUT / HEX_H / LIQUID
temperature sensor
(Open/Short) 3. Defective outdoor unit PCB Check the connector connection (external PCB)
error
Basic Part
Error code Type Ω(25°C)
Outdoor Unit CH 44 CH 115 CH 153 CH 113
Abnormal sensor 1. Defective temperature sensor connection
Subcooling Inlet AIR SC_OUT / HEX_H / LIQUID CH 41, 47 D-Pipe temp 200kΩ
114* resistance value 2. Defective temperature sensor(Open/Short)
Temperature Sen-
(Open/Short) 3. Defective outdoor PCB CH 44 Air temp 10kΩ
sor Error
Error No.(Pin No.)
44(5,6) CH 45, 46, 113,

Outdoor Unit Pipe temp 5kΩ
Abnormal sensor 1. Defective temperature sensor connection 114, 115, 153, 154
Subcooling Outlet 113(1,2) 153(3,4) 115(5,6)
115* resistance value 2. Defective temperature sensor(Open/Short)
Temperature Sen- 41(1,2) 45(3,4) 46(5,6)
(Open/Short) 3. Defective outdoor PCB
Intorduction
sor Error
Multi V 5
154(1,2) 114(3,4) 47(5,6)
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart SUC / HEX / DIS_C1 DIS_C2 / SC_IN / HEX_L
CH 46 CH 45 CH 41 CH 47 CH 114 CH 154
Sensor connection to No Insert sensor connector to PCB properly
PCB is normal?
Yes
■SUC / HEX / DIS_C1
■ Check DIS_C2 / SC_IN / HEX_L
the resistance
Trouble shooting
CH 46 CH 45 CH 41 CH 47 CH 114 CH 154
Unplugged Check the resistance value of each sensor

Is the resistance of No
Guide
Replace sensor If the values are different from the table, replace
sensor normal?
the sensor.
Yes
Air Pipe D-Pipe
Unplugged Temperature
Resistance Resistance Resistance
Is sensor resistance No
Replace corresponding outdoor PCB 10°C(50°F) 20.7kΩ 10kΩ 362kΩ
same as temperature of CH41 CH47
LGMV?
25°C(77°F) 10kΩ 5kΩ 200kΩ
Control Logic
Yes
50°C(122°F) 3.4kΩ 1.8kΩ 82kΩ
CH41 CH47
Replace corresponding sensor * Check the following pages for resistance values of all temperatures
Plugged
■■ Check the voltage
Check temperature using measured voltage
Plugged
Ex) If measured pipe sensor voltage is 2.232Vdc, temperature is 25°C.
Central Control
Ex) 2.232Vdc
Ex) 2.232Vdc
Back
Sensor Resistance Table Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Pipe Temp Air Temp D-Pipe Temp Compressor low oil Compressor low oil Continuous compressor low oil level
116*
Temp Resistance Volt Temp Resistance Volt Temp Resistance Volt level error level Oil level sensor fault
(°C) (kΩ) (V) (°C) (kΩ) (V) (°C) (kΩ) (V)
-30 102.17 4.714 -30 204.35 4.72 -30 2845.99 4.969 ■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Basic Part
-25 73.49 4.611 -25 146.97 4.62 0 585.66 4.851
Is oil level sensor No
connected properly to Check sensor connection to external PCB
-20 53.55 4.481 -20 107.09 4.492 5 465.17 4.814
PCB?
-15 39.5 4.322 -15 79 4.336 10 372.49 4.77 Yes
-10 29.48 4.131 -10 58.95 4.149 15 300.58 4.717

-5 22.24 3.91 -5 44.47 3.931 20 244.33 4.657 Is oil level sensor
No
connected properly to Check sensor connection to compressor
0 16.95 3.661 0 33.9 3.685 25 200 4.587 compressor?
Intorduction
Multi V 5
5 13.05 3.389 5 26.09 3.416 30 164.79 4.508 Yes
10 10.14 3.102 10 20.27 3.131 35 136.64 4.418
15 7.94 2.808 15 15.89 2.838 40 113.98 4.318 Is LGMV oil level No
sensor green when Replace oil level sensor
20 6.28 2.515 20 12.55 2.546 45 95.62 4.208 sensor short?
25 5 2.232 25 10 2.262 50 80.65 4.088 Yes
Trouble shooting
30 4.01 1.965 30 8.03 1.994 55 68.38 3.958
35 3.24 1.717 35 6.49 1.745 60 58.27 3.82 Check Installation about oil
Guide
circulation
40 2.64 1.493 40 5.28 1.519 65 49.88 3.674 (Oil trap, installation level, etc..)
45 2.16 1.293 45 4.32 1.316 70 42.9 3.522

50 1.78 1.116 50 3.56 1.137 75 37.05 3.365 Check sensor connection to compressor
55 1.48 0.962 55 2.95 0.981 80 32.14 3.205
60 1.23 0.828 60 2.46 0.846 85 27.99 3.043
Control Logic
65 1.03 0.714 65 2.06 0.729 90 24.46 2.88
70 0.87 0.615 70 1.74 0.628 95 21.46 2.719
75 0.74 0.531 75 1.47 0.542 100 18.89 2.561
80 0.63 0.459 80 1.25 0.469 110 14.79 2.255
85 0.54 0.397 85 1.07 0.406 120 11.72 1.972
90 0.46 0.345 90 0.92 0.353 130 9.4 1.716
Central Control
95 0.4 0.3 95 0.79 0.307 140 7.62 1.487
100 0.34 0.262 100 0.68 0.268 150 6.24 1.287
Back
Check sensor open/short with LGMV Green light means oil is in (sensor short) Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Cycle controller of
Communication Cycle controller of Master unit can’t receive
Master unit can’t
145* error (Main PCB → signal
receive signal from
External PCB) from External controller
External controller
Basic Part
Is communication No
LED (Yellow) of External Re-connect Power cable
PCB on?
Yes
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Is communication No
cableconnected Re-connect communication cable
correctly?
Yes
No
Is Main PCB normal Replace Main PCB
Trouble shooting
Yes
Guide
Replace External PCB
* The Method of checking Main PCB and External PCB

(If normal, communication LED blinks)
Main PCB External PCB
Control Logic
Comm. LED
Comm. LED
Central Control
Comm. connector
Back
Check liquid bypass 1. Wrong operation of 4way valve because of
1. Individual power of indoor unit is open sludge etc. inflow
Function error of
Discharge super- during operation Function error 2. No pressure difference because of compres-
Discharge super- 4way (reversing
150* heat is under 3°C 2. Indoor unit EEV fault(ref. leak much) 151* of outdoor 4way sor fault
heat low error valve) in Main or
(liquid back) 3. Indoor unit EEV connector disconnected. (reversing valve) 3. Wrong installation of In/outdoor common pipe
Basic Part
Slave outdoor units
4. SC EEV fault(ref. leak much) 4. Defect of 4way valve
5. Liquid pipe - gas pipe direct connection 5. Input power is abnormal (T-N)
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart ■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is there indoor unit No No Is 4-Way valve connecter No

Is SC EEV or SC
which leaks Check liquid pipe – connection are properly Reconnect it
circuit leaks? connected?
ref. much? 1) gas pipe direct connection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Yes Yes
Yes
Is 4 Way valve coil No

Change SC EEV or Change 4 Way valve coil
resistance normal?*
SC EEV assembly
Yes
Is EEV head(Coil) No Is 4 way valve coil connected No

Assemble again or change Re-insert 4 way valve coil
assembly normally? to 4 way valve normally?**
EEV head(coil)
Trouble shooting
Yes Yes
Guide
In case of more than
2 units, does master outdoor No
Is EEV connector No Refer to CH 51 & make measure
Connect EEV connector unit recognize
ø as more
connected normally? than 2 units? ***
Yes Yes
After reset, can we

check supply voltage at PCB No
Change EEV assembly when starting heating
1. Check input voltage (T - N)
2. If input voltage is normal, replace outdoor unit PCB
mode operation****
Control Logic
* Ref. leakage much: Both pipe in, pipe out temp. is under 10°C Yes
during unit is off(EEV 40pls) Also, big refrigerant
flow noise occurred. No Check and replace compressor, Magnet switch,
Is compressor working
corresponding PCB
normally?
[refer electric component part]
Yes
After opposite
mode operation to present No If the same error is occurred in near future
mode, is the same error replace 4way valve
Central Control
occurred again?
Yes
Replace 4 way valve*****
Back
* Measure the resistance of 4way valve **** Check the output voltage of PCB when Check input voltage
Input Terminal Block
- If measured resistance is abnormal, change starting heating mode
4way valve coil. - Location of 4way valve connector on Measure input voltage between T and N (using for
Input Terminal Block
- Check insulation resistance between outdoor Main PCB(marked as 4way,CN09) valve power)
unit 4way valve and chassis (over 100MΩ) 220±15% V - If power is normal (220±15% V), replace outdoor
→ Reassemble or replace if abnormality found unit PCB (External PCB)
Basic Part
220±15% V - If power is abnormal, check input power condition
and environment
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
Poor case of input power (Contact resistance
problem)
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
380±10% V
380±10% V
Intorduction
Multi V 5
** Check 4way valve coil connection **** Check the output voltage of terminal socket Experience of poor
N power equipment
- Confirm the 4way valve coil is inserted to the end during heating operation T
- If 4way valve coil connection is abnormal,
N Cause of abnormal input voltage:
re-insert 4way valve coil.
T Poor contact occurs by connecting the power line
without removing the N-phase insulation coating of
Trouble shooting
the busbar
→ When using T-N phase voltage (Fan motor operat-
Guide
ing), the voltage is down, resulting in a malfunc-
tion of the 4way valve
T-N 75V
Control Logic
T-N 220V
(Without removing N-phase
- If measured voltage is abnormal, replace insulation
outdoor unit PCB T-N 220V T-N 75V coating)
(Without removing N-phase
*** Refer to Outdoor unit information at Main PCB 7-segment insulation coating)
When power is supplied in order as follow (Slave2 → Slave1 → Mater)
ODU information is displayed one after the other at main PCB 7-segment
1. Model ID: 8HP : 8 / 10HP : 10 / 12HP : 12 / 14HP : 14 / 16HP : 16 / 18HP : 18 / 20HP : 20
2. Total Capacity: Displayed with HP
3. ODU Type: Cooling only : 1 / Heat pump : 2 / Heat Recovery : 3
Central Control
4. Power type: 380V : 38 / 460V : 46 / 220V : 22
5. Model type (The model type can be changed)
Tropical : 6 / North America : 30 / South America Heat Recovery : 35
Europe : 40 / Asia + South America Standard : 50 / South America Heat Recovery : 35
***** Checking method for outdoor unit of 3unit system (Master + Slave1 + Slave2)
- Close all the SVC valves of high / low pressure
- Operate system
- Check the difference of high and low pressure with LGMV for each unit (Master, Slave1, Slave2)
- If there is a unit in which the difference is not increased then the 4way valve of that unit is defective
Back
Communication 1. Fan PCBA IPM Connection Condition
Failure Receiving
Error Between Main Failure Receiving Signal Between Main and Abnormal
182* Signal Between Main Heatsink tempera-
and Sub Micom of Sub Micom Fan PCB Heatsink 2. Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Operation Abnormal
and Sub Micom 193* ture is over standard
External PCB Temperature High 3. Outdoor Unit Fan PCB Assembly Defect
value(about 85°C)
4. Overload Operation (Pipe Clogging/ Covering/
Basic Part
EEV Defect/Ref. Overcharge)
Communication
Between Main-Sub ■■IsError diagnosis
operating state andNo
countermeasure
1. Checkflow
Pipechart
Clogging/ Distortion
Micom LED (Yellow) normal? 2. Check Covering (Outdoor/Indoor Unit)
Blinking Is operating state No 3.
1. Check EEVClogging/
Check Pipe Connector Assemble Condition/Normal Operation
Distortion
No Yes
normal? 4.
2. Check Refrigerant
Check Covering Pressure Unit)
(Outdoor/Indoor
3. Check
5. Check EEV
PowerConnector Assemble Condition/Normal
Wire/ Connection Condition Operation
Yes 4. Reassemble
→ Check Refrigerant Pressureif abnormality Found
or Manage
Intorduction
5. Check Power Wire/ Connection Condition
Multi V 5
Press the Rest Button → Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found
Fan PCB IPM No
Connection Check Fan PCBA Screw Connection Condition
No Fan Condition
PCB IPM No Reassemble
Normal? Condition
Connection
→
Check Fan PCBAor Manage
Screw if abnormality
Connection ConditionFound
Normal? → Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found
No Yes
Replay On-boarding Replace External PCB Yes
Is Outdoor unit fan No Check Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Operation or Lock
Trouble shooting
Is Outdoor unit fan No Check Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Operation or Lock
motor normal? → Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found
motor normal? → Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found
Guide
YesYes
Is PCB
Is Fan Fan PCB assembly
assembly NoNo Reset
Reset
Normal?
Normal? Replace Fan
→ Replace
→ FanPCB
PCBAssembly
Assembly
YesYes
Recheck Power and
Control Logic
Recheck PowerCondition
Installation and
Installation Condition
Check Fan PCB Screw Connection Condition

CheckFan
Check FanPCB
PCB Screw
Screw Connection
Connection Condition
Condition
If connection condition is abnormal, reassemble or

manage
Central Control
Check Screw Connection Condition
- IfCheck
connection
Screw condition
Connectionis abnormal,
Condition reassemble or manage
- If connection condition is abnormal, reassemble or manage
Back
Outdoor unit Fan Outdoor unit Fan 1. HR unit's power cable or communication
PCB heatsink PCB heatsink cable connection defect
194* Defective outdoor unit PCB
temperature sensor temperature sensor 2. After auto-addressing, wrong address setting
error error After finishing auto of the indoor unit (Defective indoor power /
pipe detection, if transmission error and PCB defect)
Basic Part
the number of the 3. Wrong setting of the HR unit's rotary switch
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart 2001 or
Pipe detection error indoor units detected or dip switch
200#HR
is different from the 4. HR unit PCB defect: CH200 error has been
Change Inverter PCB number communicat- happened during auto pipe detection. “200
ing indoor units #h” will be displayed
5. ODU unit PCB defect: CH200 error has been
happened after finishing auto pipe detection.
“200 1” will be displayed.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
HR : Heat Recovery
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons #: No. Of HR Unit
1. Wrong connection of communication line or
Excessive connec- Indoor unit capac- pipe 1) Check the periodic blinking of the HR unit’s green LED (transmission LED )
51 #HR tion of indoor unit to ity exceed HR unit 2. Incorrect operation of HR unit PCB Dip Switch 2) When green LED (communication LED) of HR unit blinks regularly,
HR unit capacity specification 3. Indoor unit connection each HR unit connec-
2.1) Check input power of HR unit. (220V±10%)
tion port exceeding the capacity
Trouble shooting
2.2) After reset of power of outdoor, wait for more than 30 minutes, temperature of pipes will be cool
down then, do auto-addressing
Guide
HR : Heat Recovery
#: No. Of HR Unit 2.2) While power of HR unit is on, check total indoors display ‘CH05’ or not.(Refer to CH05)
3) When green LED (communication LED) of HR unit blinks regularly, Check setting of rotary switch and
1) Check if the communication line and pipe between HR unit and indoor unit are correctly connected
DIP switch, After reset of power of outdoor and HR unit, wait for more than 30 minutes, temperature of
2) Check whether DIP switch is set for each connection conditions between HR unit and indoor unit pipes will be cool dow then, do auto-addressing *
3) If the indoor unit connected to HR unit is in group control, check if the corresponding capacity is 100 4) If indoor unit quantity is different between installed quantity and quantity which check thru piping
kBtu/h or less. searching, check pipe installation condition Outdoor unit ↔ HR unit ↔ Indoor unit
Control Logic
4) If the indoor unit connected to HR unit is not in group control, check if the corresponding capacity is 56 5) If indoor unit has not been connected to #1 valve of HR unit, set pipes of HR unit manually**
kBtu/h or less (including zoning control)
6) If it is not applied as above, set pipes of HR unit as manual.
5) Even after performing the above process, if the same error code occurs, replace the corresponding HR [NB] How to check display method of outdoor main PCB 7-segment ?
unit PCB '88' → Indoor q'ty which check thru 'Auto-Addressing' → '88' → Indoor q'ty which check thru 'piping
6) After checking and taking action for No.1~5 processes, carry out auto addressing, and carry out pipe checking'
search
Central Control
Back
1. Defective temperature sensor connection 1. Defective connection in HR unit power supply
HR unit liquid pipe Abnormal value of Transmission error
2. D
efective temperature sensor Transmission error and communication connection
201 #HR temperature sensor sensor measurement between the HR
(Open/Short) 204 #HR between the HR unit 2. Wrong setting of the HR unit rotary switch and
error (Open / Short) unit and outdoor
3. Defective outdoor unit PCB and outdoor unit dip switch
unit
3. Defective HR unit PCB
Basic Part
1. Defective temperature sensor connection
HR unit Sub-cooling Abnormal value of 1) Check connection between power cables and communication cables, check communication green LED
2. Defective temperature sensor
202 #HR inlet pipe tempera- sensor measurement blink of HR unit PCB
(Open/Short)
ture sensor error (Open / Short)
3. Defective outdoor unit PCB 2) If communication green LED blink of HR unit PCB is normal, check setting of rotary switch of HR unit
and dip switch(Refer to CH200), Reset power of outdoor and HR unit
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons (If communication error of HR unit occurs, it can’t be released until reset of outdoor power)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
HR unit Sub-cooling 1. Defective temperature sensor connection 3) If communication green LED blink of HR unit PCB is abnormal(not blinking,just on), check communica-
Abnormal value of tion condition of total indoor units(Refer to CH05)
discharge pipe 2. Defective temperature sensor
203 #HR sensor measurement If communication green LED blink of HR unit PCB is abnormal(not blinking, just on) even if communica-
temperature sensor (Open/Short)
(Open / Short) tion condition is normal, replace HR unit PCB.
error 3. Defective outdoor unit PCB
[NB] If Indoor units/communication cables of HR unit and cables of power 220V has been changed
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart each other, communication parts and indoor will be burnt.
Trouble shooting
1) Check connection condition of temperature sensor and lead cable
Guide
HR Unit PCB
2) Is value of temperature sensor normal? If not replace sensor
#4 valve housing
- Piping temperature sensor : 10°C = 10kΩ : 25°C= 5kΩ : 50°C= 1.8kΩ
3) If connection of sensor and value is correct, replace outdoor unit PCB #1 valve housing
■■ HR unit error display No.
Control Logic
HR Unit HR #1 HR #2 HR #3 HR #4 HR #5 HR #6 HR #7 HR #8 HR #9 HR #10 HR #11 HR #12 HR #13 HR #14 HR #15 HR #16 7-SEG
Error SW05M
1h 2h 3h 4h 5h 6h 7h 8h 9h 10h 11h 12h 13h 14h 15h 16h
display
SW01M
SW02M SW01M/SW03M/SW04M
(DIP switch for setup of (Switch for manual valve
■■ Example of HR unit error display. The function of HR unit) addressing)
SW03M SW04M
#16 HR unit Sub-cooling inlet pipe temperature sensor error 202 → 16h (Repeat)
h : HR unit
Central Control
# : HR unit Number
Back
4 series upgraded 1. IDU & ODU operation is abnormal. (power,
Communication er- 1. Wiring defect between HR unit and upgraded
485 communication comm. line, etc)
ror between HR unit 485 modem
205 #HR error between HR RS-485 Commu- 2. Communication line wiring is abnormal.
and the upgraded 2. Defect of the upgraded 485 PCB modem
unit and HR unit nication system (Wiring, Disconnection, Short, Polarity, Node
485 modem 3. Defect of the HR unit PCB
modem check (IDU & ODU limitation, Cable spec, Product type)
Basic Part
operation / Comm. 3. Master, Slave setting is abnormal.
242* Data Receive Error line wiring / Master, (1 Master on 1 comm. Line)
■■ Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart Slave setting / 4. Central controller address setting is abnormal.
1) Check the communication connection between HR unit and the upgraded 485 modem, and check for Central controller (Duplication, Omission)
the red LED on address setting / 5. Product type is abnormal.
2) Reset the outdoor unit and the power of HR unit if the red LED of the upgraded 485 modem is on Product type) (LGAP port, Modbus port)
6. ODU PCB or Central Controller PCB is
3) Replace the upgraded 485 modem if the red LED is flashing at the upgraded 485 modem
abnormal.
4) Replace the HR unit PCB if the red LED of the upgraded 485 modem is flashing even after replacing
Intorduction
Multi V 5
the upgraded 485 modem.
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Is IDU & ODU
1. Check power source of IDU & ODU (Circuit Breaker, Electrical wiring)
operation without No
2. Check comm. line wiring between IDU & ODU and Individual controller
When the HR unit 1. Defect of power cable of HR unit or communi- Central controller
normality
normal?
address is set cation line connection
Duplicate address Yes
206 #HR duplicated at the 4 2. Error of address allocation rotary switch set-
error of HR unit
Trouble shooting
series upgraded 485 ting of HR unit Is the communication 1. Check “Bus wiring”
line wiring between ODU No 2. Check Disconnection/Short/Polarity of cable
communication 3. Defect of the HR unit PCB and Central controller 3. Check Node limitation
Guide
normal? 4. Check the product type & connected comm. port (LGAP, Modbus)
Yes 5. Check Cable spec (VCTF-SB 0.75sq ↑)
Is Master/Slave setting No 1. Check Master/Slave setting
1) Check whether the rotary switch setting of HR unit PCB is set differently for HR units normal? → Only one Master device is available on a communication line
2) Reset the outdoor unit and the power of HR unit by setting the rotary switch of HR unit PCB differently Yes
for HR units
Is Central controller No 1. Check Duplication & Omission of IDU address
3) Perform the auto addressing again after performing the number 2 process addressing normal? 2. Check Omission of ODU address
Control Logic
4) Replace the corresponding HR unit PCB if the same error code is occurred even after performing the Yes
number 3 process 1. Update ODU with the latest S/W
Is there any issue No - Single 4.5kW (produced before January 2020)
• The above error code is only occurred at the upgraded 485 communication (9600bps communication) related to ODU S/W? - Single 6kW (produced before January 2020)
• Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit for the address setting to HR unit rotary switch for - Multi V 5 (produced before March 2017)
Yes - Multi V 5 (produced before March 2018 & installed with AC Ez)
HR units
Upgraded 485 Modem Is communication No 1. Check comm. cable between ODU PCBs
LED of ODU PCB
2. Change ODU PCB
blinking normally?
Central Control
Yes
Is the resistance value
between A and B terminal No
1. Change Central Controller PCB
without power, comm. line
normal?
Yes
Recheck communication line wiring & address setting
❈ In case of ACP and AC Smart, please download SystemBackup, 485 Data logging file
and send it to Network Control Development team through the corporation.
Back
Check comm. line wiring between IDU and ODU & Individual controller normality. Check “Bus wiring”, Disconnection/Short/Polarity of cable
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
1. Check “Bus wiring”: Check each node whether the cable is connected with 1 or 2.
2. Check Disconnection/Short/Polarity of cable
Disconnect comm. line on central controller and test IDU, ODU, individual controller operation.
If the operation is normal, connect comm. line on central controller.
Disconnection: Check the suspicious cable based on IDU searching status.
Ex) In above wiring diagram, Central controller Auto Searching
ACP AC Smart - 20, 21, 22, 23 IDUs are not found.
Trouble shooting
- You need to check comm. line. between 01 ODU and 02 ODU (or between 02 ODU and 20 IDU).
Guide
Short
Check central controller comm. port.
BUS A BUS
BUS AB BUS B
BUS A BUS B
Control Logic
AC Ez Touch AC Ez
Polarity
RS485
RS485 Single/Vent/etc Multi V super IV
RS485 B RS485
A
B A
B A B A
Central Control

Back
Check Node limitation, the product type & connected comm. port Check Master/Slave setting
1. Check Node limitation Only one Master device is available on a communication line.
→ Check Maximum Number of (PI485, ACS Product, ODU) on comm. line. ※ ACP : Only Master device
Central Controller(Slave) ×1 + (Multi V ODU) ×2 + (PI 485 G/W) ×1 ≤ 32
Ex) AC Ez(slave) 2 ea + Multi V 6ea = 2 + (6 X 2) = 14 ≤ 32 → OK AC Smart IV AC Smart 5
2. Check the product type & connected comm. port (LGAP, Modbus) Environment > Advance Setting > LGAP setting 1. Setting > Installing & Select AC Smart
Basic Part
ACP AC Smart
CH1: Modbus (AHU, Chiller, ACS I/O module)
CH1~CH4: LGAP (ODU)
AC Smart 5: Selectable in GUI (Modbus
CH5, CH6: Modbus
or LGAP)
(AHU, Chiller, ACS I/O module)
CH2: LGAP (ODU)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. LGAP setting
AC Ez Touch AC Ez
Trouble shooting
Only LGAP (ODU) Only LGAP (ODU)
Guide
AC Ez Touch AC Ez
1. Setting > Installer M : Master S : Slave
RS485 RS485
B A B A
Control Logic
Check ODU PCB: Multi V 5
2. LGAP setting
• Communication LED(Orange) Between ODU and Central controller
Central Control
• Change Main PCB if communication LED(Orange) doesn’t blink
Back
Check Duplication & Omission of IDU address
ACP IV, AC Smart IV ACP 5, AC Smart 5 Check Duplication & Omission of ODU address
1. Installing > Installing 1. Setting > Installing ACP 5, AC Smart 5
2. Check Addr/Port column. 2. Select Device and check Address.
1. For TMS site, set address of ODU and make auto-searching.
2. For the site unusing ODU address, check Version.
Basic Part
If ODU activate device control function is not applied, update with latest S/W.
(Setting > System setting > Version)
- ACP 5 : ~
Ver.1.41.0 → Need to be updated with latest S/W
Ver.1.60.4~ → OK
- AC Smart 5 : ~ Ver.1.51.0 → Need to be updated with latest S/W
Ver.1.90.1~ → OK
Network Error
Intorduction
Multi V 5
AC Ez Touch AC Ez
1. Setting > Installer > Device management 1. Check “Group No.” is set properly.
Ex) IDU address 10~18 Error code
Group No of AC Ez : 1
① Press button 5 seconds.
Trouble shooting
② Press or .
Guide
And check product type, Group No.
Product Type
Product
Product Type Group
Type No.No.
Product
Group
Group Type
No. Group No. 3. Clear ODU activate device control function.
Product Type Group No.
(Setting > Installing > Click ODU > Activate device control)
Product TypeType Group
Product No.
Group No.
2. Check Address column.
Product Type Group No.
Control Logic
GrpGrp
2 Product
Grp IDUIDU
2 2Product
Product IDUGrp 2 Product IDU
GrpGrp
2 Group
Grp No.:
2 2Group
Group
Grp 1Product
1Grp
2No.:
No.: 1 2 Group
IDU No.: 1
Grp 2 Product IDU
Grp 2Grp
Product
Group IDU
No.:
2 Group 11
No.:
2. CheckGrpunfound IDU1with operation.
2 Group No.:
3. Set IDU address with Remote controller.
Grp 2 Product IDU
Grp 2 Group No.: 1
Central Control
Back
Set IDU address with Remote controller. Upgrade guide
Standard II 1. ACP 5
Program is available to download on the partner portal.
Press button(3sec)
(Partner.lge.com > Global > Doc. Library > Doc. Type > Technical Data > Technical Bulletin > Network
Repeat Pressing button (Function code 02 : XX) Solution & S/W)
Basic Part
Set address with Up/Down
Press ok/Clear (saved) 1) Unzip service tool on PC that is possible to connect ACP.
Press ESC
※ Distributed service tool and update file always use together. It might have problem using different
version of service tool and update file.
Intorduction
Standard III 2) Execute Service Tool.
Multi V 5
Select setting category and Press [Ʒ(up)] for 3 seconds.
Input the password and press [OK].
Select [Centeral Control Address] and set address.
Trouble shooting
Guide
Wireless
For Setting Address
Press FUNC + Reset
Run/Stop Button (Saved)
Control Logic
Press Reset (Exit)
For Checking Address Press
Central Control
Plasma+Reset (Toward the IDU)
Press Start/Stop button (count the number of blinking)
Press Reset (Exit)
Back
3) Connect to device. 5) Click [Start upgrade] button to upgrade S/W.
- Target IP : ACP 5 IP address.
- User ID : admin (fixed administrator ID)
- Password : admin password.
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
※ You can see below popup message before the update.
Guide
After upgrading, some control contents will be initialized.
So you will need to check the settings for these features after the upgrade.
4) Click […] button to select manual file.
Control Logic
Central Control
※ Selecting manual file is recommended
Back
2. AC Smart 5
※ You can see below popup message after the update. Program is available to download on the partner portal.
(partner.lge.com > Global > Doc. Library > Doc. Type > Technical Data > Technical Bulletin > Network
Solution & S/W)
1) Unzip service tool on PC that is possible to connect AC Smart 5.
Basic Part
2) Execute Service Tool.
5) Check ACP 5 Version on LCD Display.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
3) Connect to device. 4) Click […] button to select manual file.
- Target IP : AC Smart 5 IP address.
- User ID : admin (fixed administrator ID)
- Password : admin password.
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
※ Selecting manual file is recommended.
Control Logic
- Port : you can check its status on the network setting of WEB’s setting (Default : 443)
Central Control
Back
5) Click [Start upgrade] button to upgrade S/W. 6) Check AC Smart 5 Version
- Login AC Smart 5 and go to [Setting] > [System Setting].
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
※ You can see below message after the update is complete.
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Check the resistance between A and B terminal System Backup
ACP AC Smart Please refer to the latest S/W release of central controller. (partner.lge.com > Global > Doc. Library >
Doc. Type > Technical Data > Technical Bulletin > Network Solution & S/W)
① Enter IP, P/W and click “Connect” button.
② Move to System Backup tap : Click “SysBackup” tap
Basic Part
AC Ez Touch AC Ez
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Normal sample Defect sample ③ Click “System Backup” button :
A, B terminal
Resistance value Over 1kΩ 1kΩ or less
④ Check system backup complete message and check saved file on ENG Tool folder.
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Data logging
④ Check data logging complete message and check saved file on ENG Tool folder.
Please refer to the latest S/W release of central controller. (partner.lge.com > Global > Doc. Library >
Doc. Type > Technical Data > Technical Bulletin > Network Solution & S/W)
① Enter IP, P/W and click “Connect” button.
② Move to Data Logging tap : Click “Comm. Log” tap
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
③ Click below buttons sequentially:
Start Data Logging
Control Logic
Phenomenon Reproduction
End Data Logging
Central Control
Save file on local PC
Back
Basic Part
Checking Method for Key Components
1. The Phenomena from Main Component Failure 300
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. Compressor 301
3. EEV 305
4. Solenoid Valve 311
5. 4Way Valve 315
6. Check Valve (Outdoor EEV Check Valve) 316
Trouble shooting
7. Check Valve (Oil Separator) 317
Guide
8. Outdoor Fan & Fan Motor 318
9. Temperature Sensor 320
10. Pressure(High/Low) Sensor 321
11. Humidity Sensor 323
12. Pressure Switch 324
13. Main PCB 325
Control Logic
14. External PCB 327
15. Inverter PCB 329
16. Fan PCB 331
17. Communication PCB 333
18. Phase Bridge Diode 334
Central Control
19. Inverter IGBT 335
20. Fan IPM 336
21. ThinQ Wi-Fi Modem 337
App. Service & Replace Method
of Control Box, Inverter PCB 342
Back
The phenomena from main component failure
1. The Phenomena from Main Component Failure 2. Compressor

1. The phenomena from main component failure
The phenomena from main component failure
Component Phenomenon Cause Check method and Trouble shooting 2.1 Failure Judge Method
Not operating Motor insulation broken Check resistance between terminals and 1. Error display (CH21, CH22, CH26, CH29)
chassis - Failure to restart after power reset
1-2. 압축기 불량 판단 LGE Internal Use Only
- Main power supply failure from inverter board to compressor
Strainer clogged Change strainer
Oil leakage Check Oil level after opening oil port -C ompressor input current is normal but compressor fails to start
Basic Part
Compressor CH21,
 noise CH22, CH26,board
CH29
with electric from inverter
Stop during running Motor insulation failure Check resistance between terminals and 전원 Reset
chassis
- CH29 in normal •operation 후 재기동 여부 확인
and cycle
• 압축기에 Inv보드에서 전원 인가 확인.
Abnormal noise R-S-T misconnection Check compressor U-V-W connection
during running
2. Phase current ,• input압축기
current
기동시hunting
인버터 보드에서 전자기음과 함께 압축기에 투입되는 전류가 상승함에도 압축기 기동 안함.(CH26)
- The phase current,
• input
정상 current
운전 중 value
cycle의is 특이한
hunting변화가
more 없는데도
than 5A inCH29 발생
High pressure error Motor failure, Check the fan operation to confirm proper
Outdoor stable state of high / low pressure and compressor Hz
in cooling mode bad ventilation around motor functioning. Switch OFF the outdoor
fan  상전류/입력전류 헌팅
operation outdoor heat exchanger unit and remove obstacles, if any, around
the HEX. Check connector 3. Coil resistance •(U-V,고/저압
V-W, W-U) Hz가 고정되어
and insulation
및 압축기 resistance 상전류 or 입력전류 값이 ±5 A 이상으로 헌팅할 경우 압축기 손상 판단됨.
있으나 measurement
Intorduction
* In case of 2 motor model, you should - Insulation resistance : 50MΩ or more
Multi V 5
use SE17 function to inspect motor fault.  압축기
- Coil resistance : refer상간 저항 및 절연 저항 측정
to below
Heating failure, fre- Bad connector contact Check resistance between terminals
quent defrosting
JQC068MA*
No operation sound
after switching ON Coil failure Service necessary Temp. 25 ℃ 75 ℃
the power supply U-V 0.216 ± 7 % Ω 0.258 ± 7 % Ω
Outdoor
Heating failure, V-W 0.216 ± 7 % Ω 0.258 ± 7 % Ω
Trouble shooting
EEV
frozen outdoor heat EEV clogged Service necessary W-U 0.216 ± 7 % Ω 0.258 ± 7 % Ω
exchanger part
Guide
Low pressure error JQC048MA*
or discharge temper- EEV clogged
Temp. 25 ℃ 75 ℃
ature error
U-V 0.302 ± 7 % Ω 0.360 ± 7 % Ω
When system fault occurs, the error code is displayed on the indoor unit display or remote control display. The V-W 0.302 ± 7 % Ω 0.360 ± 7 % Ω
trouble shooting guide is available in the service manual. W-U 0.302 ± 7 % Ω 0.360 ± 7 % Ω
• When CH05/53/11 ERROR occurs, check if auto-addressing has done and communication wiring is ok.
Control Logic
2.2 Failure Cause
· Failure to obtain discharge superheat (refrigerant overcharging)
· High discharge temperature (refrigerant shortage)
· Failure to obtain high and low pressure difference
· Defective compressor
· Foreign substance inflow
· Overload operation
Central Control
· Nitrogen / Vapor inflow and poor vacuum
· Defective oil return valve
· Oil return piping blocked
· Defective VI EEV
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 84 - · Defective oil balancing valve
LGE Internal Use Only · Oil shortage due to oil leakage
· Lack of oil due to frequent Thermo On / Off
∙ Defective Suction VI valve
Back
2.3 Checking Method (Flow Chart) 2.4 Process of Replacing the Compressor
Checking start Please follow the below process when you replace the compressor.
• Before replacing the compressor, check whether the failure of the compressor.
• Change the oil for compressor after replacing the compressor for 2~3 times.
Basic Part
After starting, high and No
low pressure difference is
occur? 1. check the turn off sign of the main power supply.
2. Remove the refrigerant with manifold gauge connecting to service valve.
Yes
The connection No Re-connection of terminal or
direction of the 3-phase power change the direction of power
supply is correct? supply CAUTION
Yes Please release gradually the refrigerant, because there may be released oil mixed with the refrigerant.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Signal is applied No 3. Remove the terminal cover of compressor and power supply cable.
Replacing PCB
successfully on the PCB? 4. Please remove the crank case heater and discharge temperature sensor of the compressor.
Yes 5. Please remove the mounting nut of the compressor.
6. Please be separated by heating the welded portion of the pipe connected to the compressor.
Current value is normal No 7. Replace the compressor.
when compressor No
operating?
All direction of 4 way valve
Replacing 4way valve
8. Please reconnect the pipe that had been separated by #7 to compressor by welding.
is correct?
9. After closing the service valve of liquid pipe & gas pipe,
Trouble shooting
Yes
check whether there is a site of the leak by injecting nitrogen gas(38 kgf/cm²g) through the check joint of
Replacing compressor the high-pressure side and low pressure side.
Guide
10. Remove the nitrogen gas.
Restart 11. Open the service valve (liquid pipe and gas pipe) of the outdoor unit and make a vacuum.
12. Please install the insulation material and the discharge temperature sensor of compressor.
13. Connect power supply cable to terminal of compressor.
After starting, high and No
low pressure difference is
occur?
Replacing compressor
CAUTION
Control Logic
Please be aware that not occur the reverse phase & loss of phase when connecting the phase.
No malfunction of compressor
14. After complete of vacuum processing, please charge the refrigerant by calculating the additional amount
* In case of 4way valve fault, we should give a impact on 4way valve body first. If 4way valve is not switched completely, the suction
temp. is high like discharge temp. of refrigerant according refrigerant basic amount of the enclosed, outdoor unit charging factor, the pipe
length.
15. After confirming once again of the power supply line connection is correct to the terminals of the
compressor, please check the insulation resistance. Please make sure that you cover the compressor
terminal cover, turn on the power, and check the current flows through the crankcase heater.
Central Control
16. Make sure that the service valve of liquid pipe side and gas pipe side has been opened.
17. Please check the operation status after operating all IDU.
Back
3. EEV
2.5 Precautions of Replacement 3.1 Failure Judge Method

■ Cooling
1. Be sure to use the compressor suitable for the model
2. Be careful not to damage the pipe 1. Main EEV (In case of 2 EEV model)
3. Do not enter foreign substances into the compressor 1) Basic control
- Variable path mode : Upper EEV Full Close / Lower EEV Full Open
4. Check U, V, W Color of the compressor terminals
Basic Part
- Low temperature cooling mode : Upper EEV Full Open / Lower EEV Close
5. Use screw only for the compressor
2) Failure phenomenon
6. When replacing the compressor, add oil if the oil has flowed too much
① Upper EEV leakage
7. Use only regulated oil specified in this guide All the refrigerant flows into the upper EEV and decrease the capacity of the lower heat exchanger.
8. Vacuum over 4 ~ 5 hours → SC EEV Open to ensure SC degree
9. Perform pipe cleaning with nitrogen ② Lower EEV clogging
10. Charging with regulated refrigerant specified in this guide Flow rate is concentrated in check valve → Excessive pressure loss → Indoor refrigerant noise occurs
2. SC EEV
Intorduction
2.6 Checklist after Replacement 1) Basic control : SC / SH control
Multi V 5
① SC EEV open failure : Outdoor SC can not be controlled
1. Check whether there is any abnormality when the cycle is stabilized at cooling or heating mode. → Indoor refrigerant noise occurs due to insufficient SC
(Suction / Discharge superheat degree, Input current, Phase current, Pressure ratio, Oil sensor, etc.) → Temperature is not lowered even if EEV is opened when discharge temperature emergency control
2. Check current Hz control according to target Hz ② SC EEV close failure : Outdoor SC leakage (EEV leakage or SC HEX inner leakage)
3. Check that the target high / low pressure → Discharge temperature is very low. In some case, CH150 occur.
4. Check the amount of refrigerant → We can inspect by closing VI suction valve. If the cycle become normal, we can be sure of SC leakage.
Trouble shooting
5. Check the abnormal noise during running → If no operation sound after switching ON the power supply, inspect EEV coil
→ If there is no problem at EEV, change SC EEV Assembly
Guide
3. VI EEV
2.7 Compressor Specification 1) Basic control : Inverter start control, Vapor Injection control
The specification of compressor being adapted to Multi V is below. ① VI EEV open failure : CH21 error display, Compressor failure
When the compressor is not working, please check the compressor referring to the below specification. → Failure to reduce compressor different pressure during start-up
② VI EEV Close failure : Failure to obtain the degree of discharge superheat, CH21, Compressor failure
Heat Pump & Heat Recovery → Liquid compression
Control Logic
Model JQC048MAA JQC068MAA
Manufacturer LG LG
Type BLDC inverter Scroll BLDC inverter Scroll
Compression Volume (cm3/rev) 43.8 62.1
Refrigerating machine oil FVC68D FVC68D
Central Control
Weight (kg) 31 31.8
Internal diameter of inlet (mm) ID22.6 ±0.2 ID22.6 ±0.2
Internal diameter of outlet (mm) ID16.05 ±0.2 ID16.05 ±0.2
* SC : Sub Cooling, SH : Super Heating
Back
■ Heating ■ Physical Failure Judge Method
2-1. EEV 불량 판단 _ 물리적 불량 판단 방법
1. Main EEV 1. Main PCB reset to initialize EEV : F
ull Open (1,950 pls) → Full Close (1,950 pls + 200 pls) → Open (32 pls -
1) Basic control : Suction the degree of superheat control 4Way valve on)①or Open
Main PCB(1 950
리셋으로pls - 4Way
EEV 초기화valve실시off)
2) Failure phenomenon → EEV operation sound and vibration are larger than: theFull normal operation
Open (1950pls)  state when close signal
Full Close(1950pls + 200pls)is entered
 Open(32pls – 4Way Valve On)
① Upper EEV open failure in full close state  기구적으로 Full Close 상태에서 Close 신호가 들어가면 EEV 동작음 및 진동이 커짐(Fu
Basic Part
 EEV 기구부가 구속된 상태에서 동작 신호(Close 및 Open)가 전달되면 정상 운전 상태보
Excessive drop of low pressure, Upper and lower heat exchanger temperature difference 10 °C or more → When the operation signal (close and open) is transmitted while the EEV mechanism is in the
※ 구속 상태에서 동작 시키기 위한 필요 운전 전류 증가
→ The refrigerant does not flow through the upper heat exchanger and the evaporation amount is insuf- constrained state, the operation sound and the vibration
※ EEV가 are larger때than
정상일 리셋을the여러 normal operationFullstate
번 진행하면 Close 상태로 초기화 됨.
ficient. * If EEV is normal and reset several times, it is reset to full close state
② Lower EEV open failure ② Harness 단자 접촉 불량 – 선간 저항 측정하여 확인 필요
Excessive drop of low pressure, Upper and lower heat exchanger temperature difference 10 °C or more 2. Check the resistance between coil terminal
→ The refrigerant does not flow through the lower heat exchanger and the evaporation amount is * EEV Resistance Spec < 기어식 EEV >
insufficient. Coil terminal color Resistance
Red White 150Ω ± 15
Intorduction
2. SC EEV
Red Orange 150Ω ± 15
Multi V 5
1) Basic control : Inverter emergency control
Brown Yellow 150Ω ± 15
Brown Blue 150Ω ± 15
① SC EEV Open failure : EEV is open but discharge temperature is not lower
White Orange 300Ω ± 15
→ Open when compressor discharge temperature rises
Yellow Blue 300Ω ± 15
② SC EEV close failure : Outdoor SC leakage (EEV le akage or SC HEX inner leakage) ③ EEV 불량 판정 Kit 사용
→ Discharge temperature is very low. This can make compressor failure. 3. Use the EEV failure judgment kit
→ We can inspect by closing VI suction valve. If the cycle become normal, we can be sure of SC leak-
Trouble shooting
age.
→ If no operation sound after switching ON the power supply, inspect EEV coil
Guide
→ If there is no problem at EEV, change SC EEV Assembly
3. VI EEV
1) Basic control : Inverter start control, Vapor Injection control
① VI EEV Open failure : CH21, Compressor failure
→ Failure to reduce compressor different pressure during start-up
Control Logic
② VI EEV Close failure : Failure to obtain the degree of discharge superheat, CH21, Compressor failure
→ Liquid compression
Central Control
* SC : Sub Cooling, SH : Super Heating
Back
3.2 Checking Method (Flow Chart) ■ Sub Cooling EEV
Checking start
■ Outdoor Unit EEV
Checking start
Basic Part
There is a
temperature difference
No
between front and rear of the
Powered up for the No Power is normally No sub cooling EEV during normal
first time, feel the initial supplied to the outdoor Replace PCB cooling mode?(EEV Open
vibration? EEV? condition)
No
Yes The connection of PCB
Yes Re-connection of PCB terminal
terminal is correct?
Yes
There is a temperature
Intorduction
difference between front Yes No
Multi V 5
and rear of the outdoor EEV Check valve is OK? Replace check valve Signal is applied No
during normal cooling Replace the PCB
successfully on the PCB?
mode? Yes
Yes
No
There is a Check the EEV coil and replace

There is a temperature temperature difference the sub cooling EEV
difference between front No between front and rear of
Trouble shooting
and rear of the outdoor EEV the sub cooling EEV
during normal heating No
during normal heating
mode?
Guide
mode?(EEV Open condition
after obtaining the discharge
Yes
superheat degree)
The connection of PCB No
Yes Re-connection of PCB terminal
No malfunction of outdoor EEV Replace outdoor unit EEV terminal is correct?
Yes
Yes
■ VI EEV No
Signal is applied
Control Logic
Replace the PCB
Checking start
Yes
No malfunction of sub cooling Check the EEV coil and replace

Powered up for the No No
Power is normally EEV the sub cooling EEV
first time, feel the initial Replace PCB
supplied to the VI EEV?
vibration?
Yes
Yes
Central Control
No
difference between front
and rear of the VI EEVduring
normal heating mode?
Yes
No malfunction of VI EEV Replace VI EEV
Back
4. Solenoid Valve
Check that the output signal of the control board matches the operation of the solenoid valve.
3.3 Precautions of Replacement
1. EEV should be judged correctly and replaced
4.1 Variable Path Valve
2. Replaced EEV should be returned for cause analysis
1. Basic control
3. Do not transfer heat to EEV body when welding - Base : Off
Basic Part
4. In case use the refrigerant after welding, be careful welding crack and the body damage - Cooling mode : Open
- Low temperature cooling mode : Close
5. Be careful not to damage terminals when PCB is fastened
- Heating mode : Close
(Contact failure prevent )
6. PCB reset after replacement and check operation sound is normal 2. Failure Phenomenon
1) Open Failure
7. Vacuum at least 4 ~ 5 hours after welding. : The upper EEV is closed and the refrigerant flow is blocked. So, the high pressure rises sharply
8. After vacuum processing, please charge the refrigerant by calculating the additional amount of refrigerant → CH34, High-pressure switch ON, Main PCB Off
Intorduction
according refrigerant basic amount of the enclosed, outdoor unit charging factor, the pipe length.
Multi V 5
2) Close Failure
: The refrigerant passing through the upper EEV does not go to the heat exchanger but enters
accumulator through the variable path valve
→ Heat capacity decrease, Excessive temperature difference between upper / lower heat exchanger
(more than 15 degrees)
Trouble shooting
4.2 Sub Cooling Bypass Valve
Guide
1. W hen the compressor starts, the sub cooling bypass valve is ON for minute. At this time, check whether the
noise or pipe vibration occurs In solenoid valve
2. Turn on the valve 5 seconds after stopping the compressor to quickly remove the difference of high / low
pressure
3. If the compressor suction pipe temperature drops below target temperature, turn on the sub cooling bypass
valve.
Control Logic
4. Depending on the cycle status, the sub cooling bypass valve may remain ON. This is not a malfunction.
5. The change of operation status by the solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature before
and after the bypass pipe and the refrigerant sound.
6. Insulation resistance in the state of connecting the valve to coil should be over 100mΩ when measure it with
DC mega tester(DC 500V)
Central Control
Back
■ Checking Method (Flow Chart) 4.3 Oil Return Valve
Checking start
1. It is located at the bottom of the accumulator and operates after the compressor running to supply oil to the
compressor.
2. W hen the compressor starts operating, oil solenoid valve will be ON for minutes. check if there is operation
noise on the solenoid valve or pipe vibration
Basic Part
It can be heard the
operation sound No
when the power is turned on
3. It turns ON right after the compressor stop
the solenoid valve? 4. S olenoid valve can turn ON and OFF repeatedly by the condition of cycle operation. this is not a malfunction.
Yes
Coil replacement DC mega tester(DC 500V)
■ Checking Method (Flow Chart)

In case of non- Checking start
Intorduction
operating condition of No
Multi V 5
solenoid valve coil during
operation, the temperature of
rear end of the valve is low and
discharging temperature
It can be heard the
of compressor is high? No
operation sound
Valve replacement when the power is turned on
Yes the solenoid valve?
Yes
Trouble shooting
Coil replacement
Guide
In case of operating Is it warm when touch
condition of solenoid the coil in non-operating No
valve coil during operation, condition of the solenoid valve
the temperature of rear end of No coil during operation?
the valve is 5℃ higher than the
temperature Yes
Coil replacement
of non-operating
condition?
Valve replacement
No malfunction of oil return valve
Yes
Control Logic
No malfunction of sub cooling
bypass valve
Central Control
Back
5. 4Way Valve
1. 2.11
Keep itReverse
off before the Valve
outdoor unit is powered on and the indoor unit is turned on.
4.4 Hot gas Bypass Valve for Continuous Heating 2. Cooling, defrosting, oil recovery : OFF, heating : ON
1. Keep it off before the outdoor unit is powered on and the indoor unit is turned on.
3. W hen alternating cooling to heating, transform 4 way valve during re-starting for 3 minutes.
2. Cooling, defrosting, oil recovery : OFF, heating : ON
1. Defrost operation eliminates ice attached on heat exchanger, recovering performance of heat exchanger. 4. To check the mode of cooling/heating operation of 4 way valve, touch the piping surface of low pressure
3. When alternating cooling to heating, transform 4 way valve during re-starting for 3 minutes.
2. Two solenoid valves will be on by turns in the extent of 6 minutes when separated defrosting is on. service valve.
4. To check the mode of cooling/heating operation of 4 way valve, touch the piping surface of low pressure service valve.
3. It will be turned of right after the end of separated defrosting. 5. Refrigerant
5. Refrigerant flowchart
flowchart of 4valve
of 4 way way valve
4. The change of the operation condition by the operation of solenoid valve can be checked by the before and
Basic Part
behind temperature of bypass piping and the sound of refrigerant.
DC mega tester(DC 500V).
■ Checking Method (Flow Chart) Indoor Heat

Exchanger D : Discharge
Outdoor Heat Outdoor Heat
Exchanger Exchanger E : Evaporator
Checking start C : Condensor
[Heating Operation] [Cooling Operation]
Intorduction
S : Suction
Multi V 5
6. Insulation
6. Insulation resistance
resistance in thein theofstate
state of connecting
connecting the valve tothe
coil valve
shouldto
becoil
overshould be over
100mΩ when 100mΩ
measure when
it with DC measure it with
It can be heard the mega tester(DC 500V).
operation sound No DC mega tester(DC 500V).
when the power is turned on
the solenoid valve?
Yes
2.12 Temperature Sensor
Coil replacement Checking start
1) outdoor temperature sensor : TH1
Trouble shooting
In case of non- 2) Pipe temperature sensor : TH2
operating condition of 3) Discharge pipe(D-pipe) temperature sensor : TH3
Guide
solenoid valve coil during After
1. Check the3condition
minutes of installation and the contact of temperature sensor.
operation, 2. Check whether
operating, the connector contact
the difference No of temperature sensor is normal.
the temperature of rear 3.between
Measurethe
thehigh
resistance of temperature sensor.
and low
end of the valve is low and pressure is more than 4
atm? TH1 TH2 TH3
discharging temperature No No
10KΩ±1%(25℃) The compressor is
5KΩ±1%(25℃) 200KΩ±1%(25℃)
of compressor is high? Replace the compressor
Resistance operating normally?
- Upper side defrost operation 1.07KΩ±3.3%(85℃)
Yes 535KΩ±3.3%(85℃) 28KΩ±7.7%(85℃)
mode : check the upper side Yes
hot gas solenoid valve
- Lower side defrost Valve replacement No
Control Logic
The connection of PCB
operation mode : check Re-connection of PCB terminal
terminal is correct?
the lower side hot gas
solenoid valve Yes
Yes No
Voltage is applied
Replace the PCB
In case of non-
operating condition of Yes
solenoid valve coil during
operation, No Restart (after operating the self-
Central Control
the temperature of rear end of recovery logic of 4 way valve in
the valve is 5℃ higher than the case of series) LGE Internal Use Only
temperature
of non-operating
condition? Valve replacement After 3 minutes
operating, the difference No
Yes Check the 4 way valve coil and
between the high and low
replace
pressure is more than 4
No malfunction of Hot gas atm?
Bypass Valve for Continuous Yes
Heating No malfunction of 4 way valve
Back
6. Check Valve (Outdoor EEV Check Valve) 7. Check Valve (Oil Separator)
Checking start Checking start
There is a temperature In normal condition of

difference across the check Yes compressor discharging Yes
valve during the cooling temperature, there is the
Basic Part
operation? temperature difference of
check valve?
No No
Replace the check valve Replace the check valve
No malfunction of check valve

difference between No
front and rear of the outdoor
EEV during full heating
Intorduction
Multi V 5
operation?
Yes No
Outdoor EEV is correct?
Yes No
Replace the outdoor EEV
No malfunction of check valve Replace the check valve
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
8. Outdoor Fan & Fan Motor
8.1 Outdoor Fan 8.3 Checking Method (Flow Chart)

1. The outdoor fan is controlled by the inverter motor which can control the number of rotations.
2. The outdoor fan is controlled by the high/low pressure of the outdoor unit after the operation of Checking start
compressor.
3. There is possibility that the outdoor fan does not operate due to low capacity operation or low outdoor
Basic Part
temperature even if the compressor is operating. This does not mean breakdown of the unit, the fan will start
Contact of the signal
operating if it reaches the set point. section of IPM
No
Replace the fan IPM board
and power supply unit is
8.2 Fan Motor normal?
Yes
Checking Item Symptom Countermeasure
1. The fan motor 1) When power supply * Modify connection status in front of or at the rear of
Intorduction
does not operate. is abnormal the breaker, or if the power terminal console is at
Multi V 5
Fan still works during Fan still works during
2. Vibration of the fan frosting condition. operation of the heating low
No
operation of the cooling
No
motor is large * Modify the power supply voltage is beyond specified pressure less than high pressure more than
700kPaG? 2700kPaG?
scope.
2) For wrong wiring * For following wiring. Yes Yes
1. Check connection status.

2. Check contact of the connector.
3. Check that parts are firmly secured by tightening
Trouble shooting
screws.
Guide
4. Check connection of polarity. No malfunction of outdoor fan Replace the fan motor
5. Check short circuit and grounding.
3) For failure of motor * Measure winding resistance of the motor coils.
- UX3 : 19Ω ±7 %(@25°C)
- UX2 : 14.2Ω ±7 %(@25°C)
4) For failure of circuit * Replace the circuit board in following procedures if
board problems occur again when powering on and if there
Control Logic
are no matters equivalent to items as specified in
above 1) through 3).(Carefully check both connec-
tor and grounding wires when replacing the circuit
board)
1. Replace only fan control boards.If starting is done, it
means that the fan control board has defect.
2. Replace both fan control board and the main board.
if starting is done, it means that the main board has
Central Control
defect.
3. If problems continue to occur even after coun-
termeasure of No.1 and No.2, it means that both
boards has defect.
Back
9. Temperature Sensor 10. Pressure(High/Low) Sensor

1. Check the condition of installation and the contact of temperature sensor. Connect manifold gauge to the service valve of outdoor unit, and Checking
compareMethod
the output of high
for Key pressure sen-
Components
2. Check whether the connector contact of temperature sensor is normal. sor to the output of low pressure sensor to detect the defect.
2.8 Pressure Sensor(High/Low Pressure Sensor)
3. Measure the resistance of temperature sensor. 2.8 Pressure Sensor(High/Low Pressure Sensor)
Below)
Connect manifold gauge to the service valve of outdoor unit, and compare the output of high pressure sensor to
theConnect
output ofmanifold
Compare low gaugesensor
thepressure
output oftopressure
the to
service
detectvalve of
to outdoor
the defect.
sensor unit,of
the output and comparegauge
manifold the output of highusing
pressure pressure
the sensor to
table below.
TH1 TH2 TH3 the output
below) Compare of low
thepressure
output ofsensor to detect
pressure sensorthe defect.
to the output of manifold gauge pressure using the table below.
Read the pressure clearly between black and white as the composition of pressure sensor.
below)
Read Compareclearly
the pressure the output of pressure
between sensor
black and whitetoas
the output
the of manifold
composition gauge pressure
of pressure sensor. using the table below.
Basic Part
10KΩ±1%(25°C) 5KΩ±1%(25°C) 200KΩ±1%(25°C) Read the pressure clearly between black and white as the composition of pressure sensor.
Resistance <Low Pressure Sensor>
<Low Pressure Sensor>
<High Pressure Sensor>
<High Pressure Sensor>
1.07KΩ±3.3%(85°C) 535KΩ±3.3%(85°C) 28KΩ±7.7%(85°C) <Low Pressure Sensor> <High Pressure Sensor>
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
* TH1 : Outdoor temperature sensor
* TH2 : Pipe temperature sensor
* TH3 : Discharge pipe(D-pipe) temperature sensor
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Checking start
1) If1)
theIf pressure
the pressure of manifold gauge is 0~1kg/cm , it the
indicates the
gotpressure
lower duegot lower due to the leakage of
2
of manifold gauge is 0~1kg/cm 2
, it indicates pressure to the leakage of refriger-
1) Ifrefrigerant.
ant. the pressure
Find the placeofofmanifold
Find leakage gauge isit.0~1kg/cm
andoffixleakage
the place and2, itfixindicates
it. the pressure got lower due to the leakage of refriger-
ant. Find theof
place of leakage andand fix it.
After power supplied, 2) If the difference of the outputs of high and low pressure is in the range of 1kg/cm , the pressure sensor is
2) If the difference the outputs of high low pressure is in the range of 1kg/cm2, the pressure sensor 2 is normal.
No 1. Check the connector location
3) If2)the
Ifnormal.
the difference of the outputs
of of high and lowpressure
pressureisisover
in the range2,of 1kg/cm , thesensor
pressure sensor is normal.
2
the temperature on LGMV difference of the outputs high and low 1kg/cm the pressure is out of order, it
Trouble shooting
and the connecting direction
is normal before 3)
3)IfIfthe
need to difference
be
the replaced.
difference of the outputs
of the of high
outputs and low
of high andpressure is over 1kg/cm
low pressure is over ,1kg/cm
the pressure, thesensor
pressureis out of order,
sensor it
is out of
2
2
2. Check the contact failure
operating? need to be replaced.
4) The composition of pressure sensor
order, it need to be replaced.
Guide
4) The composition of pressure sensor
Yes 4) The composition of pressure sensor
Yes Pressure High PressureVout Sensor : 0~5MPa
0.5~3.5V
Pressure LowHigh Pressure Sensor : 0~5MPa
The output is normal? PCB checking and replacement
sensor Pressure Sensor
Vout: 0.5~3.5V
0~2MPa
sensor VoutSensor
Low Pressure 0.5~3.5V : 0~2MPa
No
(Red) Vout 0.5~3.5V
(Red) ±5%
No malfunction of temperature
Replace the temperature sensor ±5%
(White)
sensor (Black)
(White)
Control Logic
(Black)
The pressure sensor is composed like the circuit picture shown above. If DC 5V voltage flows on red and black
The
wire, pressure
voltage sensor
would is composed
be made betweenlike
the the circuit
white and picture shown
black wire. Theabove. If DC
pressure 5V voltage
which flows on
is equivalent red pressure
to the and black
wire,isvoltage
output would
shown in be made
the table between the white and black wire. The pressure which is equivalent to the pressure
above.
The pressure
output is shown sensor is composed
in the table above. like the circuit picture shown above. If DC 5V voltage flows on red
and
black wire, voltage would be made between the white and black wire. The pressure which is equivalent to
the
2.9pressure
Outdoor output Fan
is shown in the table above.
2.9 Outdoor Fan
1) The outdoor fan is controlled by the inverter motor which can control the number of rotations.
Central Control
1) The
2) The outdoor
outdoor fanfan is controlled
is controlled by the
by the inverter
high/low motor which
pressure of the can control
outdoor unitthe number
after of rotations.
the operation of compressor.
2) Theisoutdoor
3) There fan that
possibility is controlled by the
the outdoor fan high/low
does notpressure of the
operate due to outdoor unit after
low capacity the operation
operation of compressor.
or low outdoor tempera-
3) There
ture even is possibility
if the that the
compressor outdoor fanThis
is operating. does not not
does operate
meandue to low capacity
breakdown operation
of the unit, the fanorwill
lowstart
outdoor tempera-
operating if
ture even
it reaches theifset
thepoint.
compressor is operating. This does not mean breakdown of the unit, the fan will start operating if
it reaches the set point.

- 67 - LGE Internal Use Only
OnlyCopyright
for training and service
©2011 purposesInc. All right reserved.
LG Electronics.
Back
11. Humidity Sensor
■ Checking Method (Flow Chart) If the humidity sensor has problem such as sensor open or short, no error display is shown at outdoor unit.
Checking start Normally LGMV shows humidity ratio such as below display box of LGMV.
However, if the humidity sensor open/short occurred, it displays as "0".
In case of the sensor fault occurred, the system is operated not as the dual sensing SLC (Temperature +
Humidity) but as the SLC (Only Temperature)
Basic Part
After power supplied,
No The location and No
the pressure on LGMV This means that system is normally operated without humidity function even if humidity sensor has problem.
connection of connector Reconnection
is normal before
is normal on PCB?
operating?
Yes
Yes
No
LGMV
Voltage of 5V is output
PCB checking and replacement
from the PCB?
Yes
Intorduction
Multi V 5
No malfunction of the pressure
Replace the pressure sensor
sensor
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Humidity : "0"
Central Control
Back
12. Pressure Switch 13. Main PCB
Checking start 13.1 Failure Judge Method

1. Error code check
In the pressure Error Code Error diagnosis
condition that the pressure Yes
Start operating after cut off the
switch is not working, • Check restart after power reset
Basic Part
the compressor is stopped
power of pressure switch -
• Check main PCB power supply. 1)
suddenly? Yes
No CH50 • Check N-phase wrong connection of power supply.
The operation is No
PCB checking and replacement • Check communication PCB (Indoor/Outdoor) connection harness (24pin), Main
normal? CH53
-E
xternal PCB communication harness(6pin, Blue) connection condition
Yes
CH86 • Check the EEPROM inserting (direction, pin break, etc.) condition
No malfunction of the pressure
• Check Main - Inverter PCB communication harness(2pin, Blue) wrong con-
Intorduction
Replace the pressure switch
switch CH52, CH57, CH105
Multi V 5
nection condition
• Check Main - External PCB communication harness(6pin, Blue) wrong con-
CH145
CAUTION nection condition
When the long-term operation to turn off the power of the pressure switch, you can receive a fatal
damage to the components and piping systems. 2. Main PCB check
Check the power line connection status because it is not displayed in 7 segment
Trouble shooting
Guide
Option PCB
Series
Comm.
Pipe
Comm.
Control Logic
Leakage
Current
FLASH FLASH LG
WRITE (Short Key) MV
DeBug
Central Control
220 V
(INPUT)
Pressure
Switch
220 V
(INT)
220 V COMM EXT

(EXT) (485 Comm.) (Power, Comm.)
Back
14. External PCB
13.2 Failure Cause 14.1 Failure Judge Method

1. High voltage (T-N more than 484V, N phase wiring fault) → CH50 1. Error code check
2. Rainwater inflow by Control box / Front Panel / Service port open, Control box screw loosening Error Code Error diagnosis
3. Part short by foreign substance CH05, CH53, CH104, • Even after checking the connection condition of indoor and outdoor com-
4. Defective PCB / Diode / Resistance / Capacitor / Regulator
Basic Part
CH237, CH238 munication lines (shield wire, unshield wire)
CH32, CH33, CH34, CH35,
CH36, CH41, CH42, CH43,
13.3 Precautions of Replacement CH44, CH45, CH46, CH47, • Even after replace each temperature sensor, pressure sensor, and valve
CH113, replacement.
1. Be sure to use the main PCB suitable for the model (Check P/No) CH114, CH115, CH116,
2. Be sure to turn off the power and wear insulated gloves before touching the PCB. CH151, CH153, CH154
3. Use box or bag only for PCB. • Even after checking Main - External PCB communication harness(6pin,
CH145
Blue) connection condition
Intorduction
4. If on-boarding is required after replacement, check the program and EEPROM C/Sum (especially when using
Multi V 5
an alternate Main PCB) 2. External PCB check
Cycle
Commu - Digital
nication Sensor
13.4 Check Point after Replacement On-boarding
Power
Main Reserved
DDC EEV1
1. Check whether there is any abnormality when the cycle is stabilized at cooling or heating mode. EEV ⅗⣆
Trouble shooting
2. Check current Hz control according to target Hz Reserved ACT_
Main
OIL 2
3. Check that the target high / low pressure is reached EEV2
Guide
ACT_ Active
OIL 1 Path SC
EEV
Receiver Receiver
1) Check high pressure switch or operation cycle if Main PCB has no power. If high pressure switch is ON, the Out In MICOM
D VI
system will shut off power supply to Main PCB. Generally in this case, check pressure switch fault or outdoor HEX HEX EEV
unit service valve open. (Pressure switch will be ON when the high pressure is over 39~42kgf/cm2) High Low
VI
IN J OIL_ EEV1
Suction BAL_V1
• Difference of Main PCB VI
Control Logic
4way2 4way1 EEV2
Multi V IV Multi V 5
Reserved1
Accum IN V2 Snow Air Temp.
Oil Heater Sensor
Reserved2
Main PCB Humidity Liquid Pipe Temp.
Main PCB IN V1 Sensor
Heater Heat Exchanger Upper
4. Ch24 displayed IN V2 ODU.IDU.Dry contact Oil Level Low Pressure
2. Power Off P/SW IN V1 IN V1 Sensor SC Discharge
⅗⣆ V IN V1 Discharge
AC Load High Pressure
1. High Sensor Heat Exchanger
1. High Dohug Suction Temp.
pressure
pressure Heat Exchanger Lower
detected External PCB Comm. Connetor
Central Control
detected 3. Signal to SC Suction
Oil Level
Main PCB IN V2 IN V2 Discharge
D VI Suction
D VI Discharge
External
E t PCB
Temp./Pressure
2. Signal to Sensor
External PCB
ID U.B ID U.A DRY.1 DRY.1 GND 12V
Back
15. Inverter PCB

3. Part short by foreign substance
- • Checking restart after power reset
4. Defective PCB / Diode / Resistance / Capacitor / Regulator
Basic Part
CH52, CH57 • Even after checking 220V connection condition for Inverter SMPS power supply
•E
ven after checking Main - Inverter PCB communication harness(2pin, White)
CH52, CH57, CH105
connection condition
14.3 Precautions of Replacement CH23, CH50
• Even after checking R, S, T connection harness condition (Open, Wrong con-
nection) and connection sequence.
1. Be sure to use the main PCB suitable for the model (Check P/No) CH21 • Even after replacing compressor
2. Be sure to turn off the power and wear insulated gloves before touching the PCB. CH21, CH26 •E
ven after checking U, V, W connection condition
Intorduction
3. Use box or bag only for PCB.
Multi V 5
CH60 • Even after checking EEPROM inserting (direction, pin break, etc.) condition.
4. If on-boarding is required after replacement, check the program and EEPROM C/Sum (especially when using
an alternate Main PCB)
2. Inverter PCB check
Comm._in Comm._Out Fan_15 V
14.4 Check Point after Replacement SMPS
Trouble shooting
Debugger
1. Check whether there is any abnormality when the cycle is stabilized at cooling or heating mode.
Guide
Shortkey
2. Check current Hz control according to target Hz
3. Check that the target high / low pressure is reached LGMV
W
Micom.
IGBT
U
Control Logic
Drive IC
T
Central Control
Fan DCLink
Reactor
Film Cap.
Reactor
Back
16. Fan PCB

2. Rainwater inflow by Control box / Front Panel / Service port open, Control box screw loosening
3. Part short by foreign substance Error Code Error diagnosis
4. Defective Fan motor / PCB / Diode / Resistance / Capacitor / Regulator - • Checking restart after power reset
Basic Part
CH105 • Even after checking 220V connection condition for Inverter SMPS power supply
•E
ven after checking DC_Link P, N connection harness assembly condition
CH76, CH107
15.3 Precautions of Replacement (Open, Wrong connection)
•E ven after replacing fan motor
CH77, CH106
1. Be sure to use the main PCB suitable for the model (Check P/No) • Even after fan motor connector misconnection(U, W, V output)
2. Be sure to turn off the power and wear insulated gloves before touching the PCB.
Intorduction
3. Use box or bag only for PCB.
Multi V 5
4. Be sure to apply thermal grease. 2. Inverter PCB check
5. When IGBT screw is fastened, it should be fastened two times.
6. If on-boarding is required after replacement, check the program and EEPROM C/Sum PCB On-boarding Debug
15 V
(especially when using an alternate Main PCB)
MICOM
15V Comm.
Trouble shooting
15.4 Check Point after Replacement
Guide
Comm..
2. Check current Hz control according to target Hz
DCLINK
3. Over current error check (CH29) IPM
4. Check that compressor 1 and 2 are properly connected.

5. Check that the target high / low pressure is reached.
Fan1 U, V, W Output
Control Logic
Fan2 U, V, W Output
Central Control
Back
17. Communication PCB
3. Part short by foreign substance
- • Checking restart after power reset
Basic Part
4. Defective Fan motor / PCB / Diode / Resistance / Capacitor / Regulator
CH05, CH53 • Even after checking 220V connection condition for main SMPS power supply
• Indoor/Outdoor communication PCB connection harness(24pin), Main - Exter-
CH76, CH107
nal PCB communication harness(10pin) connection condition
16.3 Precautions of Replacement CH05, CH53, CH104, •E
ven after checking the connection condition of indoor and outdoor communi-
CH237, CH238 cation lines (shield wire, unshield wire)
1. Be sure to use the main PCB suitable for the model (Check P/No)
2. Be sure to turn off the power and wear insulated gloves before touching the PCB.
Intorduction
3. Use box or bag only for PCB. 2. Communication PCB check
Multi V 5
4. Be sure to apply thermal grease.
5. When IGBT screw is fastened, it should be fastened two times.
6. If on-boarding is required after replacement, check the program and Y-Cap
Connector BEAD
EEPROM C/Sum (especially when using an alternate Main PCB) (CN-Write)
Connector
(485 Comm. PCB <-> Main PCB)
Trouble shooting
16.4 Check Point after Replacement
Guide
MICOM
LED
2. Check current Hz control according to target Hz 통신 IC
3. Over current error check (CH29)
LED
4. Check that fan 1 and 2 are properly connected.
5. Check that the target high / low pressure is reached.
Control Logic
17.2 Failure Causes
1. Part short (by foreign substance, moisture)
Central Control
2. Resistance / Capacitor / Micom / Comm. IC defect
3. Connector & Housing Pin wrong connection
4. PCB Fault
Back
18. Phase Bridge Diode 19. Inverter IGBT
18.1 Phase Bridge Diode Checking Method 19.1 Inverter IGBT Checking Method
Internal circuit diagram Appearance Internal circuit diagram Appearance
Basic Part
U
UV
VW
W
N
NP
P
Intorduction
Multi V 5
1. Wait until Comp PCB DC voltage gets discharged, after the main power switch off.
2. Pull out DC_Link connector, CN COIL 1, 2 connector connected with Converter PCB.
3. Set multi tester in diode mode.
4. Measured value should be 0.4~0.7V measuring as below table.
1. Wait until Inverter PCB DC voltage gets discharged, after the main power switch off (approximately
5. In case the measured value is different from the table, set multi tester to resistance mode and mea-
5~10 minutes)
sure. If the value is small (0 Ω) or high (hundreds M Ω), PCB needs to be replaced.
2. Pull out all the connector connected with Inverter PCB
6. In case that bridge diode is damaged, check if Comp, Converter PCB assembly(IPM) is needed to be
Trouble shooting
3. Set multi tester in diode mode
replaced.
4. Measured value should be 0.2~0.6V measuring as below table.
Guide
5. In case the measured value is different from the table, set multi tester to resistance mode and mea-
Diode terminal sure. If the value is small (0 Ω) or high (hundreds M Ω), PCB needs to be replaced
+ terminal : black(-) - terminal : red(+)
Tester terminal
R(~) : red(+) 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V - Diode terminal
P terminal : black(-) N terminal : red(-)
Tester terminal
S(~) : red(+) 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V -
U terminal : red(+) 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V -
T(~) : red(+) 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V -
Control Logic
V terminal : red(+) 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V -
R(~) : black(-) - 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V
W terminal : red(+) 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V -
S(~) : black(-) - 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V
P terminal : red(+) N terminal : red(+)
T(~) : black(-) - 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V
U terminal : black(-) - 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V
※ Red(+) and black(-) are the measuring terminals of multi tester.
V terminal : black(-) - 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V
Central Control
CAUTION W terminal : black(-) - 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V
1. C
heck the electric parts of c/box, 10 minutes after switching off the main supply and checking
DC voltage is discharged. Otherwise, there is chance of getting electric shock.
2. There is chance of electric shock by charged voltage.
Back
20. Fan IPM 21. ThinQ Wi-Fi Modem
ThinQ Wi-Fi Modem

20.1 Fan IPM Checking Method
Symptom Cause Check method and Trouble shooting
During product Wireless remote con- Check air conditioner is operated by wireless remote
registration, Wifi LED troller is defected or controller.
is not blinked* indoor is not received
Basic Part
signal.
The product is not Check ThinQ logo
supported by ThinQ Check to install Wi-Fi Modem
Wi-Fi wire is not con- Check your Wi-Fi Modem is connected with indoor unit
DC_Link nected
Connector
After completing Router configuration Check router
product registration, Problem 1) 2.4GHz
"Product Registra- 2) Minimum: over -60db
Intorduction
Multi V 5
tion Failed" message - Recommendation : over -40db
pops up 3) Security method (WPA2)
4) Check password(English, number)
N Terminal After completing Product registration Customer has ID, deleted Product
U,V,W P Terminal
Connector W Terminal product registration, problem Restart registration
U Terminal V Terminal "Product Registra-
tion to other country"
Trouble shooting
message pops up
1. Wait until Fan PCB DC voltage gets discharged after the main power switch off
Guide
Disconnect often Wi-Fi Signal low Install rourer near the product (Minimum : over -60db)
2. Pull out DC Link connector and U, V, W fan motor connector connected with fan PCB occurs
3. Set multi tester in resistance mode
4. If the value between P and N terminal of IPM is short (0Ω), PCB needs to be replaced Internet is slow Connect at least products to the rotuer Check Internet
(IPM damaged) speed
5. If the measured value is different from the value given in the table, PCB is needs to be replaced
* HW defect occurs only for the phenomenon, so check the flow chart and replace it.
If you have any questions about the ThinQ app, please send email to smart.thinq@lge.com.
Diode terminal
Control Logic
P terminal : black(-) N terminal : red(-)
Tester terminal
U terminal : red(+) 4.98 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C) 5.85 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C)
V terminal : red(+) 4.98 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C) 5.85 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C)
W terminal : red(+) 4.98 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C) 5.85 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C)
P terminal : red(+) N terminal : red(+)
Central Control
U terminal : black(-) 4.49 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C) 0.72 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C)
V terminal : black(-) 4.49 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C) 0.72 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C)
W terminal : black(-) 4.49 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C) 0.72 MΩ ± 10 % (25°C)
Back
Symptom Primary Check Point Symptom Primary Check Point
During product registration, Wi-Fi Check air conditioner is operated by wire remote controller. After completing product reg-
LED is not blinked istration, "Product Registration Check the router’s settings
Doesn’t operate registration mode, execute Flow Chart
Failed" message pops up
Basic Part
Checking start • After the product registration is completed, "Product registration failure" is output when the server cannot
communicate with the product for 1 minute and 30 seconds after registering the product.
Normal - The router and the Wi-Fi modem communicate normally but if the router communicates later
- If the router's name (SSID) or password includes unsupported characters
Indoor Power Reset
- If the router's security method setting is WEP
Yes - If you enter the wrong password for the router
Output over 12V? Change Wi-Fi Modem - If the signal strength of the router is weak
Wireless(wire) remote - If the connection of www.smartthinq.com is blocked due to the security of the network
controller is operated No
Intorduction
registration mode
Multi V 5
Main PCBA Yes Change Wi-Fi Modem
Output 12V? Action Primary Check Point
Yes No The router and the Wi-Fi modem communicate normally but if the router
Indoor Lamp is
blinked? Action 1 communicates later
Change Main PCBA - After deleting the product, proceed with product registration again.
No
If the router's name (SSID) or password includes unsupported characters

Check DC Voltage(1,4 pin)
Trouble shooting
- Modify the name of the router (SSID) and the password to supported
Action 2
characters.
Guide
- After deleting the product, proceed with product registration again.
If the router's security method setting is WEP
- It is recommended to change the security method to WPA2. If you want
Action 3
to use WEP, set key to 1.
If you enter the wrong password for the router After deleting the product,
Control Logic
Action 4 proceed with product registration again.
- Enter the correct router password when proceeding.
Central Control
Back
After completing product registra- After Using product, "discon-
Check network environment of the place.
tion, “Product Registration to Customer has ID, deleted Product nected" message pops up
other country“
• After the product is using, "disconnected" is output when the server cannot communicate
Basic Part
• After completing product registration, “Product Registration to other country“ is ThinQ Server has Wi-Fi with the product for 1 minute and 30 seconds after registering the product.
Modem device information(device ID using MAC) already. - The router and the Wi-Fi modem communicate normally but if the router communicates later
- Customer registered to other country. - If the router is Power Off or Break Down
- During A process of manufacture, it was registered.(OQC) - If you change password for the router
- If the signal strength of the router is weak
Checking start
Action Primary Check Point
Intorduction
Registered the product using smart Phone’s hotspot function
Multi V 5
Login ID Previously
registered product - After deleting the product at app, proceed with product registration again.
Action 1 - Hot spot function On, password is configured simply.
- If registration is completed, router is problem. Check router’s password
and other configuration.
Top right of app Select
“Setting” Login ID
which wanted to register If the signal strength of the router is weak(under -60 db)
Action 2 - Move the router closer to the product.
Trouble shooting
Select
“Delete Product” Proceed to register
Guide
product
※ If you don’t know registration ID or history, you send mail to smart.thinq@lge.com
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Service & Replace Method of Control Box, Inverter PCB
n Control box / Inverter PCB Servicing / Dismantling Procedure.
WARNING
• Do not pull out the heat sink assembly before removing the middle bracket
screws. Mid bracket
screws
• Do not apply heavy force on tube parts while detaching the heat sink
Basic Part
assembly.
It may damage and leads to failure of device. Gently detach total heat sink
assembly.
Heat sink assembly
n Control Box assembly Servicing / Dismantling Procedure

1. Remove the 2. Remove the middle bracket screws 3. Gently detach the 4. Detach Fan lead wire from
control box as shown in the figure. Heat sink assembly the control box and compres-
cover. from the control box sor lead wires from the com-
Intorduction
pressors.
Multi V 5
5. Now the control box assem-
Mid bracket
Mid bracket
bly can be removed from the
outdoor unit after removing
Mid bracket screw the outer screws.
6. Inversely follow above proce-
Heat sink assembly dure (1~5) to reassemble the
control box.
Note.
Apply thermal grease at the
Trouble shooting
heat sink if necessary.
Guide
n Inverter PCB Servicing / Dismantling Procedure
1. Remove the Thermal Pad mount- 2. Carefully pull out the Inverter 3. Detach the Compressor (U/V/W)
ing screws at the left side of the PCB from control box assembly. and the power input (R/S/T) lead
control box (4EA) wires.
Control Logic
4. Unscrew the middle IGBT mount- 5. Finally take out the PCB from the 6. Follow the same procedure (1~5)
ing screws (2EA) corner supporters. inversely to reassembly the
inverter PCB.
Central Control
Note.
1. Apply thermal grease at heat sink
if needed.
2. Carefully reconnect the wires with
out interchanging the locations.

Back
Multi V 5 Trouble shooting
Basic Part Intorduction Guide Control Logic Central Control Back
347
429
Ⅳ. Control Logic
Outdoor Unit Control
HR Unit Control
Ⅳ. Control Logic
Basic Part
Outdoor Unit Control
1. Outdoor Unit Control Classification 348
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. Basic control 349
3. Special control 351
4. Protection control 356
5. Function control 359
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
1. Outdoor Unit Control Classification 2. Basic Control
Function
1. Basic control
1.12.1 Normal operation
Outdoor Unit
Normal operation
Basic Control Normal operation Actuator Cooling operation Heating operation Stop state
Function
Compressor control Compressor Fuzzy control Fuzzy control stop
Master and slave unit's EEV control 1. Basic
Fan
control
Fuzzy control Fuzzy control stop
Basic Part
Fan motor control 1.1 Normal operation
Upper : Min. pulse
Main EEV Fuzzy control Min. pulse
Special Control Oil return Control Low : Full open
Actuator Cooling operation Heating operation Stop state
Defrost control Subcooling • Normal : Vapor injection Control
Compressor Fuzzy
Fuzzy control
control Fuzzycontrol
• Avoiding controlof high stop
Min. pulse
Partial Defrost EEV discharge temperature
Fan Fuzzy control Fuzzy control stop
Stopping operation Indoor Unit Superheating
Upper : Min. pulse Subcooling fuzzy control Min. pulse
Oil equalizing control EEV
Main EEV fuzzy control Fuzzy control Min. pulse
Low : Full open
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Protection Control Pressure protection control Note : H
eating operation is not functional at an•outdoor
Normal :air temperature
Vapor of 27°C or more.
injection Control
Subcooling
Discharge Temperature control 1.2 Compressor
Cooling operationcontrol
is Fuzzy control at an •outdoor
not functional Avoidingair temperature
control of high of 2°C or lessMin.
withpulse
indoor unit
EEV discharge temperature
combination
Fuzzy control of 10% or evaporating
: Maintain less temperature(Te) to be constant on cooling mode and condensing
Inverter protection control
temperature(Tc)
Indoor Unit on heating mode by Fuzzy control to ensure the stable system performance.
Superheating
Subcooling fuzzy control Min. pulse
Phase detection (Tc: 47~51℃
EEV [116.6~123.8℉], Te: 2~5℃ [35.6~41℉])
fuzzy control
(1) Cooling mode
Pressure switch Te can be set various step at installation mode.
2.2 Compressor control
(2) Heating mode
Trouble shooting
Fucntion Control FDD Mode 1.2 Compressor control
Tc can be set various step at installation mode.
Function Mode
Guide
Fuzzy control : Maintain evaporating temperature(Te) to be constant on cooling mode and condensing
Note: By setting on
temperature(Tc) dipheating
switch, mode
Te andbyTcFuzzy
are decided
control simultaneously.
to ensure the stable system performance.
SVC Mode (Tc: 47~51℃ [116.6~123.8℉], Te: 2~5℃ [35.6~41℉])
IDU Mode (1) Cooling mode
Te can be set various step at installation mode.
(2) Heating mode
System Capacity
Tc can be setFuzzy
various step atstart
control installation mode. Inverter
Comp 4
Note: By setting dip switch, Te and Tc are decided simultaneously.

Target (Linear Control)
Control Logic
Inverter Inverter
Comp 3 Comp 3
Inverter Inverter
Inverter
System Capacity
Min. frequency Comp 2
Comp 2 Comp 2
Inverter
Fuzzy control start
Stop(0Hz) Inverter Comp
Inverter4
Inverter
Comp 1 Comp 1
Comp 1
Target (Linear Control)
CoolingInverter
and heatingInverter
load
Comp 3 Comp 3
Fuzzy Control
Central Control
Inverter linear control asInverter
cooling and heating load
Inverter Inverterincreasing
Min. frequency Comp 2
Comp 2 Comp 2
Stop(0Hz) Inverter
Inverter
Comp 1
Inverter
Comp 1
Comp 1
Cooling and heating load

Fuzzy Control
Inverter linear control as cooling and heating load increasing

Back
3. Special Control
Function
2. Special control
2.3 Master and slave Unit's EEV control 3.1 Oil return control
2.1 Oil return control
(1) Main EEV control 3.1.1 Oil return control on cooling mode
Main EEV operates with fuzzy control rules to keep the degree of super Heat(Superheat) 2.1.1 Oil return control on cooling mode
(about 3°C [37.4°F])at the evaporator outlet stable during heating mode Oil return operation recovers Oil level in compressor by collecting oil accumulated in pipe.
The degree of Superheat = Tsuction - Tevaporation Each cycle component operates as shown on the below table during oil return operation.
Basic Part
Tsuction : temperature at suction pipe sensor(°C [°F]) Outdoor Unit
Tevaporation : evaporation temperature equivalent to low pressure(°C [°F])
Component Starting Running Ending
(2) Subcooling EEV control(about 15°C [59°F])) Inv Compressor 30Hz Setting Value 30Hz
Subcooling EEV works with fuzzy rules to keep the degree of Subcool at the outlet of subcooler during
cooling mode FAN Normal control Normal control Normal control
The degree of Subcool = Tcondensation - Tliquid Upper : Min. pulse Upper : Min. pulse Upper : Normal control
Main EEV Low : Max. pulse Low : Max. pulse Low : Normal control
Tliquid : temperature at outlet of subcooler(°C [°F])
Intorduction
Tcondensation : condensation temperature equivalent to high pressure(°C [°F]) Subcooling EEV Min. pulse 20 pulse 20 pulse
Multi V 5
(3) Avoiding excessive high discharge temperature : when discharge super heat degree is above (25°C 4way valve 1 OFF OFF OFF
[145°F]) in heating operation. 4way valve 2 OFF OFF
OFF
(4) Vapor injection flow-rate control at heating mode

The degree of Superheat (VI_SH) = Subcooler out(°C [°F]) – Subcooler in(°C [°F])
Indoor Unit
VI_SH can be controled according to current discharage super heat degree value. If discharge super
Trouble shooting
heat value is increased, then targe superheat value will be decreased to reduce refrigerant flow to Component Starting Running Ending
compressor.
Guide
Fan Normal control OFF Normal control
Thermo on unit EEV Normal control Normal control Normal control
Thermo off unit EEV 40 pulse 400 pulse 40 pulse
Oil return signal OFF ON OFF

2.4 Fan motor control
Control Logic
Oil return operation time : 3 min for running step
Fan motor operates with Fuzzy control rules.
Starting condition : When low oil level which is measured by oil level sensor is kept continuously then oil
return operation will be started.
Oil return process ends if compressor protection control starts
Central Control
Back
Function Function
3.1.2
2.1.2 OilOil returncontrol
return controlon
onheating
heating mode
mode 3.2 Defrost control
2.2 Defrost
Outdoor Unit Defrost operation eliminates ice accumulated on heat exchanger, recovering performance of heat exchanger.
Each cycle component operates as following table during defrost operation.
Inv Compressor 30Hz Setting Value 25~40Hz Outdoor Unit
Basic Part
FAN Normal control Normal control Normal control Component Starting Running Ending
Main EEV Upper : Min. pulse Upper : Min. pulse Upper : Normal control Inv Compressor 30Hz Setting Value 25~40Hz
Low : Max. pulse Low : Max. pulse Low : Normal control
FAN Stop High pressure control Normal control
Subcooling EEV Min. pulse 20 pulse 20 pulse
Main EEV Normal control Max. pulse Normal control
4way valve 1 ON OFF ON
Subcooling EEV Normal control Min. pulse Normal control
Heat Recovery : OFF
Intorduction
4way valve 2 OFF OFF 4way valve 1 ON OFF OFF ON
Multi V 5
Heat pump : OFF
4way valve 2 OFF OFF OFF
Upper Heat Exchanger OFF OFF OFF
Indoor Unit
Lower Heat Exchanger ON OFF OFF OFF
Fan Normal control OFF Normal control
Trouble shooting
Thermo on unit EEV Normal control 400~800 pulse Normal control Indoor Unit
Guide
Thermo off unit EEV 80~130 pulse 400~800 pulse 80~130 pulse
Fan OFF OFF OFF
Oil return operation time : 3 min for running step
Thermo on unit EEV Normal control 400~800 pulse Normal control
Starting condition:same as cooling mode
Oil return process ends if compressor protection control starts Ending condition
1) All heat exchanger pipe temperature are above setting temperature for 30 sec.
Control Logic
2) The running time of defrost operation is over 30% of the total heating time (Maximum 20 min.)
3) If compressor protection control starts by high discharge temperature of compressor.
Central Control
LGE Internal Use Only Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 24 -
Only for training and service purposes LGE Internal Use Only
Back
Function Function
3.3 Partial Defrost
2.3 Partial Defrost
3.4 Stopping operation
2.4 Stopping operation
Partial defrost operation divides heat exchanger with upper and parts that gives a chance to make the defrost 3.4.1
2.4.1 Stopping
Stopping operationononcooling
operation coolingmode
mode
separately in order to proceed the heating performance continuously. Each cycle component operates as follow-
ing table during partial defrost operation. Component Operation Note
Inv Compressor OFF -
Outdoor Unit
Basic Part
FAN Stop -
Inv Compressor Normal control Setting Value Normal control Main EEV 32 pulse -
FAN Normal control Low pressure control Normal control Stop(Min. pulse)
Subcooling EEV 16 pulse
Main EEV Normal control Normal control Normal control
4way valve 1 OFF -
Subcooling EEV Normal control Normal control Normal control
Intorduction
Heat Recovery : OFF -
Multi V 5
4way valve 1 ON ON ON 4way valve 2
Heat Pump : ON -
4way valve 2 OFF OFF OFF
Upper Heat Exchanger OFF OFF → ON → ON OFF
Lower Heat Exchanger OFF ON → OFF→ ON OFF 3.4.2

2.4.2 Stopping
Stopping operationononheating
operation heatingmode
mode
Component Operation Note
Trouble shooting
Inv Compressor OFF -
Indoor Unit
Guide
FAN Stop -
Main EEV 32 pulse -
Fan ON(Setting) ON(Low) ON(Setting)
Thermo on unit EEV Normal control Normal control Normal control
Subcooling EEV 16 pulse Stop(Min. pulse)
n Ending condition 4way valve 1 ON OFF over 30℃ air temperature
Control Logic
1) Upper defrost ending condition over setting temperature.
4way valve 2 OFF -
2) Low defrost ending condition over setting temperature.
3) Max. 12 minutes
2.53.5
Oil Oil equalizing
equalizing controlcontrol
This function prevents oil unbalance between inverter compressors.
Central Control
When oil level which is measured by oil level sensor is kept differently between each compressor then oil
equalizing EEV will be open during 5 minutes.
※ Except for 1 compressor model

LGE Internal Use Only Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 26 -
Only for training and service purposes LGE Internal Use Only
Back

4. Protection Control
Function
Function
3. Protection control
4.1 Pressure Protection Control 3.24.2
Discharge temperature
Discharge control
Temperature Control
3.1 Pressure protection control Outdoor unit control
4.1.1
3.1.1 Pressure
Pressure control
control on cooling
on cooling mode mode Temperature range Compressor Sub cooling EEV IDU EEV
High pressure control
Tdis
Tdis >113℃ (235.4℉) -5Hz/10sec. SC,SH decrease control SH decrease control
Pressure Range Compressor Fan
Basic Part
Pd ≥ 4003 kPa Stop Stop Tdis
Tdis >110℃ (230℉) -5Hz/30sec. SC,SH decrease control SH decrease control
Pd > 3775 kPa -15Hz/10sec. +100RPM/10sec. Tdis≥
Tdis 105℃ (221℉) Frequency holding SC,SH decrease control SH decrease control
Pd ≥ 3650 kPa Frequency holding +100RPM/10sec.
Tdis≤
Tdis 100℃ (212℉) +3Hz or less SC,SH decrease control SH decrease control
Pd ≥ 3480 kPa +2 Hz or less/10sec. +100RPM/10sec.
Pd < 3480 kPa Normal control Tdis
Tdis >100℃ (212℉) Normal control SC,SH decrease control SH decrease control
SC : Sub Cooling, SH : Super Heating

Low pressure control
Intorduction
3.34.3 Inverter
Inverter protection
protection control control
Multi V 5
Ps ≤ 110kPa Stop (1 min. later) Stop
Cooling & Heating or Cooling(Heating)
Ps ≤ 150kPa -10Hz / 10sec. -100RPM/10sec. Compressor
Chassis HP Normal Operation Frequency Down System Stop
Ps > 150kPa Frequency holding -100RPM/10sec. (kW)
Compressor1 Compressor2 Compressor1 Compressor2 Compressor1 Compressor2
Ps > 185kPa +2Hz or less/20sec. -100RPM/10sec. UXA 12 8 16(18)A or less - 16(18)A or more - 20A or more -
Ps > 220kPa +2Hz or less/20sec. -100RPM/10sec. UXA 17 10 24(26)A or less - 24(26)A or more - 28A or more -
Trouble shooting
Ps > 260kPa Normal Control
UXA 17 12 24(26)A or less - 24(26)A or more - 28A or more -
UXB 17 14 26(28)A or less - 26(28)A or more - 30A or more -
Guide
Frequency holding : frequency (or RPM) is not increasing ( can decrease ) UXB 17 16 26(28)A or less - 26(28)A or more - 30A or more -
AC Input
Current UXB 17/12 18 24(26)A or less 18(20)A or less 24(26)A or more 18(20)A or more 28A or more 22A or more
4.1.2
3.1.2 Pressure
Pressure control
control on heating
on heating mode mode UXB 17/12 20 24(26)A or less 20(22)A or less 24(26)A or more 20(22)A or more 28A or more 24A or more
High pressure control UXB 17/12 22 25(27)A or less 21(23)A or less 25(27)A or more 21(23)A or more 29A or more 25A or more
UXB 17/17 24 26(28)A or less 26(28)A or less 26(28)A or more 26(28)A or more 30A or more 30A or more
UXB 17/17 26 26(28)A or less 26(28)A or less 26(28)A or more 26(28)A or more 30A or more 30A or more
Pd ≥ 4003 kPa Stop Stop
Control Logic
UXA 12 8 20A or less - 20A or more - 30A or more -
Pd > 3415 kPa -15Hz/10sec. -50RPM/10sec. UXA 17 10 28A or less - 28A or more - 41A or more -
UXA 17 12 28A or less - 28A or more - 41A or more -
Low pressure control
UXB 17 14 28A or less - 28A or more - 41A or more -
Pressure Range Compressor Fan Compressor UXB 17 16 28A or less - 28A or more - 41A or more -
Ps ≤ 110 kPa Stop Stop Current UXB 17/12 18 28A or less 20A or less 28A or more 20A or more 41A or more 30A or more
Ps ≤ 150 kPa -10Hz/10sec. +100RPM/10s UXB 17/12 20 28A or less 20A or less 28A or more 20A or more 41A or more 30A or more
Ps ≤ 185 kPa Frequency holding +100RPM/10s UXB 17/12 22 28A or less 20A or less 28A or more 20A or more 41A or more 30A or more
Central Control
UXB 17/17 24 28A or less 28A or less 28A or more 28A or more 41A or more 41A or more
Ps ≤ 220 kPa +2 Hz or less/10sec. +100RPM/10s
UXB 17/17 26 28A or less 28A or less 28A or more 28A or more 41A or more 41A or more
Ps ≤ 260 kPa Normal control Normal control
AC input current is input current of inverter compressor except constant current (current pass through noise filter)
Frequency holding : frequency (or RPM) is not increasing ( can decrease ).

Only for training and service purposes - 28 -
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Back
5. Function control
Function
3.44.4 Phase
Phase detection
detection 5.1 Generation 4 Features
n If the power lines are connected incorrectly the product will not work and displays error like below. Generation 4 Features (Gen. 4)
Case1) 1 or more phase lines are missing (disconnected)
Case 2) Neutral (N) line connected wrongly to any phase line - Two (2) set point control between zone and central / gateway controllers.
- Improved cooling / heating thermal on / off range setting.
Case Operation
Basic Part
- Improved communication rate / auto addressing time.
M - -
Single Unit - Fan off during cooling thermal off setting.
Error No. 501 - -
- New Premium controller / upgraded programmable controller.
M S1 S2
- Improved group control airflow features.
Error No. 501 Error No. 502 Error No. 503
- Indoor unit power consumption display.
R, S, T M + S1 M + S2 M + S3
Missed - Added heating test mode / commissioning operation setting.
(At the same time) (At the same time) (At the same time)
Phase Series Units
Error No. 501 Error No. 502 Error No. 503 - Filter status notification.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
M + S1 + S2
- -
- System product check feature using wall controller.
(At the same time)
Error No. 501 - -
The latest versions of LG’s indoor units are Generation 4 (Gen 4).
N No error For Gen 4 indoor units to operate with Gen 4 indoor unit features, the air conditioning system must meet the
Single Unit Normal operation following requirements:
Reversed Single Unit Normal operation - All indoor units, heat recovery units, and outdoor units must be Gen 4 or higher.
R, S, T
Phase
If Neutral (N) line wrongly connects to any phase line (R or S or T) - All Outdoor units must have Gen 4 or higher software installed.
Trouble shooting
The Error No. 25 or 50 will be appeared.
- Outdoor units DIP switch 3 must be set to ON (factory default setting is OFF).
Guide
h M : Master Unit, - All controllers must support Gen 4 indoor unit features.
S1 : Slave Unit 1
S2 : Slave Unit 2
S3 : Slave Unit 3 Select the mode/function/option/value using '▶', '◀' Button and confirm that using the '●' button after dip
switch No.5 is turned on.
3.54.5 Pressure
Pressure switchswitch
Control Logic
- Main has pressure sensing switch in series between compressor and power relay.
- The state of pressure sensing switch is normally on. It has small electric current from 220V AC. Never touch
the connecting terminal with hand nor two short wires directly.
Central Control
Back
Outdoor Indoor
Heat recovery boxes
Outdoor Unit
Operation Status 5.2 Function Control Setting
Units* Units** Dipswitch No.3
System will operate with Gen. 4 indoor Select the mode/function/option/value using '▶', '◀' Button and confirm that using the '●' button after dip
Must be ON
unit features. switch No.5 is turned on.
Model 2A ONLY
Gen 4 System will operate but without Gen. 4
OFF
Basic Part
ONLY indoor unit features.
Any combination of Must be OFF

Gen 4 Models 1A, 2A (factory default) Does NOT include Gen. 4 features.
or System will not operate if DIP Switch
Higher Model 2A ONLY No. 3 is ON, and an error code CH200
Any combi- Must be OFF will be generated to ODU and CH242
nation of Any combination of (factory default) on Gen 2 IDU.
Intorduction
Gen 2 and Models 1A, 2A
Multi V 5
Gen 4 ■ The Function Table
Any combination of
N/A*** Does not include Gen. 4 features.
Models 0A****1A, 2A FD - Function codes designated as "FDD" are used by the Multi V commissioning agent to assist with
system startup. No "FD" function code should be left in the "on" position without an authorized LG com-
* Gen 4 or Higher outdoor units : Multi V 5, Multi V IV or Multi V Water IV with Gen 4 or Higher software missioning agent approving the use.
(see table below for Gen 4 or higher serial numbers) or Multi V S.
FN - Function codes designated by "Installation" are used to modify the behavior of one or more compo-
** Gen 4 Indoor Units model numbers end in “4”; Gen 2 Indoor Units model numbers end in “2” or an “A”, nents of the VRF system. A change in the value of an "FN" function code typically impacts the behavior
Trouble shooting
including Hydro Kit. of the refrigeration system control universally.
*** DIP Switch No. 3 on Gen 2 outdoor units is not related to Gen 4 features as it is with Gen 4 outdoor
Guide
SE - Function codes designated as "Service" should only be used by a qualified Multi V VRF Service Engi-
units.
neer. The "SE" codes are designed to provide the qualified service technician with manual control of the
**** 0A Model Heat Recovery boxes are not for use with Multi V 5, Multi V IV, Multi V Water IV, or Multi V III VRF system component(s) as an aide in isolating an operational problem during initial commissioning
heat recovery systems. and startup or to assist the service technician with diagnosing an operational problem. No "SE" function
code should be left in the "on" position without a qualified Multi V service technician on site.
ID - Function codes designated by "IDU" are used to modify the behavior of one or more of the indoor units.
A modification to an ID function code value typically is used to fix a localized issue with a single or group
Control Logic
of indoor units.
Model Type
Mode Display Function Selection Content Heat Heat Page
Recovery Pump
Fd 1 Automatic Refrigerant Charging (Cooling) ● ● 202
Fd 2 Automatic Refrigerant Charging (Heating) ● ● 202
Central Control
Fd 3 Refrigerant Amount Check (Cooling) ● ● -
Fdd Fd 4 Refrigerant Amount Check (Heating) ● ● -
Fd 7 Automatic ITR (Cooling / Heating) ● ● 205
Fd 8 All IDU operation (Cooling) ● ● 209
Fd 9 All IDU operation (Heating) ● ● 209
Back
Model Type Model Type
Mode Display Function Selection Content Heat Heat Page Mode Display Function Selection Content Heat Heat Page
Recovery Pump Recovery Pump
FN 1 Cool & Heat Selector - ● 210 SE 12 Number of Partial Defrost ● ● 251
FN 2 High Static Pressure Compensation ● ● 212 SE 14 Level Changes of CH200 ● - 252
SVC
Basic Part
FN 3 Night Low Noise ● ● 214 SE 15 Level Changes of CH53 ● ● 252
FN 4 Overall Defrost ● ● 216 SE 17 Fan Motor Service mode ● ● 000
FN 5 ODU Addressing ● ● 218 Id 1 EEV Pulse of Non-Operating IDU in Heating ● ● 253
FN 6 Snow Removal & Rapid Defrost ● ● 219 Id 2 Set IDU Superheat ● ● 254
FN 7 Airflow Adjusting for IDU ● ● 220 Id 3 Set IDU Subcool ● ● 254
FN 8 Target Pressure Adjusting ● ● 221 Id 5 Set Auto Pipe Detection ● - 255
FN 9 Low Ambient Kit ● ● 222 Id 6 Start Auto Pipe Detection ● - 255
Intorduction
Multi V 5
FN 10 High Efficiency Mode (Cooling Operation) ● ● 223 Id 7 Set Zone Master ● - 257
Idu
FN 11 Auto Dust Removal Mode ● ● 224 Id 8 Operating IDU Low Noise ● - 258
FN 12 Compressor Max. Frequency Limit ● ● 225 Id 9 In Cooling IDU EEV Max. Pulse ● ● 259
Func FN 13 ODU Fan Max. RPM Limit ● ● 226 Id 10 Comfort Cooling ● ● 260
FN 14 Smart Load Control ● ● 227 Id 11 Non-Operating IDU Subcool ● ● 262
FN 16 Humidity Reference ● ● 231 Id 12 Set IDU Superheat for Fan ● ● 263
Trouble shooting
FN 17 Active Oil Control ● ● - Id 13 IDU Fan RPM Direct Control ● ● -
Guide
The Connecting of Central Control at IDU
FN 19 ● ● 232 * Functions save in EEPROM will be maintained continuously, though the system power was reset.
Terminals
FN 20 Compressor Input Current ● ● 233
FN 21 The Smart Plug ● ● 234
FN 22 Overall Defrost Entrance for Low temperature ● ● 235
FN 23 Optional Base Panel Heater ● ● 236
Control Logic
FN 24 Change Defrost Control for Noise Reduction ● ● 000
FN 25 Priority Cooling ● ● 000
FN 26 Refrigerant gas leak detection system mode ● ● 000
SE 1 Pump Down ● ● 237
SE 2 Pump Out ● ● 239
SE 3 Vaccum ● ● 243
SE 4 Back Up ● ● 244
Central Control
SE 5 Forced Oil Return ● ● 246
SVC
SE 6 Forced Defrost ● ● 246
SE 8 Display Cycle Information ● ● 247
SE 9 Noise Reduction ● ● 248
SE 10 Entry Heating Oil Return ● ● 249
SE 11 Heating Fan Low Noise ● ● 250
Back
5.3 FDD Mode 5.3.2 FDD Code Display
5.3.1 FDD Check List Code Display Display contents Display contents
1. Excessive connection of indoor units compared
■ Please check the following. to capacity of Outdoor Unit. (Over 160% or less
Basic Part
Excessive or less capacity of than 50% ratio)
E01
1. Automatic address setting has been preceded by a test drive will proceed on the premise. indoor units 2. Check communication status between outdoor
After installation, auto address must be checked because it is related the number of Installation and indoor unit.(Check the number of indoor
units)
2. 3 minutes after the initial power on test drive at one point. 1. In case emergency control of system occurs
After the power on, MICOM data reset and communication with indoor unit time is 3minute during determining cycle stability (Re-check the
E02 System unstable Error
amount of system refrigerant, installed environ-
3. Indoor units must be manufactured after Feb. 2009. ment.)
Intorduction
1.In case outdoor and indoor unit are outside the
Multi V 5
E03 Temperature Range Error
4. In FDD test drive, state of the test drive and error are displayed using 7 segment. range of operable temperature.
The process of the test drive and state of error are displayed using only the master outdoor unit. 1. Unstable Test Run when the frost condition is
met.
E04 Defrost Operation Error
5. If the error is occurred during the test drive, it will be operated the last step after turn off the test drive. 2. Check the temperature value of the ambient, hex
After the dipswitch off, pressing the black button for 2 seconds in order to reset all data and return to temperature included upper/lower.
operation standby state In case error occurs during
sense 1. Re-execute Test Run after the error is generated.
Trouble shooting
6. SW04C (X: Cancel) button and SW01C (●: execute) button is pressed for more than 5 seconds at the E05 checking process. (Errors and emergency controls can be checked
same time when the test drive must be turned of the reason of abrupt trouble during test drive. (system error, emergency through LGMV Display)
Guide
status)
7. All indoor units are turned off or the results are displayed after 90 seconds when the test drive is over. Occurs when the indoor unit 1. Check communication status between outdoor
E06 number is one or non opera- and indoor unit.(Execute address settings as
8. First, please pressing the main PCB reset button for 3 minutes when you want to use all FDD functions. tional indoor unit is installed. needed)
1. Re-execute Test Run after reset of outdoor unit
E08 Test Run forced termination
9. Normal test run is operated when you use more than LGMV 7.1.1 version. (E08 does not mean termination)
1. In case auto addressing is not operated or the
Control Logic
number of addressed indoor unit is zero.
E12 Auto addressing error (Check communication status between outdoor
and indoor unit.(Execute address settings as
needed)
1. Check Pipe in/out temperature before and after
E13 SVC V/V Closed error operation of indoor unit.
· If the product is used for the first time after installation, the ITR (Fd7) must be completed before normal 2. Check svc valve is closed or not.
use.
* Emergency control: Low / High pressure limit, compression ratio limit, excessive increase of discharge or
Central Control
· The indoor unit can not be operated during FDD operation (indicated by 'HL' on the wired remote control).
· When replacing the main PCB, please use it as the old EEPROM. (Test run information is stored in IPM temperature of Compressor, etc.
EEPROM) * Non Operational Indoor unit:
AHU Model, Hydro Kit (LRD-L1600A, LRD-L3200A, LRD-L5200A, LRD-L1600B, LRD-L2500B)
ERV DX (LZ-H500NX, LZ-H800NX, LZ-H1000NX, LZ-H500HX, LZ-800HX, LZ-1000HX)
Back
5.3.3 Refrigerant Auto Charging (Cooling / Heating) ■ Detailed information
• Install refrigerant charging device like this page.
This function charge suitable refrigerant amount in system through cycle operation automatically. If the refriger- • If it is out of the guarantee temperature range, can end by not operating refrigerant charging.
ant amount is inaccurate by service, pipe leakage, etc, can use this function. Function - Outdoor guarantee temperature range
cooling : 0~43°C [32~109.4 °F] / heating : -10~24°C [14~75.2°F]
Basic Part
■ 4.3 Refrigerant
Setting Auto Charging
the function - Function
Indoor guarantee temperature range
This function charge suitable refrigerant amount in system through cycle operation automatically. cooling : 0~32°C [32~64.4°F] / heating : 10~27°C [50~80.6°F]
Function
If the refrigerant amount is inaccurate by service, pipe leakage, etc, can use this function. • Install refrigerant charging device like this page.
Use refrigerant charging, if service only. • If the
• If itsystem areguarantee
is out of the turned off continuously
temperature range,by
canlow
endpressure decrease
by not operating excessively
refrigerant charging. due to refrigerant lack
Refrigerant
Put the refrigerant Auto Charging
by calculating Fd 1 (Cooling) / Fd 2 (Heating)
the refrigerant amount surely, if install. - Outdoor guarantee temperature range (cooling : 0~43℃ [32~109.4 ℉], heating : -10~24℃ [14~75.2℉])
Refrigerant charging time can be different following the charging refrigerant amount.
before E10 expression, try again after add about 15% refrigerant of regular refrigerant amount.
- Indoor guarantee temperature range (cooling : 0~32℃ [32~64.4℉], heating : 10~27℃ [50~80.6℉])
( Charging time : about 3 minute/kg )
■ Flow Chart •P
• If the system are turned off continuously by low pressure decrease excessively due to refrigerant lack before E10 expres-
ress
sion,SW04C(X: Cancel)
try again after button
add about and down
15% refrigerant dip switch
of regular afteramount.
refrigerant function end.
• Press SW04C(X: Cancel) button and down dip switch after function end.
Start
Intorduction
■ Refrigerant Charging
4.4 Refrigerant Method
charging method and error contents
Multi V 5
Cooling
Blowing mode for 1 minute Heat recovery system Heat pump system
Heating
No
Temperature/load
condition suitability
Yes
Trouble shooting
Start system full room operation
Operate refrigerant amount judgment mode
Guide
Refrigerant Charging kit Refrigerant Charging kit
(25minute operation)
(PRAC1) (PRAC1)
No Operation time No
Cycle stability
40minute over
Yes Yes
No
Refrigerant lack
Cycle instability
Control Logic
Yes
Expression
< ORDER >
• Procedure
1. Prepare Manifold, refrigerant and scale. (sold separately)
2. Connect
1. Prepare Manifold
Manifold, to refrigerant
refrigerant charging
and scale. portseparately)
(sold As shown in the figure above.
SW02C,SW03C No No 3. Connect Manifold and refrigerant.
(◀,▶) Push Button 12 minutes over after 2. Connect Manifold to refrigerant charging port As shown in the figure above.
E10 expression 4. Perform the air purge between Manifold hose.
over 3 second 3. Connect Manifold and refrigerant.
5. When / is appeared, push ‘►’ or ‘◀’ button.
4. Perform the air purge between Manifold hose.
6. When or is appeared, open the valve and fill the system with the refrigerant.
Yes 5. When is appeared, push '▶' or '◀' button.
7. When or is appeared, close the valve and remove connected charging port.
Central Control
Start refrigerant charging 6. When is appeared, open the valve and fill the system with the refrigerant.
7. When is appeared, close the valve and remove connected charging port.
Refrigerant amount
No WARNING
• When perform the leakage test and air purge, please use a vacuum pump or an inert gas. (nitrogen)
Yes
If you use Oxygen, compressed air and flammable gas, there are fire and danger of explosion.
Reverse switching, indoor unit OFF There are risk of death, personal injury, fire, explosion.
End
CAUTION
1. When you put refrigerant, using the specified equipment.
Back
2. Please the wired remote control to set the main unit.
3. During Indoor unit operating, be careful not to be Thermo off.
366 _TROUBLE
Copyright ©2017 SHOOTING
LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
- 35 -
GUIDE BOOK LGE Internal Use Only 4. If The Outdoor unit occurred frost when Heating automatic refrigerant filling, _ 367
Please restart corresponding function after forced defrost.

LGE Internal
ITR (Cooling / Heating / Automatic)
Use Only
WARNING 5.3.4 Automatic ITR (Cooling / Heating)
· When perform the leakage test and air purge, please use a vacuum pump or an inert gas.
It is a function to get information about amount of refrigerant and EEV status in IDU, ODU if normal or not.
(nitrogen) ITR (Cooling / Heating / Automatic)
· If you use Oxygen, compressed air and flammable gas, there are fire and danger of explosion. There are
risk of death, personal injury, fire, explosion. ■ This
Setting thefunction
functionis checking process for normal operation of parts and system on
operating system.
Basic Part
Function
■ Setting
Automaticthe
ITRfunction
(Cooling / Heating) Fd 7
· When you put refrigerant, using the specified equipment. Function
· Please the wired remote control to set the main unit. ■ Flow Chart
ITR (Cooling) Fn 7 (Cooling / Heating / Automatic)
· During Indoor unit operating, be careful not to be thermo off.
· Use refrigerant charging, if service only. 1. Cooling
· Put the refrigerant by calculating the refrigerant amount surely, if install. ■ Flow
• If the systemChart
is in operation before entering the cooling test operation, "IDU / STOP" is displayed, then
Intorduction
· Refrigerant charging time can be different following the charging refrigerant amount. the indoor unit is turned off and the FDD operation is entered. please enter the total amount of refriger-
Multi V 5
1. Cooling
ant accurately before entering mode.
(charging time : about 3 kg / min)
· If The outdoor unit occurred frost when Heating automatic refrigerant filling,
Please restart corresponding function after forced defrost.
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
LGE Internal
ITR (Cooling / Heating / Automatic)
2. Heating Use Only ■ The Display of Results
• If the system is in operation before entering the heating test operation, "IDU / STOP" is displayed, then
the indoor unit is turned off and the FDD operation is entered. please enter the total amount of refriger- Judgment Code Display
ant accurately before entering mode.
2. Heating OK 5-Cn
IDU EEV NG 5-C1
Basic Part
Impossible to Judge 5-CF
ITR(Cooling) More than standard ex) 20%
Less than standard ex) -15%

Refrigerant
Don't Adjustment required 00
Intorduction
Multi V 5
OK 6-Cn
IDU EEV NG 6-C1
OK 7-Cn
Outdoor
Trouble shooting
NG 7-C1
ITR(Heating) Main EEV
Guide
More than standard ex) 20%
Less than standard ex) -15%

Refrigerant
Don't Adjustment required 00
Control Logic
· Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
· Guaranteed temperature range.
- IDU : 18~32°C [64.4~89.6°F] / ODU : 0~43°C [32~109.4°F]
Central Control
· In case the function is not used, set the dip S/W oFF and reset the power.
· If the indoor unit error occurs, indoor unit operate in fan mode. the indoor unit number that occurred an
error is not displayed.
·F d3 and Fd4 (refrigerant amount check) is function to judge the system's refrigerant automatically
through the system operation. For details, refer to the service manual.
Back
Function
■ The Display of Results 5.3.5 All IDU operation (Cooling / Heating)
4.10 Multi V ITR result report
Follow the process.
It is a function to continuously operate in cooling / heating for one hour.
■ Setting the function
Basic Part
Function
Multi V Start up Confirmation(example)
All IDU operation (Cooling) Fd 8
Installation Information All IDU operation (Heating) Fd 9
Name Company / Address product composition
Installer Outdoor unit 1
CIQ
Supervisor
Indoor unit
HR unit
4
0
■ Detailed information
Site Total refrigerant quantity 10.3 Kg • This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
*Please make sure that the product configuration information
. matches the actual installation.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trial run Condition • It is used for the purpose of checking the drain or heating cycle (EEV etc. parts inspection) when cooling
Air temperature Standard value Status of trial run / heating continuous operation is not possible due to themo off.
Cooling: 10°C ≤Indoor temperature ≤ 35°C
Indoor 26.9 °C Heating: 15°C ≤Indoor temperature ≤ 35°C
Operation mode Cooling trial run
Cooling: 0°C ≤ Outdoor temperature ≤ 45°C Trial run error

Outdoor 25.1 °C Heating: -10°C ≤ Outdoor temperature ≤ 35°C Normal shutdown
information
Trial run report

Amount of refrigerant Outdoor uint EEV Indoor unit EEV · Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
Trouble shooting
Normal
Amount of refrigerant : 10.2kg
- Normal · This function enables additional charging of the refrigerant and installation inspection before ITR.
Guide
Cycle summary
ODU 1 ODU 2 ODU 3 ODU 4
Item Criteria
Minimum Maximum Average pass/fail Minimum Maximum Average pass/fail Minimum Maximum Average pass/fail Minimum Maximum Average pass/fail
High pressure 2000~3500kPa

( kPa ) 2112 2643 3372 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Cool/Heat)
Low pressure 650~1200kPa(Cool)

( kPa ) 677 726 1124 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 200~1000kPa(Heat)
ODU EEV
30 65 130 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -
Control Logic
pulse
Discharge
superheating - - 22 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 10 ~ 50°C
( °C )
Suction
superheat. - - 13.8 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 0.5 ~ 30°C
( °C )
Subcooling
( °C )
- - 19.2 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 0.5 ~ 20°C
INV1 Discharge
temperature - - 84 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 50 ~ 100°C
(°C)
INV2 Discharge
temperature - - 82 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 50 ~ 100°C
(°C)
Input
voltage 380 380 380 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 345~456V
(V)
Central Control
Phase
current 10 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20A↓
(A)
INV1 CT
current - - 15 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 24A↓
(A)
INV2 CT
current - - 15 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 24A↓
(A)
- 43 -
Back
5.4 Function Mode ■ Detailed information
• This function is used with heat pump only.
5.4.1 Cool & Heat selector
• Heating, Cooling, Fan Only, Dry modes are a change in the setting impact.
It is a function to control the cooling / heating limit through the switch of cool & heat selector and ODU
This is used to prevent heterogeneous operation and unnecessary energy wastage. • Cool & Heat selector information
Basic Part
- IDU control without central controller.
■ Setting the function - Select operation mode : Cooling, Heating, Fan mode.
- Mode lock for cooling & heating mixing error-proof during the change of season.
Function Option
- The Cool & Heat selector switch consists of two toggle switches mounted over/under. The upper
Cool & Heat selector Fn 1 oFF, op1~op2 switch is two-position and manually locks out heating and cooling operation allowing Fan only or
allows heating or cooling operation depending on the position of the lower switch. The bottom switch
is two-position and manually sets the position of the outdoor unit's reversing valve. If the left side
■ Option Selection
Intorduction
is depressed, the valve is in the cool position. If the right side is depressed, the valve is in the heat
Multi V 5
position.
Switch Control Function
Switch (Up) Switch (Down) oFF op1 op2 • Wiring Diagram
Right side (On) Left side (Left) Not operate Cooling Cooling
Right side (On) Right side (On) Not operate Heating Heating
Left side (On) - Not operate Fan mode Off
Trouble shooting
• If "On" & "op1" is selected, the following three operating scenarios are possible:
Guide
1) Cooling mode
The right side of the upper switch + The right side of the lower switch.
2) Heating mode
The right side of the upper switch + The left side of the lower switch.
Control Logic
2) Fan mode
The left side of the upper switch (The position of the lower switch is irrelevant)
Mechanical refrigeration is locked out and the IDU fans are allowed to operate.
Left Right
Central Control
Upper · If do not use a function, set an off-mode.
· If use a function, first install a Cool & Heat selector.
· Simultaneous model can not be used.
· Communication line length can be maximum 300m, use Communication line as thick as 1.25mm.
Lower
· This function is disabled during central controller connection.
(Central control mode lock function is prior to this function)
Back
5.4.2 High Static Pressure Compensation ■ Detailed information
• This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
This function secures the air flow rate of ODU, in case the static pressure has been applied like using duct at
fan discharge of ODU. • All modes of operation involving compressor operation are a change in the setting impact.
When the static pressure is added to the air flow rate of ODU, the air flow rate is reduced. This function com-
pensates the reduced air flow rate by increasing the RPM of fan according to the static pressure. • The operating symptoms that might be corrected using this function During normal operation in cooling
Basic Part
mode, the system head pressure is consistently high relative to target pressure. In heating mode during
■ Setting the function normal operation, the system suction pressure is too low relative to the target pressure.
Function Option • If the air flow rate of ODU is decrease according to the static pressure, the efficiency of the system de-
High Static Pressure creases. generally, when the air flow is less than 80% of the rated air flow, the cycle changes abnormally.
Fn 2 oFF, op1~op3
Compensation (ex. high pressure over-pressure, low pressure over-pressure)
• Each option increases the max RPM to ensure air flow rate at least 80% of the rated air flow rate, depend-
Intorduction
ing on the static pressure.
Multi V 5
UXA (8~12HP)
Setting
RPM Pa CMM at 0Pa CMM at 80Pa
Standard (Default) 880 0~20 240 175
op1 910 21~40 255 190
op2 930 41~60 265 200 · If the indoor unit combination is more than 100%, a higher level option setting should be considered.
Trouble shooting
op3 950 61~80 270 205 · The air flow increases when the option is set at a higher level than the static pressure. This causes
increase in noise and power consumption.
Guide
· It is recommended to check the correct static pressure when setting the option step.
UXB (14~26HP)
Setting
RPM Pa CMM at 0Pa CMM at 80Pa
Standard (Default) 1000 0~20 320 190
op1 1040 21~40 335 230
op2 1070 41~60 350 260
Control Logic
op3 1100 61~80 360 280
※ Based on connecting duct
Central Control
Back
5.4.3 Night Low Noise ■ Detailed information
The night low noise function is used to reduce the operating speed of the outdoor unit fans under normal operat- • Cooling mode is a change in the setting impact.
ing conditions in the evening while the outdoor unit is operating in the cooling mode.
• Multi V 5 continuously monitors the building's cooling demand. On a rolling 24 hour basis, the peak cool-
Basic Part
■ Setting the function ing demand is maintained and an internal timer begins counting hours since the peak demand was set.
Depending on which setting value is selected, Multi V 5's Night Low Noise function will delay the begin-
Function Option ning time of the restricted fan speed operation. Also, depending on which setting value is selected, the
Night Low Noise Fn 3 oFF, op1~op12 restricted fan speed period time varies.
• Night Silent Operation

Judgment Time Operation Time Noise
Intorduction
Setting
Multi V 5
(Hr) (Hr) UXA UXB
op1 8 9 55 59
op2 6.5 10.5 55 59
op3 5 12 55 59
op4 8 9 52 56
Trouble shooting
op5 6.5 10.5 52 56
op6 5 12 52 56
Guide
op7 8 9 49 53
op8 6.5 10.5 49 53
op9 5 12 49 53
op10 Continuous Operation 55 59
Control Logic
• J udgment Time : The time that the outdoor temperature is highest - Function starts time
•O
peration time : The time that the low noise operation function is maintained after the function is turned on
•O
ption : Determine the target noise level (limited Max FAN RPM by option step)
Central Control
· In case of setting the target noise level, cooling capacity can be decreased.
· In most applications, since the cooling load decreases during the night, setting this function has no
detrimental impact on cooling capacity.
· You can set the low noise mode control main agent by using wired remote controller (for details, refer to
the new standard remote controller's manual.
Back
5.4.4 Overall Defrost • Schematic Diagram
1) Overall Defrost
It is a function to select the overall or partial defrost when the defrost is in operation.
Basic Part
Function Option
Overall Defrost Fn 4 on, oFF
2) Partial Defrost (Heat Pump)
Setting Detail of function
Intorduction
on Overall defrost
Multi V 5
oFF Partial defrost (Default)
• Overall Defrost - Return to heating after quick defrosting operation
• Partial Defrost - Operate defrosting while heating
Trouble shooting
• In locations where the relative humidity remains high during the heating season or where experience
Guide
has shown that defrosting all the outdoor units at the same time saves energy and/or shortens the time it 3) Partial Defrost (Heat Recovery)
takes to defrost the outdoor unit coil without impacting the comfort level in the building.
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
•H
eating mode is a change in the setting impact.
Control Logic
•T
he operating symptoms that might be corrected using this function When the outside ambient air tem-
perature is above 0°C(32°F), visual inspection shows that all frost (or ice) is not cleared from the outdoor
unit's coil following a defrost cycle.
•O
verall defrost mode recommended environment When the temperature of continuous heating is kept for
a long time in a low temperature and high humidity environment in winter.
(outdoor temperature : -5°C or less / humidity : 70% or more)
Central Control
· Although the discharge temperature is lowered, the heating operation rate increases while partial defrost.
· If you use continuous heating mode, please select partial defrost mode.
Back
5.4.5 ODU Addressing 5.4.6 Snow Removal & Rapid Defrost
It is the outdoor unit address setting function for outdoor unit when central controller is installed. It is a function to prevent accumulation of snow in the snowy area or to judgment the fast defrost in the humid
area.
Basic Part
Function Option ■ Setting the function
ODU Addressing Fn 5 0 ~ 254 Function Option
Snow Removal & Rapid Defrost Fn 6 oFF, op1~op3
■ Option Selection ■ Option Selection

Setting Detail of function Fan speed during snow removal (RPM)
Setting Mode
Intorduction
0 Default (Not Install a central controller) UXA UXB
Multi V 5
1 ~ 254 Number of outdoor unit oFF Not setting - -
op1 Snow removal 670 850
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. op2 Rapid defrost - -
op3 Snow removal & Rapid defrost 670 850
Trouble shooting
Guide
· If use a function, first install a central controller. 1. Snow Removal
•A
function to prevent the snow from accumulating and blocking the flow path during the outdoor unit
non-operation.
(set in areas of the country where snow may accumulates on the top of the unit)
•O
utside temperature 3 degrees or less, 2 minutes every 30 minutes outdoor fan operation while non-
operation.
Control Logic
2. Rapid Defrost
•T
his is optional logic that limits the severity of frost accumulation on the outdoor unit coil between
defrost cycles. it calls for more frequent defrost cycles.
•R
apid defrost start condition.
Conditions
Tout ＜ 0°C ΔTt ＞ 9°C Tt ＜ -15&&operating time ＞ 90min
0°C ＜ Tout ＜ -15°C ΔTt ＞ 10°C T indoor, pipe in(avg) ＜ 40°C
Central Control
Tout ≤ -15°C - operating time ＞ 120min
Tout ＜ 5°C RH ＞ 85% operating time ＞ 180min
* ΔTt : Outdoor Temp. - Heat Exchanger Temp.

· If do not use a function, set an off-mode.
Back
5.4.7 Airflow Adjusting for IDU 5.4.6 Target
5.4.8 Snow Removal
Pressure&Adjusting
Rapid Defrost
It is the function to cope with the overload by changing air flow in the room to the low air flow when the compres- It is a function to change the target pressure of ODU according to field installation conditions (ex. pressure loss
sor Hz is the maximum but the high pressure is low. according to piping length) and customer characteristics (ex, cooling or heating capability).
Basic Part
■ Setting the function ■ Setting the function
Function Option Function Option
Airflow Adjusting for IDU Fn 7 on, oFF Target Pressure Adjusting Fn 8 oFF, op1~op6
■ Option Selection Setting Cooling (Low Pressure, kPa) Heating (High Pressure, kPa)
Intorduction
oFF 804 2990
Multi V 5
on Low capacity mode (discharge temperature up) op1 725 3121
oFF Not setting op2 765 3056
op3 869 2827
•U
se when it is known the outdoor unit is operating at full capacity during the heating season and the op4 935 2663
indoor unit air temperature in all zones is low, or feels drafty in nearly all the conditioned spaces served op5 1000 2500
Trouble shooting
by the system.
op6 1065 2337
Guide
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. op7 804 2990
•H
eating modes is a change in the setting impact. ■ Detailed information
•T
•T
he operating symptoms that might be corrected using this function
This function should only be used on a temporary basis. It is typically used when the outdoor unit is un- •H
eating, Cooling and Dry modes is a change in the setting impact.
dersized. Symptoms occur most often when the design combination ratio (i.e. [nominal cooling capacity
Control Logic
of all IDUs] / [nominal cooling capacity of the outdoor unit]x100) is greater than 130%. •T
Low compressor operating speed on peak design days (or low compressor operating
Symptoms include one or more of the following: hours) during the heating or cooling seasons or both (in the case of an oversized outdoor unit).
1) O
ne or more IDU fans will not start because the temperature of the indoor unit coil does not reach
85°F (i.e. perpetual "hot start" mode)
2) Indoor unit fans run, but the leaving are temperature is low.
· Option values of UXA / UXB Chassis are the same.
Central Control
· A power consumption or capacity can be changed.
· Ask an authorized technician to setting a function. · This function can not be set with the remote control.
· Always verify the refrigerant charge is correct before considering the use of this function. This function is
not a fix for a poorly designed piping system or a system that is not properly operating.
Back
5.4.6 Low
5.4.9 SnowAmbient
RemovalKit& Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.10 High Removal
Efficiency&Mode
Rapid Defrost
It is a function to Informs the Multi V microprocessor controller the low ambient kit is installed. High efficiency mode refers to increasing the compressor capability to cool at high ambient temperatures.
This function automatically lowers the target low pressure as the outdoor ambient temperature rises while the
outdoor unit operates in cooling mode (i.e. reversing valve in cooling position).
Basic Part
Function Option
Low Ambient Kit Fn 9 on, oFF
Function Option
High Efficiency Mode Fn 10 on, oFF
Setting Detail of function ■ Option Selection
Intorduction
on Low ambient kit installation
Multi V 5
oFF Not setting (Default) on High efficiency mode
oFF Default
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. ■ Detailed information
(However, the kit does not extend the range of cooling below -15°C(5ºF) unless all indoor units are •T
operating in cooling when heat recovery is used)
Trouble shooting
•C
ooling and Dry modes is a change in the setting impact.
• Low ambient cooling modes is a change in the setting impact.
Guide
•T
•T
he operating symptoms that might be corrected using this function On extremely hot days when cooling demand is the highest, depending on the capacity of the outdoor
This option assist the Multi V core logic maintain compressor suction pressure at low ambient tempera- unit relative to the actual load, if the VRF system is struggling to keep the space temperature, invoking
tures. this option may be the solution to provide a little more capacity to meet the need.
• In buildings where the zones served by the Multi V system will all need cooling when outdoor ambient •H
igh efficiency mode can be used for all cooling dominant installations. Using this option will provide ad-
temperatures fall below 5°F. ditional cooling capacity, but will do so by increasing the amount of work (i.e. raises lift) the compressor
Control Logic
will perform. Net energy consumed may increase if this option is invoked.
•O
peration range after installation of low ambient kit
Before : -15~48°C / After : -25~48°C (detailed refer to the manual)

· Ask an authorized technician to setting a function. · Always verify the refrigerant charge is correct before using this function. If the refrigerant charge is low,
· If do not use a function, set an off-mode. the use of this function will not provide any benefit.
Central Control
· If low ambient kit is installed, this function must be enabled.
· Refer to the accessory manual or PDB for how to set up and use the guide.
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.11 Auto Dust
Removal
Removal
& Rapid
Mode
Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.12 Compressor
RemovalMax.
& Rapid
Frequency
DefrostLimit
This function is able to improve the heat exchange efficiency to maintain clean state on heat exchanger of ODU. It is a function to limit the maximum speed (frequency) of inverter compressor.
Dust is removed on heat exchanger of outdoor unit by reverse rotation of fan.
Basic Part
Function Option
Function Option
Compressor Max. Frequency Limit Fn 12 oFF, op1~op9
Auto Dust Removal Mode Fn 11 oFF, op1~op5
Setting Inverter (Hz) Setting Inverter (Hz)
Reverse cycle fan Time delay Number of oFF - op5 113
Setting
Intorduction
runtime (min) between cycles cycles op1 143 op6 105
Multi V 5
oFF - - - op2 135 op7 98
op1 5 2 hours No limit op3 128 op8 90
op2 5 2 hours 2 op4 120 op9 83
5 minutes
op3 3 1
(following compressor shutdown) ■ Detailed information
op4 1 - 1
Trouble shooting
•T
op5 1 1 2
Guide
•A
ll modes is a change in the setting impact.
•T
•T
Setting the maximum compressor speed can be a method to artificially downsize an outdoor unit either
temporarily until all indoor units are installed on a core and shell project or permanently on projects
•C
ooling and Dry modes is a change in the setting impact.
where the outdoor unit installed has excess capacity on both heating and cooling design days.
•T
Control Logic
*Note : If interested in this option, please note there is no concern a selection will inhibit proper defrost or
When the outdoor unit is installed in arid climates, where moisture levels are very low, this option can be
oil return operation. The oil return requires algorithm operates the compressor at speeds that are
selected to assist with keeping outdoor unit coil heat transfer optimized.
lower than the available minimum speed selectable.
•T
he op3 selection requires the Multi V demand limit I/O PCB board be installed. If the demand limit
controller is installed in the master outdoor unit and a binary signal is sent to the outdoor unit via a third
party source, VRF system normal operation can be interrupted and an auto dust removal cycle can be
performed.
Central Control
· If use a function, first install a central controller. (refer to the Installation manual)
·D o not depend on this option to lower the maximum current draw of the outdoor unit. The maximum
· Ask an authorized technician to setting a function. speed selected is ignored by the Multi V microprocessor during defrost.
· This option is not a substitute for coil cleaning and does not completely clear the coil of all debris. A coil
cleaning procedure should be included when performing regular preventative maintenance.
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.13 ODURemoval
Fan Max.&RPM
Rapid
Limit
Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.14 SmartRemoval
Load Control
& Rapid Defrost
It is a function to limit the maximum RPM of ODU. Smart Load Control function enables comprehensive understanding of environmental conditions in order to
optimize energy efficiency. This technology allows active control of discharge refrigerant temperature which
eventually increases the efficiency for average outdoor unit in comparison to the previous models.
Basic Part
Function Option
ODU Fan Max. RPM Limit Fn 13 oFF, op1~op7
Function Option
Smart Load Control Fn 14 oFF, op1~op3
Max ODU Fan Speed ■ Option Selection
Setting Normal Operation / Low Ambient or Overheat Operation (RPM) Setting Start-up Detail of function
Intorduction
Multi V 5
UXA UXB oFF Basic operation SLC not selected
oFF 880 / 1000 1000 / 1150 op1 Smooth Slowly controlled to become target pressure
op1 860 / 980 950 / 1100 op2 Normal Normally controlled to become target pressure
op2 840 / 960 900 / 1050 op3 Peak Quickly controlled to become target pressure
op3 820 / 940 850 / 1000
op4 800 / 920 800 / 950 ※ Outdoor temperature Range : (Cooling) 35 ~ 20°C / (Heating) -10 ~ 5°C
Trouble shooting
op5 780 / 900 750 / 900 • Smooth Mode (Op1) : Maximize energy savings, rate of temperature change less important.
Guide
op6 760 / 880 700 / 850 • Normal Mode (Op2) : Balance the rate of temperature change with energy consumed.
op7 740 / 860 650 / 800 • Peak Mode (Op3) : Quickly cool/heat the building, energy consumption less important
•T
his function is used to limit the maximum speed of the outdoor unit fans in applications where the build-
ing owner desires to reduce the noise generated by the fans. The maximum fan speed limit set by this
Control Logic
function is ignored for defrost operation.
•T
•H
•T
No adverse operating conditions are solved using this function. The function is for convenience to pro-
vide a method to address any possible noise complaints.
Central Control
· This option does not limit the speed of the fans during defrost operation.
· The 'ODU Fan Max. RPM Limit' and 'Night Low Noise Function' functions can be set simultaneously.
MAX RPM is set to a smaller value among the set values. ※ Outdoor temperature Range : (Cooling) 35 ~ 20°C / (Heating) -10 ~ 5°C
· Efficiency or capacity can be changed according to option.
Back
■ Detailed information 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.15 Humidity
Removal
Reference
& Rapid Defrost
• Heating, Cooling and Dry modes are a change in the setting impact. It is the function to set whether to use the humidity sensor. The outdoor unit considers the current outdoor ambi-
ent humidity condition when making adjustments to the control values of the refrigeration cycle.
•T
Basic Part
This feature does not correct adverse operating conditions. It is an energy enhancement feature. ■ Setting the function
ex) If outdoor setting is Op1(red line), Function Option
outdoor unit start operation slowly compared than basic operation but save energy during start-up and Humidity Reference Fn 16 on, oFF
after start up, discharge air temperature is automatically changed according to outdoor and indoor
temperature. ■ Option Selection
Intorduction
on Humidity sensor use
Multi V 5
oFF Not setting (Default)
•T
he humidity sensor's real time reporting of the outdoor ambient humidity level is used in the Advanced
Smart Load Control (FN14), Comfort Cooling (ID10), and Intelligent Defrost - Smart Heating (core logic)
to prepare the system for changes in the building load.
Trouble shooting
•T
Guide
•H
•C
ooling / Heating operation by using humidity sensor
-W hen used cooling operation of SLC function, it will improve energy efficiency because evaporation
temperature will be decreased
-W hen used heating operation in case of high humidity condition, deforest will be delayed because
Control Logic
target high/low pressure will be changed.
•A
ctivation function by using humidity sensor.
· Ask an authorized technician to setting a function. Multi V Ⅳ Multi V Ⅳ Multi V 5 Multi V 5 Multi V 5
Comfort Dual Sensing Dual Sensing Increased heating
SLC
Cooling SLC Comfort Cooling time(Frost delay)
cooling O O O O X
Operation
Central Control
Heating O X X X O
Consider- Temperature O O O O O
ation Humidity X X O O O
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.16 The Connecting
Removal & of
Rapid
Central
Defrost
Control at IDU Terminals 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.17 Compressor
RemovalInput
& Rapid
Current
Defrost
This function allows the field connection of the AC-EZ central controller to the indoor unit communications buss This function is used when the current management is required by proportionally reducing the maximum MFA
on Multi V 5. specification of the product.
Basic Part
The Connecting of Central Control Compressor Input Current Fn 20 oFF, op1~op10
Fn 19 on, oFF
at IDU Terminals
Compressor input Compressor input
Setting Detail of function Setting Setting
current limit (%) current limit (%)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
on AC EZ connection oFF - op6 70
oFF Not setting (Default) op1 95 op7 65
op2 90 op8 60
■ Detailed information op3 85 op9 55
•T
op4 80 op10 50
op5 75
Trouble shooting
Guide
•T
•A
ll modes are a change in the setting impact.
•S
ince the MFA value is different for each HP and the value is limited proportionally, it does not mean that
the option value differs for each chassis.
Control Logic
(Maximum current value for each model is stored in EEPROM in main PC)

· If use a function, capacity may go down.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.18 The Smart
Removal
Plug& Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.19 Overall
Removal
Defrost&Entrance
Rapid Defrost
for Low temperature
It is a function that displays the power consumption on the wired remote control when the outdoor unit is operat- It is a function to operate overall defrost.
ing.
Basic Part
■ Setting the function Function Option
Function Option Overall Defrost Entrance for Low
Fn 22 on, oFF
The Smart Plug Fn 21 SPL0, SPL1, Pd10, Pd11 temperature
■ Option Selection ■ Option Selection

Setting Detail of function Setting Detail of function
on Overall defrost
Intorduction
SPL0 oFF Smart Plug Logic OFF (Default)
Multi V 5
Pd10 PDI non-installation oFF Default
SPL1
Pd11 PDI installation
•T
•P
d10 - Monitor the value from the watt hour meter.
•P
d11 - Monitor the calculated value in the outdoor unit. (error ± 5%)
• Heating modes is a change in the setting impact.
Trouble shooting
■ Detailed information •O
verall defrost operates every 3 hours whenever the outdoor air temperature is below 10°C. (If defrost-
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. ing is not possible for 3 hours)
Guide
•A
ll modes is a change in the setting impact. •T
his function may be used in any location. It is most likely used in climates where moisture levels are
high the outdoor unit's heating capacity is slightly undersized, the condenser coil is partially restricted, or
•W
hen the optional PDI is installed, the PDI monitors outdoor unit power consumption as well as indoor other local factors dictate that no frost must be allowed to build on the coil.
unit power consumption. PDI allocates outdoor unit power consumed to indoor units based on the
volume of refrigerant flow through each indoor unit during the billing period. For VRF systems without the
PDI, outdoor unit power consumption is reported, however indoor unit power consumption is ignored.
Control Logic
• If the Smart Plug function is turned on, the power consumption data may be viewed using one of LG's · Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
central control/monitoring devices such as ACP, AC Smart, or the multi site communications manager. · If do not use a function, set an off-mode.
For installations where a third party BMS system Is present, consumption data is also made available for
viewing at the BMS front end using LG's BACnet gateway.
Central Control
· When PDI is installed, be sure to set the outdoor unit option to PDI ('PDI1').
(If the setting is not set to PDI1, the value displayed on the remote control may differ from the actual
value.)
· It is possible to check the power consumption during operation while setting the function, but it can differ
value compared to actual power consumption.
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.20 Optional
Removal
Base &Panel
RapidHeater
Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.21 Change
Removal
Defrost
& Control
Rapid Defrost
for Noise Reduction
It is a function to prevent freezing of ODU base pan in a cold area. This is a optional function to change defrost control algorithm for reducing noise.
Basic Part
Optional Base Panel Heater Fn 23 on, oFF Change Defrost Control for Noise
Fn 24 on, oFF
Reduction
on Base pan heater kit installation
on Setting the noise reduction option for defrost cycle
Intorduction
oFF Base pan heater kit non-installation (Default)
Multi V 5
oFF Default
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. ■ Detailed information
•T
•H
eating mode is a change in the setting impact.
• Inverter frequency will be down from 30Hz to 25Hz at Step1 of defrosting cycle to reduce noise.
Trouble shooting
•T
Reduces ice-build up in the bottom of the unit that may occur in some installation scenarios where drain- • Control fan rpm directly and make speed down at Step3 and Step6 of defrosting cycle to reduce noise
in the Indoor. Make sure that IDU rpm can be controlled by ODU only for Generation 4 communication
Guide
age holes in the bottom pan of the unit are obstructed or where the surface temperature of the bottom
pan is below freezing. system.
•T
he optional base pan heater maintains the bottom surface of the outdoor unit at a temperature above
0°C to keep condensate water in a liquid state while in the base pan. When the surface temperature of
the base pan is above 0°C, the condensate flows into channels formed in the pan that guide the flow
of water to one-inch diameter holes in the base pan along the bottom of the channels in which water
Control Logic
flows out the bottom of the unit. If the base pan surface temperature is below 0°C, the condensate that
contacts the surface of the pan will freeze preventing it from flowing in the channels to the holes. As a · Ask an authorized technician before set the function.
result ice may build up in the bottom of the unit.
•U
sing this setting, it allows a third party heater to be energized to keep the bottom surface of the unit at a
temperature above 0°C.
Central Control
· Heater is accessory.(sold separately)
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.22 Priority
Removal
Cooling& Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.23 Refrigerant
Removalgas&leak
Rapid
detection
Defrost
This is a function to make cooling mode is more important than heating mode for outdoor operating mode. This is a function to make cooling mode is more important than heating mode for outdoor operating mode.
Basic Part
Priority Cooling Fn 25 on, oFF Refrigerant gas leak detection system Mode oFF, oP1, oP2, oP3
Fn 26
mode set on, oFF
Setting Detail of function ■ Option Selection
on Set cooling priority mode Setting Detail of function
Intorduction
oFF Default oFF Default, Ignore CH230 Error
Multi V 5
oP1 System is Off when CH230 error has occurred
Mode
■ Detailed information oP2 Pump Down and Close main pipe line of outdoor unit when CH230 error has occurred.
• This function is only used to Heat Pump System. You can not use for Heat Recovery System. oP3 Close pipe line of refrigerant gas leak indoor unit when CH230 error has occurred
oFF Default, Clear CH230 Error
• This function can be operated properly under only Gen4 communication feature state. Set
on Maintain CH230 error state.
Trouble shooting
• If priority cooling option is enable state, then you can turn on the indoor unit as heating mode even though
outdoor unit is operating as cooling mode. ■ Detailed information
Guide
• This function can be operated properly under only Gen4 communication feature state.
• After system detect refrigerant gas leak, system can operate differently according to option.
(1) In case of oP1

- System is shutdown
- CH230 error is displayed on 7 segment of ODU.
(2) In case of oP2
Control Logic
· Ask an authorized technician before set the function. - System is shutdown and CH230 error is displayed on 7 segment of ODU.
· This function is a specialized feature only for North America Area, especially CANADA. - ODU sends a close signal to I/O module to close liquid and high pressure gas pipe line.
- After do that, 2 minute later, pump down operation is started automatically.
- During the pump down operation, if low pressure is drop down to 307kPaG limit or operating time has passed
over 12 minute, then ODU sends a close signal to I/O module to close low pressure side pipe line.
(3) In case of oP3
- ODU can be operated without shutdown but CH230 error is displayed on 7 segment of ODU.
- Only indoor unit which has a gas leak is shutdown and try to close its pipe. This operation process is
Central Control
down without any ODU direction signal.
· Ask an authorized technician before set the function.

·P ipe line can be closed by external actuator which should be installed. LGE do not supply an external
actuator.
· L G VRF system is send a digital signal to I/O module and installer must connect signal line between I/O
Module and external actuator which can close pipe line to prevent gas leak.
Back
5.5 SVC Mode ■ Detailed information
5.5.1 Pump Down
*Note : The amount of refrigerant that can be pumped out is limited by the amount of refrigerant that can
This function gathers the refrigerant present in the system to ODU.
be stored in the outdoor unit and additional refrigerant storage containers may need to be used.
Use this function to store refrigerant of system in ODU for leakage or IDU replacement.
The maximum amount of refrigerant for Multi V 5 is size dependent and varies between 14.3 and
Basic Part
37.5 lbs / frame. If the system charge is greater than the volume that can be stored, a supplemen-
■ Setting the function tal storage device will be required to totally evacuate the system.
Function Option
Pump Down SE 1 Pd (display "Low Pressure"), oFF
■ Flow Chart · Use pump down function within guaranteed temperature range.
- IDU : 20~32°C [68~89.6°F] / ODU : 5~40°C [41~104°F]
Intorduction
· Make certain that IDU doesn't run with thermo off mode during operation.
Multi V 5
· Maximum operation time of pump down function is 30 min. (in case low pressure doesn't go down)
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
*Note 1) If low pressure become under 307kPa,close the gas service valve of all ODU immediately.
*Note 2) If low pressure descends below 229kPa, the system turns off automatically. Close the gas service
valve immediately.
Back
5.4.6 Pump
5.5.2 Snow Removal
Out & Rapid Defrost ■ Detailed information
This function gathers the refrigerant to other ODU and IDU.
Use this function in case of compressor failure, ODU parts defect, leakage. *Note : In systems with short piping systems, the amount of refrigerant that can be pumped from the
outdoor unit may be limited and additional refrigerant storage containers may need to be used.
Basic Part
Function
Function Option
4.12 PumpPump
OutOut SE 2 Po (display "Low Pressure"), oFF
This function gathers the refrigerant to other ODU and IDU. · Use pump out function within guaranteed temperature range.
■ Use
FlowthisChart
function in case of compressor failure, ODU parts defect, leakage.
- IDU : 10~32°C [50~89.6°F] / ODU : 5~40°C [41~104°F]
· Make certain that IDU doesn't run with thermo off mode during operation.
Setting method [Case 1] ODU Service Valve Setting
·P ump out function takes 2~5 min. after compressor start.
Close liquid service valve of each unit.
(for Heat Recovery System) Make certain that IDU doesn't run with thermo off mode during operation.
Intorduction
Refer the right side figures of this page (in case low pressure doesn't go down)
Multi V 5
and open the proper valve by each system.
Close Close Open

Power reset after Dip switch setting of ODU
Refer to Dip switch setting page
(General case, Inv. Comp failure case) Liquid Low pressure High pressure
Pipe Gas Pipe Gas Pipe
[Case 2] ODU Service Valve Setting

Press the red button (SW01C) (for Heat Pump System)
Trouble shooting
*Current low
All IDU heating operation
Guide
pressure
Close Close Open
No Liquid No used Gas

Satisfy low pressure target? Pipe (Keep closed) Pipe
Note 2) Yes [Case 1] ODU Service Valve Setting

(for Heat Recovery System)
Note 1)
*Current low
Control Logic
Low pressure > 229kpa Pump out completed
pressure
*Current low pressure Close Close Close
under 307kPa (blink)
Press the red button
(SW01C) Liquid Low pressure High pressure
Pipe Gas Pipe Gas Pipe
[Case2] ODU Service Valve Setting

(for Heat Pump System)
IDU, ODU OFF
Central Control
Power reset after Dip switch off Close Close Close
Liquid No used Gas

Pipe (Keep closed) Pipe
[Note]
If low pressure become under 307kPa (blink), close the gas service valve of all ODU immediately.
* NoteIf low
1) Ifpressure descends
low pressure below 229
become kPa,307kPa,
under the systemclose
turnsthe
off automatically.
gas service Close
valvegas service
of all ODUvalve immediately.
immediately.
This function is operating only Heat Pump model.
*Note 2) If low pressure descends below 229 kPa, the system turns off automatically. Close gas service valve
immediately.
Caution This function is operating only Heat Pump model.
1.Use pump out function within guaranteed temperature range
Back
IDU : 10~32℃ [50~89.6℉]
ODU : 5~40℃ [41~104℉]
404 2. Make certain that IDU SHOOTING
_TROUBLE doesn't run with thermo off modeBOOK
GUIDE
3. Pump out function takes 2~5 min. after compressor start.
during operation _ 405
Make certain that IDU doesn't run with thermo off mode during operation
(in case low pressure doesn't go down)

LGE Internal LGE Internal
Pump Out Use Only Pump Out Use Only
■ Example (Slave2 ODU inverter compressor failure) ■ Example (Slave2 ODU inverter compressor failure)
■ Example (Slave2 ODU inverter compressor failure) ■ Example (Slave2 ODU inverter compressor failure)
• For• Heat
For Recovery
Heat Recovery
System System • For• Heat
For Pump
Heat System
Pump System
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
1. Close liquid pipe and low pressure gas pipe of the unit for pump out operation. 1. Close
1. Close liquid liquid
pipe ofpipe of the
the unit unit for
for pump out pump out operation.
operation.
2. Operate pump out. 2. Operate
2. Operate pump pump
out. out.
1. Close liquid pipe and low pressure gas pipe of the unit for pump out operation.
Central Control
3. Close high pressure gas pipe of unit after completion. 3. Close
3. Close gasofpipe
gas pipe of unit
unit after after completion.
completion.
2. Operate pump out.
4. End pump out. 4. End4. pump
End pump
out. out.
3. Close high pressure gas pipe of unit after completion.
5. After replacing the compressor, eliminate remaining refrigerant of corresponding 5. After
5. After replacing
replacing the compressor,
the compressor, eliminaterefrigerant
eliminate remaining remaining of refrigerant of corresponding
corresponding
4. End pump out.
ODU and perform vacuum work. (with vacuum mode) ODUODU and perform
and perform vacuumvacuum
work. (withwork. (with
vacuum vacuum mode)
mode)
5. After replacing the compressor, eliminate remaining refrigerant of corresponding
6. Add the refrigerant with auto charging function. 6. Add6. the
Addrefrigerant
the refrigerant
with autowith auto function.
charging charging function.
ODU and perform vacuum work. (with vacuum mode)
6. Add the refrigerant with auto charging function.
Back
LGE Internal
Back Up Use Only
5.4.6 Vacuum
5.5.3 Snow Removal & Rapid Defrost 5.4.6
5.5.4
Back UpBack
SnowUp
Removal & Rapid Defrost
This function is used when backing up outdoor units or compressors.
This function is used for creating vacuum in the system after compressor replacement, ODU parts replacement This function is used when backing up outdoor units or compressors.
or IDU addition/replacement.
Basic Part
■ Setting the function Function
Function
Function Option Back Up SE 4
Back Up SE 4
Vacuum SE 3 Vacc, oFF
■ Manual Back Up
■ Detailed Information Manual
■ This Back
function Upthe system to operate in case of inverter compressor failure by backing up compressor
allows
• This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. This function allows the system to operate in case of inverter compressor failure by
manually.
backing up be
Service can compressor manually.
asked by displaying error to the customer every 6 hours.
Intorduction
• If the vacuum mode start, ODU valve / ODU & IDU EEV open with "Vacc" display. Service can be asked by displaying error to the customer every 6 hours.
Multi V 5
• Option Setting
• Option Setting
• Vacuum mode cancellation method
Option Detail of function
: Push the reset button on master unit PCB after setting all dip s/w oFF. Option Detail of function
Unit Unit Outdoor
Outdoor unit backunitupback up
* Note : Isolation valves, manual shutoff valves, or 3rd party electronically operated valves, and non- Inv1 Inv1 Inverter compressor No.1 back
Inverter compressor No.1up
back up
operating or malfunctioning electronic valves must be opened manually prior to initiating service Inv2 Inverter compressor No.2 back
Inv2 Inverter compressor No.2up
back up
setting SE3.
Trouble shooting
• Operation Method
• Operation Method
Guide
1)
1) Check whichcompressor
Check which compressor is broken.
is broken. (refer (refer to “Trouble
to "Trouble ShootingShooting
Guide") Guide”)
2)
2) Turn offthe
Turn off thepower.
power.
· ODU operation stops during vacuum mode. compressor can't operate. 3)
3) Set thedip
Set the dipS/W
S/Wof of defective
defective outdoor
outdoor unit. unit.
4)
4) Turn onthe
Turn on thepower.
power.
ex1) Inverter SLAVE1 compressor fail of Slave1  option “Inv1” selection
ex1) Inverter SLAVE1 compressor fail of Slave1 → option "Inv1" selection
Control Logic
ex2)Unit
ex2) Unit fail
failofofSlave2
Slave2→
option "Unit"
option selection
“Unit” selection
** In
In1comp model, setting the 'inv2' can not becan
used.
Central Control
1comp model, setting the 'inv2' not be used.
** IfIfyou
youmake
makea backup
a backupof compressor in 1comp model,
of compressor the outdoor
in 1comp model, unitthe
is automatically
outdoor unit backed up.
is automatically backed up.
·•Manual
Manual back
back up function
up function mode mode is applied
is applied after pushafter push
the main PCBthereset
main PCB reset button.
button.
·•You
Youmustmustsetset
the the function
function of the of the outdoor
outdoor unit to beunit
backedto be
up. backed up.
·•IfIfyou
youwant
want to disable
to disable the backup,
the backup, please
please set set the 'off'.
the 'off'.
·•TThis function
his function is ais a temporary.
temporary. do not do nottoforget
forget turn thistofunction
turn this function
off after off after
replacing compressor. Long term
replacing
use compressor.
of this function will lead toLong term
multiple use of this
compressor function
failures on thewill lead to multiple
system.
compressor failures on the system.
Back
LGE Internal
Back Up Use Only
■ Auto Back Up
■ Auto Back Up 5.4.6 Forced
5.5.5 Snow Removal
Oil Return
& Rapid Defrost
This function
This function allows
allows the systemthe systemintocase
to operate operate in case
of inverter of inverter
compressor compressor
failure by failure by
backing up compressor
automatically.
backing up compressor automatically.
Service can becanasked This function is used in recovering the oil level of the compressor through recollecting the accumulated oil in the
Service beby displaying
asked error to theerror
by displaying customer every
to the 6 hours. every 6 hours.
customer
pipe.
Basic Part
Function Option
Forced Oil Return SE 5 01, oFF
Inverter commpressor failure
(No. 21, 22, 26, 27, 29 error occur) ■ Option Selection
Intorduction
oFF Off (Default)
Multi V 5
01 Oil return on
• Automatically disabled the forced oil return function after finishing oil return function.
Trouble shooting
Guide
·If a compressor is lost and it is unknown if oil is trapped in the pipeline, ask an authorized technician.
5.5.6 Forced Defrost

This function is used in defrosting of heat exchanger.
Control Logic
ex) Slave1 unit Inverter compressor 1 start failure error No. 21 occur
Function Option
Forced Defrost SE 6 Def, oFF
Central Control
oFF Off (Default)
Def Defrost on
• Request
· Request serviceservice immediately
immediately if error occurs.
if error occurs.
· Auto• Auto
back upback upupistoset
is set up to compressor.
1 inverter 1 inverter compressor. ■ Detailed information
• If Inverter
· If Inverter compressor
compressor auto backauto backerror
up starts, up displays
starts, error
for 10 displays
min. everyfor 10 min. every 6 hours.
6 hours. • This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
• Error
· Error displays
displays continuously
continuously at the corresponding
at the corresponding ODU. ODU.
• Automatically disabled the forced defrost function after finishing manual defrost.
Back
5.4.6 Display
5.5.7 Snow Removal
Cycle Information
& Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Noise
5.5.8 Snow Removal
Reduction& Rapid Defrost
This function is to display the main parameter value displayed by LGMV in real time through the 7-segment It is a function to reduce the noise of the entire system.
of the master outdoor unit for smooth operation when the LGMV cable is faulty or missing. The 7 segment is
display 26 different cycle data.
Basic Part
Function Option
Noise Reduction SE 9 oFF, op1~op2
Function Option
Display Cycle Information SE 8 op1~op26 ■ Option Selection
oFF Normal operation (Fast cooling & Fast heating)
step Title 7-seg example seg_1 seg_2 seg_3 seg_4
Intorduction
op1 Powerful Refrigerant noise reduction
Multi V 5
op1 Current High Pressure P1 4321 kPa 4 3 2 1
op2 Current low Pressure P2 1234 kPa 1 2 3 4 op2 Mild Refrigerant noise reduction Mode
op3 Inv 1 Freq. h1 120 Hz 1 2 0
op4 Inv 2 Freq. h2 30 Hz 3 0 • oFF : Performance priority
op5 fan rpm h3 110 RPM 1 1 0 • op1 : Refrigerant noise reduction priority
op6 Subcooling degree T1 53°C 5 3 (Initial indoor EEV 120 pls / compressor Hz slow up, Europe model default)
op7 Superheating degree T2 -4.5°C - 4 5 • op2 : Mid mode between OFF and OP1
Trouble shooting
op8 ODU Air Temp. T3 10°C 1 0 0 (Initial indoor EEV 150 pls)
op9 Suction Temp. T4 43.4°C 4 3 4
Guide
op10 Comp1 discharge temp. T5 150°C 1 5 0 ■ Detailed information
op11 Comp2 discharge temp. T6 124°C 1 2 4 • This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
op12 Liquid pipe temp. T7 10°C 1 0 0
op13 Sc_in T8 10°C 1 0 0 • In case of SE9, it is an option to set control based on an outdoor unit. It is a function to control (reduce)
op14 Sc_out T9 10°C 1 0 0 the noise of the entire system, not to control noise in individual indoor units.
op15 hex_total T10 10°C 1 0 0 That is, it is all indoor unit control, not individual indoor unit control. Individual indoor unit control is pos-
op16 hex_hi T11 10°C 1 0 0 sible through indoor unit setting option.
Control Logic
op17 hex_low T12 10°C 1 0 0
op18 Inlet pipe temp of IDU T13 -10°C - 1 0 0 • Differences between SE9 and SE11
op19 main1 eev PLS1 1950 pls 1 9 4 0 - SE9 (Noise Reduction): outdoor unit noise control + indoor unit noise control
op20 main2 eev PLS2 32 pls 3 2 - SE11 (Heating fan Low noise): outdoor unit fan noise control
op21 sc eev PLS3 16 pls 1 6 (control factor : the outdoor temperature, heat exchanger temperature, indoor unit operation rate, not
op22 oil eev PLS4 50 pls 5 0 always controlled)
op23 vi eev1 PLS5 1350 pls 1 3 5 0
op24 vi eev2 PLS6 50 pls 5 0
Central Control
op25 IDU running capacity IDU1 24 kBtu/h 2 4
op26 Total number of IDU IDU2 10 EA 1 0
·Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
■ Detailed information ·Change a power consumption or efficiency.
Back
5.4.6 Entry
5.5.9 Snow Heating
RemovalOil
& Return
Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.5.10 Heating
Removal
Fan Low
& Rapid
NoiseDefrost
This function is for performing oil recovery operation while heating operation. It is a function to reduce outdoor fan max rpm by adjusting low target pressure while heating mode.
The refrigerant noise claim occurs due to repetition of oil recovery operation, this function will be checked and
applied.
Basic Part
Function Option
Heating Fan Low Noise SE 11 oFF, on
Function Option
Entry Heating Oil Return SE 10 oFF, on ■ Option Selection
oFF Off (Default)
Intorduction
on Function enabled
Multi V 5
oFF Default
on Operate entry heating oil return ■ Detailed information
• This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. •T
he fan rpm is reduced by about 50 to 70% and may vary depending on environment and logic.
Trouble shooting
• If the oil level is not recovered and cycle issue such as high pressure rise / low-pressure drop after the oil • Differences between SE9 and SE11
recovery in the heating mode, the oil recovery is performed in the cooling mode. - SE9 (Noise Reduction): outdoor unit noise control + indoor unit noise control
Guide
- SE11 (Heating fan Low noise): outdoor unit fan noise control
• It is effective if the heating operation rate is high and the possibility of occurrence of cycle issue is low (control factor : the outdoor temperature, heat exchanger temperature, indoor unit operation rate, not
due to installation / operation conditions. however, if a cycle issue occurs, it may be ineffective by re- always controlled)
entering the cooling mode.
ex) In case of SE11, optimize fan noise by adjusting the target low pressure when
the outdoor temperature is more than 5°C, the indoor unit operation rate is less
than 30%, and the heat exchanger temperature is more than 3°C
Control Logic
·If a cycle issue occurs, check the cycle by performing forced oil recovery operation (SE5).

·Change a power consumption or efficiency.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.5.11 Number
Removal
of Partial
& Rapid
Defrosts
Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.5.12 LevelRemoval
Changes&ofRapid
CH200Defrost
This function is used for continuous heating control by option setting split defrost (heating cycle, upper / lower It is a function to change CH200 error level.
valve control)
Basic Part
■ Setting the function Function Option
Function Option Level Changes of CH200 SE 14 oFF, on
Number of Partial Defrosts SE 12 oFF, op1~op11
■ Option Selection Option Detail of function
Option Maximum Partial Defrost Cycles Option Maximum Partial Defrost Cycles oFF level 3 (CH200 display, system off, default)
Intorduction
oFF None (Default) op6 6 on level 4 (CH200 display, system on)
Multi V 5
op1 1 op7 7
op2 2 op8 8 ■ Detailed information
• This function is used with heat recovery.
op3 3 op9 9
op4 4 op10 10 • In case CH200 occurs because of communication error or individual breaker,
op5 5 op11 11 - Option is 'ON' → Changes to level4 and system on with CH200 display
Trouble shooting
- Option is 'OFF' → Changes to level3 and system off with CH200 display.
Guide
* Note : In order to prevent the accumulation of ice on the side of the outdoor unit, it is considered that the 5.4.6 Snow
5.5.13 LevelRemoval
Changes&ofRapid
CH53Defrost
number of partial defrost is minimized and that overall defrost is effective on the outdoor unit side.
however, on the indoor unit side, frequent overall defrost can cause the lack of heating (according It is a function to change error level in the state of CH53.
conversion to cooling cycle).
Control Logic
Function Option
Level Changes of CH53 SE 15 oFF, on
·Change a power consumption or efficiency. ■ Option Selection
oFF level 4 (CH53 display, system on, default)
Central Control
on level 4 (CH53 display, system on)
• In case CH200 occurs because of communication error or individual breaker,

- System operation is possible with level4 regardless of option setting.
-B ut after setting the option 'on', if CH21, 26, 29, or 116 occurs in the state of CH53, the system will not
operate because it is switched to level 1.
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.5.14 Fan Motor
Removal
Service
& Rapid
mode
Defrost 5.6. IDU Mode
This is a function that can check each motor defect in a model with 2 fan (UXB/UXC chassis)
5.4.6 EEV
5.6.1 SnowPulse
Removal
of Non-operating
& Rapid Defrost
IDU in Heating
■ Setting the function It is the function to adjust EEV pulse of no IDU in heating.
Basic Part
Function Option
Fan Motor Service mode SE 17 oFF, on ■ Setting the function
Function Option
EEV Pulse of Non-operating IDU seg1, seg2 : IDU No.
Option Detail of function Id 1
in Heating seg3, seg4 : EEV * 10pls
oFF Default
on Fan Motor Service mode
Intorduction
Multi V 5
seg1, seg2 seg3, seg4
■ Detailed information 1 ~ 64 40 ~ 120 * 10pls
• After completion of the inspection, 2 motor wires must be connected again.
There is no distinction between upper and lower connectors) • EEV pulse can be set in units of 10pls from 150 to 300pls. ('0': No setting)
Trouble shooting
·Use this service mode for inspection of motor defect with 2 fan model because in case of 2 fan model
• It is a function to take action in case of unusual issue in the field.
Guide
like UXB/UXC chassis, only 1 inverter operate 2 fan motor. If you disconnect 1 wire of motor without this
service mode, the system will display error.
·This function is available at system off without any error. ex) EEV pulse of indoor unit is typically 80pls. (different by model)
·Reset the system after inspection. ① Claims due to refrigerant noise in non-operating IDU → EEV pulse ▼
·In case of outdoor unit combination, this function will be operated at each unit. ② Refrigerant shortage cycle non-operating IDU during low load operation → EEV pulse ▲
Control Logic
·If the EEV pulse is large, the risk of noise generation may increase and if the EEV pulse is small, the risk
of liquid accumulation may increase.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Set
5.6.2 SnowIDU
Removal
Superheat
& Rapid
/ Set Defrost
IDU Subcool 5.4.6 Set
5.6.3 SnowAuto
Removal
Pipe Detection
& Rapid Defrost
/ Start Auto Pipe Detection
This function is used to set additional superheat and subcool in the indoor unit. The function that sets connection relationship automatically between the indoor unit and heat recovery unit.
Basic Part
seg1, seg2 : IDU No. Set Auto Pipe Search Id 5 oFF, Ath, Atc, Nor
Set IDU Superheat Id 2
seg3, seg4 : IDU Superheat
seg1, seg2 : IDU No. Start Auto Pipe Search Id 6 oFF, StA
Set IDU subcool Id 3
seg3, seg4 : IDU Subcool
■ Option Selection Set Auto Pipe Detection Start Auto Pipe Detection
Intorduction
seg3, seg4 Option Detail of function Option Detail of function
Multi V 5
seg1, seg2
IDU Superheat IDU subcool oFF None (Default) oFF None (Default)
1 ~ 64 -9 ~ +9 -5 ~ +9 Ath Mode1 StA Start Pipe Search
Atc Mode2 - -
• Set EACH IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id2 or 3" → EACH → Select Indoor Unit No. → Set Value
• Set All IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id2 or 3" → ALL → Set Value Nor Manual Pipe Search - -
Trouble shooting
• "Ath" Setting : Outdoor temperature is over 15°C(59°F) (If it fail, use "Atc")
• "Atc" Setting : Outdoor temperature is below 15°C(59°F) (If it fail, use "Ath")
Guide
• In cooling mode, ■ Detailed information
1) IDU Superheat ▲ → refrigerant flow ▼ → refrigerant noise ▼ & performance ▼
2) IDU Superheat ▼ → refrigerant flow ▲ → performance ▲ 1. Auto Pipe Detection
(Caution to the performance down of other indoor units and liquid compression) • 5~30 minutes are required depending on the number of the indoor units and outdoor temperature.
• In heating mode, • The number of the indoor units connected is displayed on7-Segment of the outdoor unit main PCB for
Control Logic
1) IDU Superheat ▲ → refrigerant flow ▼ → refrigerant noise ▼ & performance ▼ about 1 minute.
2) IDU Superheat ▼ → refrigerant flow ▲ → performance ▲
(Caution to the performance down of other indoor units) • In case of auto pipe detecting error, '200' is displayed .
• Auto pipe detection process is completed after '88' is disappeared.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Set
5.6.4 SnowZone
Removal
Master& Rapid Defrost
·Execute auto pipe detection again whenever the indoor PCB and HR unit PCB is replaced.
- Operation error occurs unless power is supplied to the indoor and HR units. It is a function to operate according to the mode of the master indoor unit when several indoor units are con-
·Error No.200 occurs if the number of connected indoor units and that of scanned indoor units are differ- nected to one of the branch of the heat recovery model.
ent.
·If auto pipe detection process fails, complete it with manual pipe detection
Basic Part
(see Manual pipe detection part). ■ Setting the function
·If auto pipe detection process is completed normally, manual pipe detection is not required. Function Step Option
·If you want to do auto pipe detection again after auto pipe detection fails, do after reset of outdoor unit by seg1 : Branch No.
all means. 1
Set Zone Master Id 7 seg2 : Pipe No.
·During 5 minutes after pipe detection is completed, do not turn off the main unit PCB to save the result of
2 seg3, seg4 : IDU No.
pipe detection automatically.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. Manual Pipe Detection seg1 seg2 seg3, seg4
• Procedure 1~G 1~4 1 ~ 64
1) Enter the central control address into each indoor unit using its wired remote controller.
2) Turn No.1 of DIP s/w SW02M of HR unit PCB on.
3) Reset the power of HR unit PCB.
• This function is used with heat recovery.
4) On the HR unit PCB, manually set address of each valve of the HR unit to the central control address
of the indoor unit connected to the valve.
• Operation
Trouble shooting
5) Reset the power of outdoor unit PCB.
Step 1 : Branch No. (using '◀' button) & Pipe No. setting (using '▶' button)
6) The number of the indoor unit installed is displayed after about 5 minutes.
Step 2 : Indoor Unit No.(using '◀'' ▶' button)
Guide
ex) HR → The number of the indoor
( The number of the indoor unit to be displayed is the number of the indoor
7) Reset the power of outdoor unit PCB, HR unit.
unit connected to the zone selected in step 1)
8) Manual pipe detection is completed
* To proceed to next stpe, press SW01C (●: execute) button.
·In case that central controller is not installed, firstly set up central controller's setting to make address
Control Logic
setting of indoor units. ·Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
·In case that central controller is installed, please set central control address in wired remote control of
indoor unit.
·HR unit's manual pipe address is set by the central control adress of indoor units.
·Address of valve which is not connected with indoor unit should be set differently with the address of a
valve which is indoor unit connected (If address is overlapped valve will not work preperly).
·If there occurs some error during pipe detection process, it means pipe detection process is not properly
finished.
Central Control
·If an error occurred, it means that manual pipe setting is not completed.
·During 5 minutes after pipe detection process is completed, do not turn off the main outdoor unit's PCB to
save the result of pipe detection automatically.
Back
5.4.6 Operating
5.6.5 Snow Removal
IDU Low
& Rapid
NoiseDefrost 5.4.6 In
5.6.6 Snow
Cooling
Removal
IDU EEV
& Rapid
Max.Defrost
Pulse
This function is used to reduce refrigerant noise when the indoor unit starts to run for heat recovery system. It is the function to prevent excessive opening by setting EEV maximum pulse of indoor unit in cooling.
Basic Part
Function Step Option Function Option
seg1, seg2 : - seg1, seg2 : IDU No.
1 In Cooling IDU EEV Max. Pulse Id 9
seg3, seg 4 : IDU No. seg3, seg4 : Max. EEV * 10pls
seg1 : 1, 2
Operating IDU Low Noise Id 8 2
seg2, seg3, seg4 : - ■ Option Selection
seg,1, seg 2 : -
3 seg1, seg2 seg3, seg4
seg 3,4 : EEV pulse
1 ~ 64 150 ~300 * 10pls
Intorduction
Multi V 5
• Maximum EEV pulse can be set in units of 10pls from 150 to 300pls. ('0': No setting)
Step seg1 seg2 seg3, seg4 • Set EACH IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id9" → EACH → Select Indoor Unit No. → Set Value
1 - - 1 ~ 64 • Set All IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id9" → ALL → Set Value
2 1 (Cooling) / 2 (Heating) - -
Cooling 0, 13 ~ 17 ■ Detailed information
- - • This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
('1' in step 2) (13 0 ~ 170pls)
3
Trouble shooting
Heating
- - 0, 1 (140pls) • In cooling mode, the typical normal maximum pulse is 600. If superheat is too low,
('2' in step 2)
Guide
you can restrict IDU max pulse to reduce noise in cooling caused by valve hunting.
• Impossible to set all indoor unit at once Only possible to set each indoor unit
• Adjust operating range to stop hunting and stop noise
■ Detailed information EEV valve normal range 0 ~ 1350 pulse
• This function is used with heat recovery. EEV in cooling typically open < 600 pulse, never greater than 1000 pulse
EEV in heating typically 8 ~ 1350 pulse
Maximum open can be adjusted down to 300 pulse
Control Logic
·Maintain setting EEV pulse when the indoor unit starts to run for about 3min. ·Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Comfort
5.6.7 Snow Removal
Cooling& Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Non-operating
5.6.8 Snow RemovalIDU
& Rapid
Subcool
Defrost
It is function to reduce the ODU energy consumption by the continuous operation without thermo off. It is function to reduce refrigerant noise that might be heard when non-operating IDU EEV is opened to recover
liquid accumulated inside IDU.
Basic Part
Function Option
seg1, seg2 : IDU No. Function Option
Comfort Cooling Id 10
seg3, seg4 : 0, 1~3 seg1, seg2 : IDU No.
Non-operating IDU Subcool Id 11
seg3, seg4 : IDU Subcool
seg1, seg2 seg3, seg4 seg3, seg4
0 No setting seg1, seg2 seg3, seg4
Intorduction
Multi V 5
1 Cooling capacity low, Power consumption low 0 Default
1 ~ 64 1 Add 1°C of IDU subcool
2 Cooling capacity mid, Power consumption mid 1 ~ 64
3 Cooling capacity high, Power consumption high
7 Add 7°C of IDU subcool
• Set EACH IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id10" → EACH → Select IDU No. → Set Value
• Set All IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id10" → ALL → Set Value • Set EACH IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id11" → EACH → Select Indoor Unit No. → Set Value
Trouble shooting
• Set All IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id11" → ALL → Set Value
Guide
• This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. ■ Detailed information
• Possible setting condition
Indoor setting temperature - Indoor temperature < -2°C
• Operation
- Exist Indoor unit humid sensor : Use Indoor unit humid Value ·Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
Control Logic
- Non Exist Indoor unit humid sensor : Use Default Value
- Accurate superheat control using calculated values
·For detailed logic, please refer to the next appendix page.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Set
5.6.9 SnowIDU
Removal
Superheat
& Rapid
For Fan
Defrost
It is a function to alleviate dew condensation on indoor unit panel by setting additional superheat according to
the indoor air volume when moisture is continuously generated or input into the room.
Ⅳ. Control Logic
Basic Part
Function Option
seg1, seg2 : IDU No..
Set IDU Superheat for Fan Id 12
seg3, seg4 : IDU Superheat
HR Unit Control
seg3, seg4 1. Basic Control 430
Intorduction
seg1, seg2
Multi V 5
Option Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 2. Special Control 431
0 0 0 0
1 0 +1 +2
1 ~ 64
2 +1 +2 +3
3 +2 +3 +4
Trouble shooting
• Set EACH IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id12" → EACH → Select Indoor Unit No. → Set Value
• Set All IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id12" → ALL → Set Value
Guide
• In high humidity region, this option can be applied to prevent dew condensation
• Set step1 ~ step 3 to each or all IDU according to field condition (high humidity)
Control Logic
·This function reduces IDU capacity when fan speed reduces by raising superheat as fan speed lowers
·When setting this function, the temperature of the indoor unit may rise by about
1 °C ~ 4 °C.
·When used with the target pressure adjusting function (Fn8), the temperature of the indoor unit connected
Central Control
to the same outdoor unit may rise as well.
Back
Functions
1. Basic Control 2. Special Control
Functions Functions Functions
Functions
1. Basic Control 2. Special Control
Functions
1.11.1 Normal
Normal Operation
Operation Functions
2. Special Control
2.12.1
Oil Oil Return/Defrost
Return/Defrost ControlControl
1. Basic Control 2.1 Oil Return/Defrost Control
Functions Cooling Heating Component Starting Running Ending
Actuator Power on Stop state
1.1 Normal Operation operation operation Component
Inverter compressor Starting
Stop Running
60 Hz Ending
40 Hz
High pressure gas valve Close Close Open Keep Inverter compressor Stop 60 Hz 40orHz
1. Basic
Actuator
Control Power on
Cooling Heating
Stop state
High pressure gas valve Keep Close Open Close
Basic Part
After 30 sec. High pressure gas
gas valve
valve Keep Close Open
operation operation Low pressure Keep Open Open or
or Close
Close
1.1 Normal Operation
Low pressure gas valve
Open
Open Close Keep
High pressure gas valve Close Close Open Keep LowBalancing
pressure gas valve
valve Keep
Open for 30s Open
Close Open or Close
Close
Liquid valve Close
After 30 sec. Open
Cooling Close
Heating Close
Balancing valve Open for 30s Close Close
LowActuator
pressure gas valve Power on Open Close Stop state
Keep
Open operation operation
1.2 Starting Control(Heating Mode Only)
High pressure gas valve Close Close Open Keep
Liquid
If the system valve
is operated Close
in the heating Open gas valves Close
mode, all high pressure are opened Close 2.22.2
Liquid Bypass
Liquid ControlControl
Bypass
1.2 Starting Control(Heating
After 30 sec. Mode Only) 2.2 Liquid Bypass Control
1.2 Starting
1.3 Valve Control(Heating
Low pressure
Control gas valve Mode Only) Open
Open
Close Keep
If the system
Mode changeistimer
operated in the heating
is calculated mode,
as Table all valves
1, and high pressure gas valves
are controlled are opened
by Mode change timer according to Indoor units operating
Intorduction
Table 2. Liquid valve Close Open Close Close
Multi V 5
Indoor units operating
1.3 Table
Valve1. Control
Mode change timer calculation
1.2Mode
Starting
change Control(Heating Mode
timer is calculated as Table Only)
1, and valves are controlled by Mode change timer according to
If 2. Previous
the system
Table modein the heating mode,
is operated Changing
all highmode Mode
pressure gas valves arechange
openedtimer
1.3 Valve
Table 1. Mode
Stop
Control
change timer calculationCooling or heating
or ventilation 120 sec
1.3 Valve Control
Previous
Mode change mode
is calculated as TableChanging
timermode
Cooling 1, and mode
valves
Heating Mode
are controlled by Modechange
sec timer
change
180 timer according to
Are whole indoor units No
Table 2. operating
Are whole indoor units No
Stop or ventilation
Heating mode Cooling or heating
Cooling 120
120 sec
sec cooling mode?
operating
Trouble shooting
Table 1. Mode change timer calculation
Cooling mode Heating During 180 sec: 60 sec cooling mode?
Previous
Cooling mode
or heating Changing
Stop mode
or ventilation Modeheating
change timer
Guide
During cooling : 0 sec
Heating mode Cooling 120 sec Yes
Stop or ventilation Cooling or heating 120 sec
Yes
Table 2. Valve or
Cooling control by mode changeStop
heating timeror ventilation During heating : 60 sec
Cooling mode Heating During 180 sec : 0 sec
cooling Solenoid valve open
Operating Mode change H/P gas L/P gas Balancing for liquidvalve
bypass
Heating mode Cooling 120 sec valve Solenoid open
mode timer valve valve
Table 2. Valve control by mode change timer (High
for pressure gas →
liquid bypass
During heating : Close
60 sec
Cooling or heating 120 ≤ timer Stop or ventilation
Operating Mode change
Keep
H/P gas
Keep
L/P gas coolingBalancing
Low pressure
(High pressure gas valve)
gas →
During : 0 sec
mode 0 < timer
timer< 120 Close
valve Close
valve Open
valve Low pressure gas valve)
Control Logic
Cooling
Table 2. Valve control by mode
120 ≤change
timer = 0 timer
timer Close
Keep Open
Keep Close
Close
Operating
Cooling 180
0Mode
< ≤change
timer timer
< 120 Keep
H/P gas
Close Keep
L/P gas
Close Close
Balancing
Open 2.32.3 Subcooling
Subcooling EEV Control
EEV Control
mode
Heating timer< 180
0 <timer
timer =0
valve
Close
Close
valve
Close
Open
valve
Close
Close 2.3 Target
Subcooling EEV Control
: about 25℃(77℉)
Subcooling EEV
Target : about works with Fuzzy rules to keep the degree of subcooling at the outlet of subcooler during
25℃(77℉)
120
timer
180 ≤
≤ timer
=0
timer Keep
Open
Keep Keep
Close
Keep Close
Close simultaneous operation
Subcooling EEV works with Fuzzy rules to keep the degree of subcooling at the outlet of subcooler during
0 Close The degree ofoperation
subcooler = T outlet of subcooler – T inlet of subcooler
Cooling
Heating 00<
<<timer
timer < 120
timer< 5180
Close
Cooling mode :
Close Close
Keep
Open
Close
Close
simultaneous
timer ==00 Close
Close Open Close The degree of subcooler = T outlet of subcooler – T inlet of subcooler
Stop or timer Open Close Close
Central Control
ventilation Heating mode :
180 ≤ timer LowKeep
pressure Keep Close
0Timer = 05
< timer Cooling mode : Keep
Keep Close
Close
Heating 0 < timer < 180 gas valve
Close
Close Close Close
Stop or ➔ Close
ventilation timer = 0 Heating
Openmode : Close Close
Low- 61
pressure
- Keep Close
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. AllTimer =0
right reserved.
gas valve
Cooling mode : LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes 0 < timer 5 Keep Close
Close
➔Close
Stop or
ventilation Heating
- 61 mode
- : - 62 -
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Low pressure Keep CloseLGE Internal Use Only LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes Timer = 0 Only for training and service purposes - 62 -
gas valve Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
➔ Close LGE Internal Use Only
- 61 -
Back
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Ⅴ. Central Control
Basic Part
1. Introduction of LG HVAC Controller 435
2. Common Part 441
3. Product Part 451
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Basic Part
Introduction of LG HVAC Controller
1. Introduction of LG HVAC Controller 436
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
1. Introduction of LG HVAC Controller
Basic Part
(discontinued)
(discontinued)
• 10 inch type Touch LCD

• Max. 128 IDUs
• Exp I/O allowed
AC Smart 5
PACS5A000
for thermostat(analog input)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
(discontinued) PDRYCB320
(discontinued)
• Web Controller
• Max. 256 IDUs
• Exp I/O allowed
ACP 5
PACP5A000
Trouble shooting
Guide
(discontinued)
(discontinued) *( ) Name used before BECON HVAC.
Note :
Control Logic
• PDI : Power Distribution Indicator. Displays the power usage rate of the VRF system’s indoor unit
• 4 85 G/W : Installed for communication with central controllers in certain products (indoor, outdoor equipment)
•D ry Contact : P roduct for controlling the SAC of external equipment via contact or modus communication.
AC Manager 5 • Do-kit : Assigns an address to the air conditioner central controller for controlling the on/off of externally
connected equipment through the central controller.
Note : • ACS IO Module : Expansion module connected to the central controller for enabling the control of
• A wide range of central controllers can be adopted depending on the size of the building. external equipment.
• BMS G/W functions as a central controller as well as a G/W.
Central Control
• ACM IV is the S/W for integrating other hardware controllers.
• ACM 5 is possible to connect PC, Tablet, Smart Phone.
Back
■ Compatibility between Controllers
(S/W) (S/W) (S/W) (S/W) (S/W) (S/W) Slave (B)
AC Ez AC Smart ACP
AC Ez ACP IV/5 ACP Lonworks PDI
Touch IV/5 BACnet
AC Ez AC Ez Touch AC Smart ACP AC Manager IV AC Manager 5 Master (A)
IV : PACS4B000 IV : PACP4B000 AC Ez O X X X X X X
Model Code PQCSZ250S0 PACEZA000 PACM4B000**** PACM5A000****
Basic Part
5 : PACS5A000 5 : PACP5A000
Max. IDUs 32 64 128 256 8,192 8,192 AC Ez Touch O O X X X X O
Size (mm, W x H x D) 190 x 120 x 17 137 x 121 x 25 253.2 x 167.7 x 27 270 x 155 x 65 - 270 x 155 x 65 AC Smart IV/5 O O O X X X O
ERV/ERV DX Control ● ● ● ● ● ● ACP IV/5 O O O X X X O
Hydro kit Control ● ● ● ● ● ACP BACnet O O O X X X O
LG AHU Control ● ● ● ● ACP Lonworks O O O X X X O
LG Chiller Control ●* ●* ● ● PDI X X X X X X X
Total On/Off (All IDUs) ● ● ● ● ●
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Individual / Group Control ● ● ● ● ● ●
Visual Navigation ● ● ● ● ■ Compatibility with Integrator
Schedule ● ● ● ● ● ● Slave (B)
AC Ez AC Smart ACP
Error code display ● ● ● ● ● ● AC Ez Touch IV/5 ACP IV/5 BACnet ACP Lonworks PDI
History ● (error) ● ● ● ● Master (A)
Lock
Total ● ● ● ● ● ● AC Manager IV X X O O O O X
Trouble shooting
Partial ● ● ● ● ● AC Manager 5 X X O O O O X
● ● ● ● ●
Guide
Peak Control
Time limit Note : Only one master can be selected for one 485 node.
Auto Control ● ● ● ● Products can be divided into ones that only operate as master and ones with the master/slave
Control selection option.
Auto changeover ● ● ● ● ●
Setback ● ● ● ● ●
Energy Electricity Use ●** ●** ●** ● ●
Report Gas Use ●** ●** ● ●
Control Logic
Emergency
Pattern ● ● ● ●
Virtual Group
Interlocking
Control ● ● ● ●
ACS I/O
Module ● ● ● ●
2 Setpoint ●*** ●*** ●*** ● ●
Energy
●** ●** ●
Central Control
Navigation
Remote IV : Web (flash) IV : Web (flash)
By PC S/W By PC S/W Web (HTML5)
Access 5 : Web (HTML5) 5 : Web (HTML5)
I/O Port
DI : 1 DI : 2 / DO : 2 DI : 10 / DO : 4
(including)
* Need Chiller Option S/W(PCHLLN000)

** Need PDI Standard / Premium
*** Available with 4 generation Indoor unit
**** Integrator products(AC Manager IV or 5) require AC Smart IV or ACP IV for physical connection of HVAC system
Back
Basic Part
Common Part
1. Communication Hierarchy 442
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. PI 485 Gateway 443
3. Centeral Control Address 447
Trouble shooting
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
1. Communication Hierarchy 2. PI 485 Gateway
■ In some circumstances, the 485 G/W can be omitted when installing the central
controller.
Central
Multi V controller
ERV
PI485
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Single/Multi
Cool/20°C/High/Temperature lock setting
Trouble shooting
Note : The LG SAC central controller communicates with the product through the LGAP central control
protocol. The BMS and AC Manager are based on Ethernet communication but has different
Guide
protocol.
AHU
■ 485 G/W installation is unnecessary if the conditions listed below are met.
Control Logic
Multi V Plus2, Sync2 or later model (Multi V III, IV)
Outdoor unit
For Multi V S model, please refer to PDB
Indoor unit 2 series or later(4 series)
Remote Controller Below new type or later model
Note : Please refer to the manual or product PDB for information on what PI485 G/W is compatible with
Central Control
each product.
Back
■ Inspection of PI485GW ■ Inspection of 485 module (for MV IV)
LED03 : Module’s power status Indicator
Always OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Basic Part
<Dip Switch> LED01C/LED02C :
communication between
<PI485>
outdoor PCB and 485 module
<Status indicating LED> CN6

Housing for outdoor equipment connector
Intorduction
Outdoor equipment is inverter product.
Multi V 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
<Status Indicating LED>
Outdoor equipment is non inverter
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
product.
Installation and connecting to outdoor equipment

PI485 G/W installed indoor unit or ERV
Trouble shooting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - Install the central controller
Guide
module board in the location
for optional modules in the
outdoor equipment control
• Check for normal communications box.
(Hang the upper part and fix
• LED1(Green) the lower part with screws)
Blinks when the PI485 and central controller PI 485 Dip s/w setting procedure
Control Logic
(AC-Ez/ACP/AC Smart/…) are communicating.
• LED01G(Red) <PI485 Dip S/W> Location for optional module
L
Blinks when receiving information from outdoor
on the number of indoor unit with addresses
(once in 3 minutes). s/w #1 on – Multi V, Multi MPS inverter
(for multi and multi v, number of blinks is equal s/w #2 on – MPS fixed speed multi
to the number of indoor unit) s/w #3 on – Ventilator, Duct, Single
• LED02G (Yellow) s/w #4 on – L GAP implemented product
s/w #5 on – ( up to Multi V 7 series),
Central Control
When data is received by the PI485 from
outdoor off(subsequent models)
• LED03G (Orange)
When data is transmitted from PI485 →
Outdoor.
Back
3. Centeral Control Address
• Check for normal communications ※ Do not set the same address to different IDUs connected to the same Central Controller.
[Normal operations] Standard II

- LED01C(green, Rx), LED02C(green, Tx ) : Press button(3sec)
Blinking once every 2s ~ 10s Repeat Pressing button (Function code 02 : XX)
ơ If the above sequence is not
Basic Part
observed, check the connections
Press ok/Clear (saved)
to main board.
Press ESC
- LED03C(red) :
Power on status (Always On)
ơ If the above sequence is not
observed, check the connection between
A and B terminal of the central controller
communications line Standard III
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Select setting category and Press [Ʒ(up)] for 3 seconds.
Input the password and press [OK].
Select [Centeral Control Address] and set address.
• Connect to central controller
Trouble shooting
- Connect the communication
line of the central controller to
Guide
the central controller terminal
(CEN_A, CEN_B) on the
external board. Wireless
For Setting Address
Press FUNC + Reset
Run/Stop Button (Saved)
Control Logic
<*Pay attention to wire polarities when connecting> Press Reset (Exit)
※ PI485 for Multi V Super doesn’t require separate dip switch setting.
For Checking Address Press

Plasma+Reset (Toward the IDU)
Central Control
Press Start/Stop button (count the number of blinking)
Press Reset (Exit)
※ It’s different on wireless remote controller model. Refer to each manual.
Back
Hydro kit AHU control kit
Press button(3sec)
Press button(3sec)
Repeat Pressing button
Basic Part
Repeat Pressing button
(Function code 07 : XX)
(Function code 11 : XX)
Press ok/Clear (saved) Set address with Up/Down
Press ESC Press ok/Clear (saved)
Press ESC
Intorduction
Multi V 5
ACS IO module (PEXPMB000)
Modbus G/W for IDU (PDRYCB500)
Trouble shooting
Address range
: 01~F7
Guide
Recommend
: 20~2F
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
■ Basic Check Point
Products Normality Central Control Addressing
Check Products(IDU, ODU) normality IDU’s address checking

: without Central controller (Duplication & Omission of IDU address)
Basic Part
Address checking of All IDU’s address
ODU Auto Addressing
- All IDUs should have unique central control
Error state check
address
: after removing control system If address is duplicated, those IDUs cannot
The other factor checking communicate with central controller
- Pump, Sensor and so on Address checking When using Group Control
Product Part
Communication Cable wiring Master/Slave & PI485 setting 1. AC – Ez 452
Intorduction
Multi V 5
“BUS Wiring” is mandatory Central Controller Master/Slave setting
PI485 G/W checking by products
2. AC – Ez Touch 463
Checking Disconnection/Short of cable
3. AC Smart 5 476
Comm. cable checking There should be only one Master device
(disconnection / short / polarity) on a communication line 4. AC Smart IV 484
- ACP, ACP_BACnet is Master device only
Node limitation checking - The other controllers are selective device 5. ACP 5 485
(checking the number of ODU/PI485) : AC Smart, AC Ez, PDI
Cable spec check (VCTF-SB 0.75sq) PI485 G/W Setting for Single & Ventilation 6. ACP IV 493
Trouble shooting
7. AC Manager 5 503
Guide
8. AC Manager IV 509
9. PDI (Standard/Premium) 511
10. BMS Gateway 534
11. Dry Contact 559
<Note>
Control Logic
1. The session of “Install” in product part is not include ‘Unit Reg-
istration’ on ACP, AC Smart, ACP BACnet etc . Refer to prouduct
manal.
2. The session of “Install” in product part has explaination of some
function that much times asked to HQ.
3. Some proudcts which have same GUI & functions do not explain
in duplicate.
4. “AC Manager IV is discontinued. We have oinly ‘Flow Chart’
Central Control
category.
Back
1. AC-Ez
Basic Info Wiring Installation Flow chart Case study Basic Info Wiring Installation Flow chart Case study
■ Components
Standard Features Control mode select button

• Indoor Unit Control/Monitoring by Groups/Indoor Units LCD Display
Total ON/OFF control
• Control & Monitor : On/Off
Operation mode
Basic Part
Set temperature
Room temperature
AC Ez Fan speed
Auto swing Schedule
Advanced Function
• It is available to select each Individual, Group, All unit
• Unit status check by intuitive LED light
Intorduction
• Connectable with upper level controller
Multi V 5
• Weekly Schedule Events (8 schedules per 1 day)
• Exception day setting for Schedule function
Group change Detailed Function control part

Model no. PQCSZ250S0
Trouble shooting
Dimension (WxHxD) 190mm x 120mm x 17mm
Individual On/Off control Control Lock
Max. number of unit 32 /Room temp. check
Guide
and status LED display
- One unit type : 32 IDU or 32 Vent
- Mixed unit type : 16 IDU & 16 Vent
Applicable unit type Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV
Display LED, LCD Display
Power 12VDC, 600mA (Not Included)
Control Logic
Surrounding Conditions Operating Temperature : 0~40°C
Storage Temperature : -20~60°C
Humidity : 0~98% (non-condensing)
LG Comm. type 1 Channel RS485
*Channel 1 : Outdoor unit, PI485GW
Central Control
Back
■ ODU Wiring ■ ODU Wiring

*Communication line has polarity : Bus A / B
Wrong wiring (Star Wiring) Right Wiring (Bus Wiring) < Single/Vent/etc >
*ODU PCB mixed with PI485GW is allowed
‫ڸ‬ ‫ڸ‬
Basic Part
BUS B
BUS A
BUS B
BUS A
2 branches
‫ڹ‬ ‫ڹ‬ Backside of Ez
< After Multi V II >
Intorduction
Multi V 5
CEN B
CEN A
CEN B
CEN A
‫ں‬ ‫ں‬
backside of Ez
Trouble shooting
Master master
Guide
(BECON HVAC slave (BECON HVAC slave
Controller) Controller)
■ Power Supply
1) From ODU PCB (after Multi V II)
Control Logic
GND
12V
2) From PI485GW (Single/Vent/etc)
Central Control
backside
12V
GND
*Caution ) Power supply is permitted up to 1 Ez per 1 ODU PCB or PI485GW
Back
3) From external source. ■ Combination

1) 1 AC Ez with one line
[ Master ]
up to 32 units Unit Address Setting
Basic Part
[00] … [07]
[08] … [0F]
AC
Group No. : 0
DC12V * Mode setting : Master [10] … [13]
Adaptor * Group 1 setting
- Product : Air Conditioner [14] … [17]
- Number : 0
Intorduction
[18] … [1B]
Multi V 5
backside * Group 2 setting
- Product : Ventilation [1C] … [1F]
- Number : 1 Group No. : 1

Use an appropriate Power Adaptor : DC12V and more than 600mA
2) A number of AC Ez with one line.
Trouble shooting
up to 8 Ez with one comm. line up to 256 units
Guide
[ Master ] [ Slave ] [Slave ]
Group 1 No : 0 Group 1 No : 2 Group 1 No : E

Group 2 No : 1 Group 2 No : 3 Group 2 No : F
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
3) A number of AC Ez with two lines. ■ Installer Setting Code Table

Unit Address Setting
No. Function Code Value
[00] … [07]
[ Master ] [ Slave ] 1 Master/Slave Setting 1 M : Master S : Slave
No. Function Code Value
Group 1 product Select Air conditioner / Ventilator
Basic Part
[08] … [0F] 12 Master/Slave Setting 12 M : Master S : Slave
Group Number Setting 0~F : Group Address - : No use of this group
Group
Group 12 product
product Select
Select Air conditioner / Ventilator
Air conditioner / Ventilator
[10] … [17] 23 23
Group 1 No : 0 Group 1 No : 2 Group
Group Number Setting
No. Setting 0~F
0~F :: Group
Group Address
Address -- :: No
No use
use of
of this
this group
group
Group 2 No : 1 Group 2 No : 3 Group
Indoor 2units
product Select
searching Air conditioner / Ventilator
[18] … [1F] 34 34
Group Indoor unit searching
(MasterNo. Setting only)
controller 0~F : Group Address - : No use of this group
[20] … [27] Indoor units searching °C : Celsius

45 °C / °F setting 45 Indoor unit searching
(Master controller only)
Intorduction
°F : Fahrenheit
Multi V 5
[28] … [2F] °C : Celsius
5 need
If you °C /more
°F setting 5 product manual
detail, please refer to °F : Fahrenheit
[ Master ] (http://partner.lge.com/global : Home > Download > Manuals)
[30] … [37] If you need more detail, please refer to product manual
(http://partner.lge.com/global : Home > Download > Manuals)
[00] … [07] ■ Group Type
Trouble shooting
Group 1 No : 0 Unit type of each Group can be set as Air conditioner type or Ventilation(including DX model).
One Group can have only one unit type(it cannot be divided by different unit type), so only following
Guide
Group 2 No : 1 [10] … [13]
combinations are allowed.
: max 32 IDU / max 32 Vent. / max 16 IDU + max 16 Vent.

4) Upper level controller is maser, and others are slave mode.
[ Master ] [ Slave ] [Slave ]
Control Logic
Group 1: 16 IDU or 16 ERV Group 2: 16 IDU or 16 ERV
< Example of wrong case >
Group 1: 16 IDU or 16 ERV Group 2: 16 IDU or 16 ERV
< Example of wrong case >
Central Control
Group 1: 16 IDU Group 2: 10 IDU or 6 ERV
Group 1: 16 IDU Group 2: 10 IDU or 6 ERV
Back

- Basic Check Point In case of more than one AC Ez, - Power Supply Source of AC Ez should be
- Check AC Ez Group No. to be matched with Intermittently unexpected shutdown of AC Ez checked
corresponding IDU
Auto searching failure of all or some units
- Check AC Ez Master / Slave Setting
Basic Part
(Only one master device is allowed on a AC EZ get power source from No
AC Ez’s power source is additional adapter.
RS485 line) ODU or PI485.
Yes Yes
Basic Check Point is O.K. No
(Address setting and Communication Setting again
cable) Check Adapter specification.
ODU or PI485 PCB Modify that the number of AC-Ez
can support only 1 AC-Ez connected to adapter does not over
Yes
the adapter specification.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
(Each AC-Ez needs 9~12V, 600mA)
AC Ez “Group No.” is set No Try to change Group No. in AC Ez
properly. It should be matched with corresponding IDU
( settable range : 0~F) (Ex. IDU address 10~18 / Group No of AC Ez:1)
Yes
AC Ez “Master/Slave” is set No If single AC Ez is connected on a RS485 line
Trouble shooting
properly. → set as “Master”
(Master) If multiple AC Ez connect on a RS485 line
→ “Only 1 AC Ez” should be Master
Guide
Yes
No
IDU addresses are not duplicated. Check IDU Address one by one
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
2. AC-Ez Touch
Symptom Primary Check Point

- Basic check Point Standard Features
In case of AC Ez with ACP,
- ACP’s IDU device setting should be completed • Indoor Unit Control/Monitoring by Groups/Indoor Units
AC Ez does not recognize all or some units
before setting of AC Ez • Web Access with Graphical User Access Control
• Total 200 Schedule Events
Basic Part
: Weekly, Monthly, Exception day setting
All Basic Check Point is No
satisfied. (Address and Communication Re-check and Setting again • 1 Digital Input
Cable) •M ultiple Language Selections
AC Ez Touch (Eng, Ita, Spa, Por, Rus, Fra, Ger, Tur, Pol, Chi, Kor)
Yes • Max.5,000 error history (1 year)
• Max.5,000 alarm history (1 year)
No Change all AC Ez to be slave
All of AC Ez set as Slave
(ACP is Master device) Advanced Function
Intorduction
• Two Set point Auto-changeover / Setback
Multi V 5
Yes • Temperature Set point Range Limit
• Remote Controller Lock (All, Temp, Mode, Fan Speed)
No Complete auto searching and saving into the • Energy save mode
All IDUs have been set to the ACP ? ACP (Master device should set before slave • Change alarm: Oil change / Filter change
device setting)
• Energy Management with PDI (prediction, saving)
: today / week / month (max. 4month)
Yes
Trouble shooting
Optional Accessories
Guide
No
Correct Group No is set to the AC Change the AC Ez Group No. to be Matched to • PDI(Power Distribution Indicator) - PQNUD1S40
Ez? corresponding IDUs
PPWRDB000
* This file is base on v1.10.4 of AC Ez Touch.
Model no. PACEZA000

Control Logic
Weight (kg) 0.66 kg (Gross:1.618kg)
Max. number of unit 64
Applicable unit type Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit (Heating)
Display 5 inch color LCD Screen (800*480)
Power 12VDC (3.33A)
Central Control
*Channel 1 : Outdoor unit, PI485GW
Ethernet 100Mbps
External Interface 1 Digital Input, 1 Analog Input
Back
■ Components ■ ODU Wiring
Wrong wiring (Star Wiring) Right Wiring (Bus Wiring)

‫ڼ‬
‫ڸ‬
‫ڸ‬ ‫ڸ‬
Basic Part
2 branches
‫ڹ‬ ‫ڹ‬
Intorduction
‫ڹ‬ ‫ں‬ ‫ڻ‬
Multi V 5
<Front>
‫ڿ‬ ‫ڽ‬ ‫ھ‬
‫ں‬ ‫ں‬
‫ ڸ‬LCD display window ‫ ھ‬AI / DI input part
‫ ڹ‬Back button AI+: Reserved
: move to the previous screen DI+: Contact point input (dry contact input)
Trouble shooting
‫ ں‬Home screen button COM: Common GND
‫ ڻ‬Power input part ‫ ڿ‬Reset Button Master Master
Guide
‫ ڼ‬LAN communication part (BECON HVAC slave (BECON HVAC slave
Controller) Controller)
‫ ڽ‬RS-485 communication part
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
■ ODU Wiring ■ RJ45 Connection

<
< Single/Vent/etc
Single/Vent/etc >
> * Communication line has polarity : Bus A / B
Backside
Backside of
of
AC
AC Ez
Ez touch
touch
Basic Part
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUSBB
BUSAA
BUSBB
BUSAA
Need to remove knockout

structure before connection
<
< Multi
Multi V
V Series
Series (After Multi V II) >
(After Multi V II) >
Intorduction
Multi V 5
CEN
CEN
CEN
CEN
CENBB
CENAA
CENBB
CENAA
Backside
Backside of
Trouble shooting
of
AC Ez
AC Ez touch
touch ‫ ڸ‬Cut the rim of the groove part on ‫ ڹ‬After cutting, bend the knockout
Guide
the both sides of the knockout structure to the inward direction &
structure using a nipper. Outward director for 2 times, respectively.
■ Power Supply And tear the knockout structure.
Case 1 Case 2 Case 3
Control Logic
Same sized cover
No cover Bigger cover than RJ45
with RJ45
Power
Power Source
Source Type
AC
AC 100~240
100~240 V
V
DC12V
DC12V
Adaptor
Adaptor OK OK OK after remove cover
Central Control
Connection
Guide
If the cover can not be

remove, Please change
RJ45 connector.
Back
■ Decide the space for install the AC Ez ■ Set Master/Slave

Master Slave
Each equipment lock setting O X
Set temp range O X
Basic Part
2 set point O X
IDU 2 set O X
Auto search device O X
LAN Energy report O X

Wall LAN Cable Cable Wall Energy save mode O X
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Power Cable
DC12V
Adaptor
Communication
Power Communication Line [ Master ]
Cable Line
Trouble shooting
Guide
■ How to access “Installer Mode”
[ Master ] [ Slave ]
Control Logic
Central Control
[ Slave ]
digital21
If you need more detail, please refer to product manual.

( http://partner.lge.com/global : Home > Download > Manuals)
Back
■ Network Setting(AC Ez Touch) ■ Network Setting(PC)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
1) Connection directly between AC Ez touch and PC.
- IP Address
1) AC Ez touch : 123.456.729.100
Control Logic
2) PC : 123.456.729.101
- Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
Central Control
Unused
2) Using Building Network → Need to discuss with
IT Administrator.
Back
■ Connecting
http:// 123.456.789.100
Basic Part
1 Insert IP & Installation file download
ACEzTouch _
123.456.789.100
Intorduction
Multi V 5
5 Run PC Program and Name/IP Address ‘Set up’
2 Installation file
Trouble shooting
Guide
ACEzTouch _
Control Logic
123.456.789.100
3 Installation process 4 Execution file on main screen 6 Access & Login
* If AC Ez Touch will be updated on new version, below step should be

repeated same as first web access process.
Central Control
Back

- Basic Check Point - Basic check Point
In case of AC Ez Touch with ACP AC Ez Touch
Auto searching failure of - Check AC Ez Touch Master / Slave Setting - ACP’s IDU device setting should be completed
does not r ecognize all or some units
all or some units (Only one master device is allowed on a before setting of AC Ez
RS485 line)
Basic Part
All Basic Check Point is No
Basic Check Point is O.K. satisfied. (Address and Re-check and Setting again
No
(Address setting and Communication Setting again Communication Cable)
cable)
Yes
Yes
No Change all AC Ez Touch to be slave
If single AC Ez Touch is connected on a All of AC Ez Touch set as Slave
AC Ez Touch “Master/Slave” is set No (ACP is Master device)
Intorduction
RS485 line.
Multi V 5
properly. (Master)
→ set as “Master”
If multiple AC Ez Touch connect on a RS485 Yes
line.
→ All AC Ez Touch should set the IDU
Yes Manually No
Do set all IDUs in AC Ez
Slave AC Ez Touch should set IDUs manually
Touch(slave) manually?
No
IDU addresses are not duplicated. Check IDU Address one by one
Yes
Trouble shooting
Guide
No Complete auto searching and saving
All IDUs have been set to the ACP ? into the ACP (Master device should set
before slave device setting)
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
3. AC Smart 5
■ Components
New Features 253.2mm
‫ڸ‬
• BMS Integration (BACnet IP and Modbus TCP)
• HTML5
• IPv 6 Support
• Advanced functions for ODU / IDU
Basic Part
• Enhanced Interlocking function
167.7mm
Standard Features for control
• Two Set point Auto-changeover / Setback
• Interlocking, Energy Report, Error, Event Log by Email
• Energy Report, Event Log Save to PC
• Accumulated Power monitoring with PDI
• Compatible with ACS I/O
<Front>
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Standard Features (BACnet IP/Modbus TCP)
• Interface between BACnet/IP BMS and LG HVAC unit
‫ڹ‬ ‫ڼ ڻ ں‬ ‫ڽ‬
• Modbus TCP support
• BTL Certified (B-ACS)
• Product list offering BMS Points
Unit type BACnet IP Modbus TCP
Trouble shooting
IDU ○ ○
Guide
ERV, DX ERV ○ ○
ODU Monitoring Only X
Hydro kit ○ ○
AHU ○ ○
‫ھ‬ <Back> ‫ڿ‬
Model no. PACS5A000 27.0mm (whithout Bracket)
28.9mm (whith Bracket)
Control Logic
Dimension (WxHxD) 253.2mm x 167.7mm x 27mm
Weight (kg) 0.914 kg (including power adaptor) ‫ہ ۀ‬ ‫ۂ‬
Max. number of unit 128 <Bottom>
Applicable unit type Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit, AHU control/comm. kit, LG Chiller(option kit required)
Display 10 inch type WSVGA TFT LCD Touch Screen (1024*600) ① Touch Screen (LCD) ⑧ AC 24V power input
Power 12VDC (3.33A), 24VAC ② SD memory slot (reserved) ⑨ Micro USB port
③ 2 Digital Output signal (≤ 1.5A, 30V) : for data backup/restore, floor plan upload
Surrounding Operating Temperature : 0~40°C
Central Control
④ 2 Digital Input signal (non voltage input only) ⑩ Mini USB
Conditions Storage Temperature : -20~60°C
: DI #1 is reserved for forced off : for software debugging (serial port)
⑤ RS485 port (CH1, CH2) ⑪ Power On/Off switch
LG Comm. type 2 Channel RS485 ⑥ DC 12V Adaptor input : Push less than 10 seconds to control LCD
*Channel 1 : AHU Control kit, Chiller ⑦ Ethernet port backlight.
*Channel 2 : Outdoor unit, PI485GW Push 10 seconds or more to reset AC Smart 5
Ethernet 100/10Mbps
External Interface 2 Digital Inputs, 2 Digital Outputs, 1 micro USB
Back
■ Terminal Port of Backside ■ Components

Digital Input (non voltage)
Digital Output Enter the Setting menu
*DI1 is reserved for Forced Off
DO1 DO2 DI1 DI2
Basic Part
Set : Show power usage amount on Energy Usage menu
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Set : Show gas usage amount on Energy Usage menu
AHU control kit Multi V ERV
(PRCKD21E, PRCKD41E) (AC, ERV DX, Hydro kit)
Comm. Type : reserved
OR
Trouble shooting
Set LGAP Master or Slave
LG Chiller ACS I/O module Multi/Single AHU comm. kit
Guide
(PRCKA1, PUCKA0)
OR
Control Logic
Set CH1 LGAP or MODBUS
CH1 CH2
DI2
Central Control
Bus A Bus B Bus A Bus B
*CH1 can be set as LGAP.

Then you can connect Multi V, ERV, Multi/Single, AHU comm. Kit.
(Setting > Installing → Select AC Smart → CH1 Setting)
Back
■ Components ■ Disable Function in Slave mode
Enter the Setting menu
Basic Part
This setting allows central controller to
proceed each particular communication.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
(Peak control, Energy navigation)
Set : allows Slave controller to control
Clear : allows Slave controller to control the ‘Hard locked’ IDU
Trouble shooting
Guide
Set the temp. difference for
autochangeover and Setback
operation of 2 Setpoint function.
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
■ Menu Activation by Account Level ■ Type of Energy Measurement

Installer level Administrator level
- ID : admin (fixed) - Control for selective group
- Control for all group - [Additional user setting] allowed only Electricity for ODU Gas & Electricity for GHP
- [Setting] allowed
Basic Part
• Unit : kW Ex) 122.3kW • Unit : kL Ex) 122.34kL
• Required equipment • Required equipment
PDI WHM PDI Gas meter/ WHM

• Applicable unit : • Applicable unit :
Intorduction
Multi V 5
IDU, ERV DX, AWHP IDU, ERV DX, AWHP
IDU Run time
Trouble shooting
• Unit : Hour ex) 12.15 → 12h 9m
Guide
Normal User level • Required equipment : nothing
- Control for selective group
- Limited function To use Energy Report, Unit address
• Applicable unit :
IDU only must be unique among different unit type.
- Run time : Operating time for indoor unit
• Running time : IDU is turning on status - Electricity : Power consumption for EHP
- Gas : Gas consumption for GHP
regardless of operation mode
Control Logic
For detail PDI setting and wiring, please
refer to the PDI product manual.
Central Control
Back
4. AC Smart IV 5. ACP 5
■ Components
Enter the Environment menu New Features

• BMS Integration (BACnet IP and Modbus TCP)
• HTML5
• IPv 6 Support
Basic Part
• Advanced functions for ODU / IDU
• Enhanced Interlocking function
Standard Features for control

Set the temp. difference for auto • Basic Control & Monitor functions for applicable units
set LGAP master or slave changeover and Setback operation of • Two Set point Auto-changeover / Setback
*ACP cannot be a Slave mode 2 Setpoint function • Visual Navigation (Floor map view)
*Setting range : 0.5 ~3 , (by 0.5 unit) • Error Alarm by Email
Set Comm. type : reserved • Energy Monitoring / Report Save to PC
Intorduction
For detail functionality, refer to the • Energy Navigation
Multi V 5
‘2 Setpoint’ section • Emergency Stop (using digital input port)
• Compatible with ACS I/O module
This setting allows central controller to Standard Features (BACnet IP/Modbus TCP)
process each particular communication • BTL Certified (B-ACS)
• Product list offering BMS Points
: Cycle monitor
: Cycle control (Peak control, Energy navigation)
Trouble shooting
: PDI power usage Unit type BACnet IP Modbus TCP
: PDI gas usage IDU ○ ○
Guide
ERV, DX ERV ○ ○
: In Enable, allows Slave controller to control
ODU Monitoring Only X
: In Disable, allows Slave controller to control the ‘Hard locked’ IDU
Hydro kit ○ ○
For Hard lock, refer to the ‘Lock Function’ in Control/Monitor section AHU ○ ○
Model no. PACP5A000
Control Logic
Weight (kg) 1.3 kg (including power adaptor)
Applicable unit type Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit, AHU control/comm. kit, LG
Chiller(option kit required)
Display 20x4 Character LCD
Power 12VDC, max 2.3A
Central Control
Humidity : 0~95%
Comm. Port(Channel) Ch.1~4 : LG AP1)(ODU, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit)
Ch.5 : LG AP(AHU Control kit) or Modbus(AHU, Chiller, ACS I/O module)
Ch.6 : Modbus(AHU, Chiller, ACS I/O module)
Set the Peak control operation mode Ethernet 100/10Mbps
For the detail functionality, refer to External Interface 10 Digital Inputs (DI1 : Forced stop only)
the ‘Peak Control’ section 4 Digital Outputs, 1 USB (Software update, Data backup)
1 SD card (Data backup, Data logging)
Back
Basic Info Wiring Installation Flow chart Case study Basic Info Wiring
* After Installation
31st August Flow chart
2015, a caution Case study
label is stuck in
place of a unused 9 pin serial port.
■ Components ■ Part description
270mm
Top
Digital In/Out
Basic Part
Left Right
Front 3 4
1
155mm
Setup Key
2
Intorduction
Multi V 5
LCD Display Digital In/Out 5 6
7
Bottom 8
Multi V ERV 9 10
Trouble shooting
(AC, ERV DX, Hydro kit)
ACS I/O
A B | A B .. +-
Guide
LG Chiller
module
1) Power socket 7) Debugging port (mini USB type)

2) LCD & Button key 8) USB
Multi/Single AHU comm. kit 3,4) Digital I/O 9) LAN
(PRCKA1, PUCKA0) 5) RS485 port 10) SD card
6) R
S485 port for AHU control kit, ACS I/O
Control Logic
module, Digital I/O
AHU control kit

(PRCKD21E, PRCKD41E)
Central Control
Back
■ ACP Digital Input ■ S/W Update

<Example of Input devices> 1. Execute Service Tool
Type of signal input must be (you can download latest service tool from LG global website)
dry contact relay (No voltage) ȯSimple On/Off Switch
Basic Part
ȯInput signal from the other system
‫ ڸ‬Enter IP address, User ID (admin),
Password and click Connect button.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
‫ ڹ‬Select S/W manual file attached
in technical bulletin
I/O Controller Emergency stop
Trouble shooting
‫ ں‬Click “Start upgrade!” button.
Guide
■ ACP Digital Ouput ‫ ڻ‬Check auto rebooting message.
<Example of Output devices>
Acceptable Electric spec. ȯControl On/Off device
: ≤ 30V, 1.5A
AC
External
2. Check version information on ACP’s display after rebooting.
Input
Control Logic
Device
Light Pump
Relay
Fan
Central Control
ȯOutput signal to the other system
I/O Controller Error Monitoring
Back
■ DB management ■ DB management
<DB Backup> <DB Restore>
‫ ڸ‬Click “Setting”. ‫ ڸ‬Click “Setting”.
Basic Part
‫ ڹ‬Click “System setting”. ‫ ڹ‬Click “System setting”.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
‫ ں‬Click “Backup” button. ‫ ں‬Click “Apply backup file”
Trouble shooting
button.
Guide
‫ ڻ‬Click “Check” button.
‫ ڻ‬Click “Check” button.
Control Logic
‫ ڼ‬Check backup data.
Central Control
‫ ڼ‬Search backup DB and click “Open”.
Back
6. ACP IV
■ Reauired TCP Port ■ S/W Update & DB management

TCP Port Used to access AC Smart/ACP : 80(can be modified), 9300 There are three ways to handle S/W update and DB management.
1. Using Front menu and USB. 2. Using GUI and USB.
Right case : Port opened
OK
Basic Part
80,9300
Wrong case : Port blocked
Intorduction
?
Multi V 5
* If required ports are blocked because of security policy, it’s
’ necessary to open them by IT
administrator in the site.
Trouble shooting
Guide
Q) How to deal with Web access error?
Case)
- Web access using internet browser
- Internal access using private IP
Problem)
Control Logic
It looks connected but cannot enter the log-in 3. Using Service tool and PC.
page
Measurement)
#1. Refresh the page & wait until ready to type
#2.Delete Temporary files in browser &
try again
#3. Try login with another web browser
#4. Reboot AC Smart IV & try again
Central Control
#5. S/W update as latest version & try again
*Regarding external access using public IP, you need to make sure that the network connectivity has no
problem through required TCP ports.
* In case that internet speed is extremely slow, this can happen.
Back
■ S/W Update & DB management - S/W update by USB ■ S/W Update & DB management - S/W update by Laptop
1. Create “ramdisk” folder in root USB memory. 1. Run update Tool (Java Application (*.jar))
2. Copy the ramdisk S/W file within ′ramdisk′ folder. At this time, only one S/W file must be put in there. * you can download latest servicetool
3. Run update by using ‘S/W update’ menu. from LG global website
‫ ڸ‬Select current S/W Version
Basic Part
‫ ڹ‬Input the ACP’s IP address
‫ ں‬Click [Start update]
Intorduction
Multi V 5
‫ ڻ‬Select S/W file which you
want to update
Trouble shooting
‫ ڼ‬Click [Open]
Guide
2. Confirm the success message and Check version information on ACP’s display after rebooting.
Control Logic
*Checking ACP version on LCD
Central Control
Back
■ S/W Update & DB management - DB Management Symptom Primary Check Point

<DB Backup>
- Check Network setting
1. Insert USB memory or SD card into the ACP
Can not access to ACP from PC - Check LAN Cable
2. SET >[Function] >SET >[DB back up] >SET >[USB] or [SD card]>SET
- Check Status of DHCP Setting
3. After completing backup, DB files is saved in ‘db’ folder
Basic Part
<DB Recover>
No
1. copy the DB files in “db” folder Does ACP’s IP is not changed after Change DHCP setting to No(not using)
reboot ? and reboot
2. SET >[Function] >SET >[DB recover] >SET >[USB] or [SD card] >SET
3. ACP is automatically restarted for data recovery
Yes
Does Lamp of ACP Ethernet

port is blinked? No Change LAN Cable of ACP
Intorduction
Green lamp : always On (Refer to the next page)
Multi V 5
Yellow lamp : blinked .
Yes
No Network Environment checking

Deos PING Test is succed ?. (usability, duplication of ACP IP and
network switch specification)
Trouble shooting
Yes
Guide
Deos security system block the web No Request to clear the security system
accessing. (To site Network administrator)
Control Logic
Central Control
Back

Summary
Auto searching f ailure from ACP (CH 242 error) - Basic check point
- Check Product type (EHP, AHU, AWHP)
• Site Name : Site OO, Korea
• Issue : Can not access in ACP.
Basic Part
Does all basic check points No
are satisfied? (IDU Address and Re-check and Setting again
communication cable)
• Some devices such as M-AHU, Chiller, ACS IO Module does not displayed on auto serching result.
• ACP IV CH5,6 can set either LGAP or Modbus on ACP IV GUI.
Inspection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Firewall
Switch
Trouble shooting
Guide
Router #2
Router #1
Control Logic
ACP placed on network #1 and do accessed by using PC
located in network #2
Central Control
Back
Cause Summary
• Network firewall do block the packet that came from other • Site Name : Site OO, Korea
networks • Product Involved : ACPI
Basic Part
• Issue : Occur the error code “CH 242” on ACP
Solution
Inspection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
The packet of ACP can communicate in between ACP and Router #1. Error code is occurred after few days
But can not communicate with Router #2 because of firewall.
In that case we need to request the adjust in security level of ACP by network
Control Logic
administrator.
Central Control
Back
7. AC Manager 5
Model name : PACM5A000

Cause
• Loose contact of communication line between IDU and ODU
Basic Part
Solution
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Description
The product is specially designed for large buildings. It can control Max. 32 ACP and AC Smart.
It can easily control large number of indoor unit in the PC, Mobile, Tablet screen.
Trouble shooting
Specification
Guide
Components :
Loose contact
Standalone
After re-wiring works, it operate normallly Max. No. of Controllable units : 8,192
Control Logic
Structure
Central Control
Back
■ Feature ■ Feature
270mm
User Friendly Interface Convenient Automation
- Flexible design - Operation Trending Report
- Automatic E-mail Sending
Basic Part
Integrates Easily Other External equipment
Controls 155mm
- Schedule Function
Efficient Power Control

- Energy Management
Intorduction
List AC Manager IV AC Manager 5
Multi V 5
Top
1 Left
2
Standalone 1. Digital In/Out(Reserved)
Model Code PACM4B000 PACM5A000
Front
Max. IDUs 8,192
Trouble shooting
Remote Access Software Access PC,Mobile,Tablet
Group Composition 1 depth Multi-Level 3
Guide
2. Power Socket
IDU, Ventilation, LG AHU, Systemboiler,
Control 3. LCD & Button Key (Adapter)
Chiller, ACS I/O
Energy Electricity/Gas - Debugging Access
Report Energy Navigation - for developer - DB Backup/Restore
Operation Trend - - S/W Update
Bottom
Control Logic
Simple On/Off (All IDUs)
Visual Navigation
Debugging Port
Schedule
5 6 USB Socket
Full
Lock
Partial
Error code 10 RS485(Reserved)
4 7 8 9 SD CARD Socket
Peak Control
Central Control
Auto
Time limit Control
Control
Auto change over AC24(USA
RJ45(LAN) - DB Backup/Restore
History Model Only)
Emergency Pattern Power Switch

Inter LAN Cable
Virtual Group Control
locking - Ethernet communication910/100Mbps)
Expansion I/O Section to PC to Network Hub
I/O Port (including) - Cable Type Cross Direct
Back
■ S/W Update & DB management

Structure
There are two ways to handle S/W update and DB management
1. Using Front menu and USB
Basic Part
AC Manager 5
Necessary
Intorduction
Multi V 5
ACP IV
AC Manager 5
2. Using Service tool and PC
Trouble shooting
AC Smart IV
Guide
Devices that can be interfaced
- The devices of AC Manager 5 that can be interfaced are as follows. ‫ڹ‬
Product type Interfacing product Remark ‫ڸ‬
ACP Standard It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP
ACP Premium It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP
‫ں‬
Control Logic
ACP IV It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP
Central controller AC Smart Premium It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP ‫ ڸ‬Input IP address of AC Manager5 that installed in the
input field
AC Smart IV It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP
ACP Lonworks It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP ‫ڹ‬ Click the […] button Select SW file
ACP BACnet It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP
‫ ں‬Click the Start button
PC Needs web browser supporting HTML5(Safari v5.1.7 or
Remote control Tablet PC higher, Internet Explorer 10 or higher, Crome v55.0 or
Central Control
Smart Phone higher)
Back
8. AC Manager IV
■ S/W update by USB Symptom Primary Check Point

1. Create “ramdisk” folder in root USB memory
AC Manager IV execution failure - Check If Program is installed cpmpletely
2. Copy the ramdisk S/W file within ′ramdisk′ folder. At this time, only one S/W file must be put in there
- Check AC Manager plus / IV server IP setting
3.Run update by using ‘S/W update’ menu
(New version software file can be downloaded from LG Electronics System Air Conditioner homepage.)
Basic Part
AC Manager server is running No
Reinstall AC Manager IV server
properly.
Click SET Yes

button
No Set Server IP as PC IP
Server IP is set properly.
Or 127.0.0.1(loopback IP)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Click SET Yes
button
No Update after downloading
AC Manager IV is latest version.
Click SET from Global Web site
button
• AC Manager 5 do not need any installation. Because it is connected by web server function.
Wati for
Trouble shooting
10~20 sec.
Guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
9. PDI (Standard/Premium)

- ACP accesability from the PC ACM plus installed Standard Features
AC Manager display CH246 error - ACP Version Check • Maximum Displayed IDU
- AC Manager version check - 128 IDUs(EHP)
• Maximum Displayed ODU system
Basic Part
- 2 ODU system(PPWRDB000)
ACP is accessible from the PC No Network setting and Ping Test - 8 ODU system(PQNUD1S40)
that ACM plus installed. (Refer to the ACP Installation chapter) • WHM Pulse output connection
• Indoor unit accumulate Power Consumption Monitor
Yes
• Outdoor unit accumulate Power Consumption Monitor
• Instant Power monitor
• Operation Display
No
ACP is registered to the
Check ACP IP address and the other setting - Pulse signal
AC Manager properly.
- RS485 communication
Intorduction
Multi V 5
• Error Display
Yes - Error – 01 : RS485 Communication error
- Error – 02 : Wattmeter no signal error
No
ACP version is compatible with
Update the ACP s/w last version Advanced Function
AC Manager.
• Data backup during power outage(50h)
• Interlock with Central Controller
Yes - ACP , AC smart , AC Ez touch
Trouble shooting
Guide
No Update after downloading
AC Manager is latest version.
from Global Web site
Model no. PQNUD1S40(Premium), PPWRDB000(Standard)
Dimension (WxHxD) 270mm x 155mm x 64.8mm
Applicable unit type Air conditioner, DX ERV
Display 77mm x 32 mm
Power AC 220V 60Hz , AC 24V 60Hz
Control Logic
Surrounding Conditions Operating Temperature : -20~50 °C
Storage Temperature : -20~80 °C
Humidity : Under 90% RH
Central Control
Back
■ Specification ■ Pulse Line

1. Length limit : The length of Each Pulse Line 2. Polarity Limit : Connecting +/- pulse
Standard (PPWRDB000) Premium (PQNUD1S40 ) should be under 10m. line that is from WHM to each
+/- pulse port of PDI
Basic Part
Outline PDI
ELB WHM
Number of Max IDUs 128 128
Air Conditioner(EHP, GHP) Air Conditioner(EHP, GHP)
Type of ODU
ERV DX, Hydro kit ERV DX, Hydro kit
Intorduction
Number of Max WHMs 2 8
Multi V 5
LCD Display 4 Lines 4 Lines
Pulse Line
LED Display Power/Comm./Pulse status Power/Comm./Pulse status
Electric Line
■ Component
Trouble shooting
Guide
Connect to Pulse type WHM ■ Communication Line
(standard model has 2 ports)
Do not mismatch between 220V and 24V. Pulse status LED 1. Length limit 3. RS485 A/B Polarity Limit
- The length between each Outdoor unit 200 M - When connecting RS485 line(Communication)
If mismatched, it may be burned - Maximum Length of 1 RS485 Line 1KM all lines should be matched to each A/B port
2. Node limit 1) Select one channel
- Maximum node of 1 RS485 Line 32 of CH1 ~ CH4
( Multi V Outdoor count * 2 ) + PI485 count + ( central controller count ) 32 2) Connect
Control Logic
Line BUS A port A
PDI ACP Line BUS B port B
220V AC
Cf. RS485 Bus line
RS485 - A has to be connected
ELB WHM RS485 - B from the PDI the
24V AC others port
Central Control
Unused part
(standard model doesn’t
have this part)
Multi V
220V Connect
Connection to BUS A CEN A
Central Controller BUS B CEN B
On Super IV
Multi V ODU PCBA
Back
1. Put CT Ratio to WHM 2. Set & Put the Pulse Ratio to WHM 1. Set CT Ratio 2. WHM Setting
- ˝ Putting CT Set value - ˞ Setting the Pulse Ratio ‫ ڸ‬Set Actual CT Ratio - ‫ ڹ‬Putting CT Set value
= pri : sec = 1 : 1 → You can set this value within the WHM Spec * Cover WHM capacity (ex. 5A) = pri / sec = 100 / 5
. ex WHM Spec = 1~99999 impulses (EX. 5A= Isrc/CT ratio =100A/20=5A ) - ‫ ں‬Setting & Putting
if you choice 10 pulse/1KWh → Set Actual CT : pri / sec =100 / 5 Pulse value : 10
Basic Part
→ ③ Putting Pulse Ratio : 10 (if you set 10 pulse/1KWh)
Ɠ Set “1” in CT : [ ]
Because CT Ratio was already reflected
ln Programmable WHM (100:5)
If you set the CT Ration(CT=20) in PDI,
3. PDI Setting Consumption data is x 20
- ˠ Putting CT ratio =1
Intorduction
Multi V 5
& Pulse value 3. PDI Setting
- ‫ ڻ‬Putting CT ratio & Pulse value
MENU
1 10 MENU
SELECT 1 10 SELECT
Trouble shooting
Guide
R S T
R S T Isrc
Isrc 100A
100A
‫ڹ‬CT Set PULSE
100:5
= 10 pulse / 1KWh
‫ڹ‬CT Set
Control Logic
100:5
PULSEwhm
= 10 pulse / 1KWh ‫ڹ‬CT Set
PDI Premium 100:5
Input 5A
WHM Awareness ! 100A 5A WHM Awareness
100A
100A Input 5*20=100A
* 20 = 100/5
Central Control
Set Pulse Rate
10 pulse/1kwh
PDI Awareness
10 pulse = 1KWh
%1KWh*1=1KWh
Back
■ Standby Power Consumption Logic ■ Standby Power Consumption Logic

When All IDU (connected to a ODU) stop, STBP(Standby Power Consumption) mode start When All IDU (connected to a ODU) stop, STBP(Standby Power Consumption) mode start
And there is a different according to the PDI mode Set. And there is a different according to the PDI mode Set.
1) Set as AUTO : In this mode, PDI distributes the STBP to the each IDU unit. 2) Set as Manual : In this mode, PDI saves the STBP in PDI STBP’s page , do not distribute to each IDU.
Basic Part
‫ ڸ‬Mode setting ‫ ڸ‬Mode setting
CONNECTION : SLAVE WHM CONNECTION : SLAVE WHM

TYPE : PULSE TYPE : PULSE
REMOTE COM : NOT USE REMOTE COM : NOT USE
STANDBY P : AUTO STANDBY P : AUTO
* In 20 minutes after turning on * In 20 minutes after turning on
Intorduction
Multi V 5
‫ ڹ‬STBP operating
‫ ڹ‬STBP operating
Stop Stop Stop Stop
Stop Stop Stop Stop
STBP
Trouble shooting
STBP
STBP/3
STBP/3
Guide
STBP/3 You can check the STBP data in the PDI
as following ‫ں‬
‫ ں‬Result checking
‫ ں‬Result checking INSTANT P(1) 1080 W
ID-01 : 360 W
ID-02 : 360 W
Control Logic
ID-03 : 360 W
ACCUM P(1) 1.2KW

ID-01 : 0.4KW
ID-02 : 0.4KW
ID-03 : 0.4KW
INSTANT P(1) 1080 W
ID-01 : 360 W
INSTANT P(1) 1080 W ACCUM P(1) 1.2KW ID-02 : 360 W
Central Control
ID-01 : 360 W ID-01 : 0.4KW ID-03 : 360 W
ID-02 : 360 W ID-02 : 0.4KW
ID-03 : 360 W ID-03 : 0.4KW
INSTANT P(1) 1080 W ACCUM P(1) 1.2KW

STBP : 0 W STBP : 0.0KW
Back
■ Difference due to WHM displaying Logic ■ WHM Verification Steps

WHM’s minimum displayable value is 0.1kw(100w)
1) Check the WHM’s Spec Value
In case of 100pulse/1kwh(10W/P) setting , last digit(marked with red color) is not be shown on WHM
LCD panel.
It can cause maximum 1kwh difference in checking period.
The actual value is counted and memorized internally. (the checking period is extended , it doesn’t
Basic Part
increase)
Start day in checking period End day in checking period ‫ڸ‬: WHM Pulse Spec = 1000pulse/kwh 1W/P
Display value 11.0kw 111.0kw 111.0kw

Internal Value 11.00kw 111.00kw 111.09kw
WHM
Intorduction
2) Check PDI‘s Pulse Setting value
Multi V 5
9pulse input(90Wh) MENU
ELECTRIC POWER
DISTRIBUTOR
SELECT
PDI
Trouble shooting
Checking period
Display value 22.0kw 122.0kw 123.0kw Press Menu & Select key at the same time
Guide
Internal Value 22.99kw 122.99kw 123.08kw
‫ڹ‬: Check PDI ‘s Pulse setting Should be = 1W/P
Internal Count Value LCD Display
= Power of End day – Power of start day = Power of End day – Power of start day
MENU
WHM = 111.09-11.00=100.09 WHM = 111.0-11.0=100
PDI = 123.08-22.99=100.09 PDI = 123.0-22.0=101
Same value! 1kw Difference. SELECT
Control Logic
‫ں‬: WHM Pulse Spec = ‫ڹ‬PDI ‘s Pulse setting
Central Control
Back
3) Confirm what WHM Value increase means.

‫ ں‬WHM Pulse Spec = 1000pulse/kwh = 1W/P, - Check Central Control Address of IDUs
PDI display ER-01
WHM Value increase 0.1 = 0.1kW = 100W - PDI Master/Slave Setting
Power consumption is not distributed to IDUs
- Central Controller Communication satus
properly.
Checking
Increased 0.1 means that pulses of 100 times
Basic Part
went out from WHM
All Basic check point is satisfied. No
So, PDI ‘s pulse count value should increase (Address and communication cable)
Recheck
100 count than before
Yes
4) Check the PDI’s increased value the WHM’s increased value = the PDI’s increased value. PDI address range setting No
Intorduction
Check Central Control Address
Multi V 5
is matched to IDUs properly.
* Before Starting a check,
you first change the mode of PDI to test mode Yes
MENU No With Central Controller : Slave

PDI Master/ Slave is set properly.
ELECTRIC POWER Without Central Controller : Master
DISTRIBUTOR SELECT
Trouble shooting
Guide
‫ڸ‬Press Up arrow key & Right arrow key at the same time
MENU
ELECTRIC POWER
DISTRIBUTOR
SELECT
‫ڹ‬Select key 4 times until you see like right side display
Control Logic
* you press the “MENU” key so that you could get back the operating mode
Count Number should increase 100 count

than before.
Central Control
If the outdoor unit is in operation,
but the number displayed does not increase or < 100
Check wiring between WHM # PDI
Replace the PDI with one that works correctly to test it for defects
Back

Summary
PDI display ER-02. - Check Polarity of WHM Pulse output
Increasing data between WHM and PDI is - Check inferiority of WHM
different. - Check Length between WHM and PDI (<10m) • Field name : Site OO, Korea
• Product involved : PDI, wired remote control
• Issue: Power consumption of PDI is not matched with WHM
Basic Part
WHM pulse output is properly No
connected to PDI Check Pulse polarity(+,-) of WHM
according to polarity.
Yes
PDI counts the pulse well. No Inspection

Replace PDI
(do the short test for pulse port)
Intorduction
-> PDI pulse port matching TEST
Multi V 5
Yes
No check the Pulse rate

Instant power is a little increased as much as stanby power
Check equality of periodic amount
between PDI and WHM (WHM company checking) when connected to P3 (WHM) ODU is operating
Yes
Trouble shooting
Guide
Pulse cable length is shorter than No Shorten WHM <-> PDI cable length
10M. Within 10M
•Do not try short test too many.

The Power consumption data of Short test will be added to the PDI.
Instant power P6 is increased as much as operating power
Control Logic
when connected to P3 (WHM) ODU is operating
Central Control
- Instant power react in the opposite way
PDI port and WHM matching was wrong
*Address of IDUs connected to ODU
Back
■ App. PDI(Old) + WHM + ODU

Cause
‫ڸ‬ ‫ڸ‬ ‫ڸ‬
• WHM is incorrectly connected to PDI port.
Basic Part
‫ڹ‬ ‫ڹ‬
‫ڹ‬
Solution
‫ں‬
‫ں‬
-> Change Pulse cable. ‫ں‬
Intorduction
Multi V 5
‫ڻ‬ ‫ڻ‬
‫ڻ‬
<Caution>
Power OFF *WHM, PDI, ODU(ELB) should be matched properly.
Trouble shooting
<ACP> (Ex. ① If IDUs address connected to ① ODU are 00~03
Guide
① PDI address range should be set as 00~03)
Change Pulse cable

P3<-> P6
Control Logic
From the date modified, power distribution returned to normal.
Central Control
Back
■ App. PDI(Premium) + WHM + ODU

Summary
• Site Name : Site OO, Turkey
• Product Involved : ACP, PDI
• Issue : Mismatch between the power used by PDI and the power
Basic Part
measured by the power meter.
Inspection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Example
Guide
1. CH1 Port setting
->WHM1 pulse rate -> Select Indoor Unit -> No pulse error is occured
IDU addr range setting(10 – 15)
2. CH2 Port setting
-> WHM2 pulse rate -> Select Outdoor Unit ->
IDU addr range (10 – 12)
3. C H3 Port setting
-> WHM3 pulse rate -> Select Outdoor Unit ->
Control Logic
IDU addr range(13 – 15)
The line (from WHM) polarity does not checked
Central Control
Back
Cause Summary
• W/pulse signal line wrong wiring(Polarity mismatch). • Site Name : Site OO
• Issue : Mismatch between the power used by PDI and the power measured
Basic Part
by the power meter.
Solution
Inspection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Guide
After changing the polarity of extended line, it operates nomally.
Control Logic
Central Control
Check the electric panel CT → CT Ratio 20
Back
■ App. Global WHM Notification

Cause *Refer to technical bulletin.
• False setting of the W/P resulted in the difference in the power usage data. Maker Spec
N Reference
Image
o Pulse Output Site
A
Basic Part
Model Type
(Max Current) Width W/Pulse
Schneider 0.1, 1, 10, 100,

10, 50,100, 300, 1000, 10000, May, 2012
1 3P4W 6A
500, or 1000ms or Brazil
Power Logic 100000kWh/P
Solution
PM200P
Schneider
50. 100, 200, 0.1, 1, 10, May, 2012
2 3P4W 6A
300ms 100kWh/P Brazil
Intorduction
Multi V 5
PM9P
ABB
(Sweden)
100P/kWh Oct, 2010
3 3P4W 65A 100ms
(10W/P) Czech
OD4165
XIZI June.2013
200P/kWh China
Trouble shooting
4 3P4W 40A -
(5W/P) (singapore
DTS 601
Reexamine the settings on the Pulse Type CT Ratio = 20 tech)
Guide
power meter and PDI
Kohler
1000P/kWH April, 2013
5 3P4W 100A -
(1W/P) Turkey
AEL.TF.10
Saia-burgess
Jun, 2013
6 3P4W 65A 50ms 1W/P, 10W/P
AAE3D5F10 Swiss
Control Logic
PR3A00,
ALE3D5F10
Pulse duration = 50msec Ziegler

0.1KWh/pulse -> 10pulse / 1KWh PT = 1.0 60ms, 100ms May, 2015
7 3P4W 5A Programmable
So, PRwhm = 10 or 200ms Iran
3430
ABB
<PDI Setting> 8 3P4W 6A
Programmable:
Programmable
May, 2015
Central Control
10~990ms Kenya
B24
CT00001 / Pr:00010
ABB
Programmable: Feb, 2014
9 3P4W 80A Programmable
10~990ms Singapore
A43
Back
Summary Cause
• Site Name : Apartment, Philadelphia, USA • The IDU address is set wrong.
• Issue : Power is not distributed to the indoor unit
Basic Part
Solution
Inspection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
ROOM02 CC address
ODU 1 Normal Case
missing case ROOM01 ROOM02 ROOM03
ROOM01 5KWh 7.5KWh 01 20 03 CC addr
Trouble shooting
ROOM02 5KWh 0 [01-03]
02
Guide
ROOM03 5KWh 7.5KWh
TOTAL(ODU1) 15KWh 15KWh
The power usage of 1 indoor unit is not displayed 21 22 23
Control Logic
[20-23]
PQRCFCS0C
PDI Indoor Unit Address Range The problematic indoor unit was found and after correcting the address,
the power was supplied properly.
[01 -0A]
02 00 0 00 0 0000 0
Central Control
Indoor Unit No communication
No. with indoor unit
PDI Diagnostic Mode Check the communication status with the indoor unit.
Back
10. BMS Gateway
10.1 ACP-BACnet ■ Components
BMS
BACnet IP
Modbus TCP
Basic Part
LG HVAC unit
LGAP 1)
<Front Case>
Model no. PQNFB17C0
Dimension 270mm x 155mm x 65mm Standard Features
(WxHxD) • Interface between BACnet/IP BMS and LG
Intorduction
HVAC unit
Multi V 5
Weight (kg) 1.3 kg (including power adaptor)
• Modbus TCP support (No setting)
Max. number 256
• ACP IV functions
of unit
• BTL Certified (B-ACS)
Applicable unit Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV, • Product list offering BMS Points
type Hydro kit, AHU control/comm. kit
Unit type BACnet IP Modbus TCP
Display 20x4 Character LCD IDU ○ ○
ERV, DX
Trouble shooting
Power 12VDC, max 2.3A ○ ○
ERV
Guide
Monitoring
Conditions Storage Temperature : -20~80°C ODU X
Only
Humidity : 0~95% Hydro kit ○ ○
Comm. Ch.1~4 : LGAP1)(ODU, ERV, DX AHU ○ ○
Port(Channel) ERV, Hydro kit)
Based on v5.08.1
Ch.5 : LGAP(AHU Control kit) or
Modbus(ACS I/O module) ‫ڸ‬ Front cover
Advanced Function ‫ڹ‬ Adaptor connection jack for DC 12V
Ch.6 : Modbus(ACS I/O module)
Control Logic
• Two Setpoint Auto / changeover / Setback ‫ں‬ Power port (for 24V~, PQNFB17C2 Only)
Ethernet 100/10Mbps • Interlocking, Energy Report, Error, Event Log
by Email ‫ڻ‬ Buttons and LCD
External 10 Digital Inputs (DI1 : Forced
Interface stop only) • Energy Report, Event Log Save to PC
4 Digital Outputs, • Accumulated Power monitoring with PDI2)
1 USB (Software update, Data • Compatible with ACS I/O (No BMS points)
backup) Optional Accessories
1 SD card (Data backup, Data • PDI2) - PQNUD1S40, PPWRDB000
Central Control
logging) • ACS I/O - PEXPMB000
1) LG Air-conditioner Protocol Set Network environment (IP, Net mask, Gateway)
2) Power Distribution Indicator
Select Peak(Default) or Demand(Not used)
SW upgrade, Data backup, Data recovery
RS-485 communication logging
Set Fahrenheit/Celsius
Set Device ID for BACnet
Set Vnet number for Modbus
Foreign Device register
Back
■ What are the differences as hardware?

CPU & Memory Upgraded
1)
Items Old ( ~ Nov. 2015 ) New ( Dec. 2015 ~ )
CPU ARM Cortex A8 800Mhz ARM Cortex A9 1Gh
Basic Part
RAM DDR2 128MB x 2 DDR2 256MB x 2
9-Pin Serial Port Caution Label
Top case
Intorduction
Multi V 5
<Front, Side>
LG BACnet LG BACnet-G
LCD Display
Trouble shooting
Guide
1) New Product : After 21st Dec.2015
<Bottom>
⑤ 4 Digital Output signal (≤ 1.5A, 30V), 10 Digital Input signal (non voltage input only)
DI #1 is reserved for forced off.
Control Logic
⑥ Comm. port
CH1~4 : LG AP (ODU, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit)
CH5 : LG AP(AHU Control kit) or Modbus(ACS I/O)
CH6 : Modbus(ACS I/O)
⑦ Mini USB port
USB to Serial port for software debugging.
⑧ USB port
For software update and data backup/recover.
Central Control
⑨ Power switch
⑩ Ethernet port
To connect with BMS or AC Manager.
For software update/data backup/recover.
⑪ SD card slot
For data backup/recover, RS485 data logging.
Back
■ What are the differences as software? ■ Steps

Upgraded to ACP IV
1. Install and connect BACnet Gateway 1) Check the rules and cautions
Items Old ( ~ Nov. 2015 ) New1) ( Dec. 2015 ~ ) 2) Set the central control address
3) Set PI485 and connect
S/W Version ~v3.1.5 v5.08.1~ 4) Install BACnet G/W and connect
Basic Part
5) Set BACnet G/W network address
Embedded ACP Func. ACP Premium ACP IV 2. Verify and Check for ACS System 6) Set BACnet G/W function
X O
Email2) / Save to PC
In Energy Report
3. Offer BACnet points to BMS
X O
Email2) / Save to PC
Intorduction
Multi V 5
In Event Log
X O 4. Integrating BACnet points with BMS (BMS Job)

Update S/W,
DB Backup / Recovery DB
NO
Trouble shooting
4. JMT PASS?
Guide
1) New Product : After 21st Dec.2015 YES
2) Email setting added in environment menu
END Trouble shoot
• Check setting
- Device Instance no.
Control Logic
- IP address
• Get the advice from HQ
Central Control
Back
1. Install and connect BACnet Gateway. 1) Check the rules and cautions 1. Install and connect BACnet Gateway. 1) Check the rules and cautions
2) Set the central control address 2) Set the central control address
3) Set PI485 and connect 3) Set PI485 and connect
4) Install BACnet G/W and connect 4) Install BACnet G/W and connect
5) Set BACnet G/W network address 5) Set BACnet G/W network address
6) Set BACnet G/W function 6) Set BACnet G/W function
Basic Part
Assigning the network address (by LG). Device Setup (by LG)
Network Info. Setting Value Remarks Contents Setting Value Remarks

IP Address ex) 192.168.1.101 IP Address should be communicable with BMS.
GW Address ex) 192.168.1.1 IT administrator of the building should provide IP address to LG. 0, Celsius
Temperature Default: 0
Confirm the required network information with the BMS integra- 1, Fahrenheit
Net Mask ex) 255.255.255.0
tor and IT manager of the job site Default : 9000
Confirm the Device Instance number of ACP BACnet
Intorduction
BACnet G/W need to be located at the same network domain with BMS.
Multi V 5
ex) 9000 G/W with the BMS integrator.
Change Device ID to be unique if necessary.
IP : 192.168.1.100 IP : 192.168.1.200
S/M : 255.255.255.0
Note) Unique Numbers are required for BACnet
S/M : 255.255.255.0 Device ID Unit Device Object Instance Numbers across the entire
GW : 192.168.1.1 GW : 192.168.1.1
Device ID 9000 Indoor unit network but in practice you can use duplicates as long
BACnet G/W #1 (Device Instance No,) as they are separated by a router.
BMS 9001 ERV
- Indoor unit : Device ID
Trouble shooting
IP : 192.168.1.201 9002 AHU
- ERV : Device ID + 1
S/M : 255.255.255.0
9003 Outdoor unit - AHU : Device ID + 2
Guide
GW : 192.168.1.1
9004 Hydro kit - Outdoor unit : Device ID + 3 (Monitoring Only)
BACnet G/W #2
- Hydro Kit : Device ID + 4
9005 General - General : Device ID + 5 (applied sw : after v5.04.1)
The slave address of Modbus TCP

Vnet No. ex) 10
(There is no need to set the Vnet No. for BACnet)
Normally First 3 digits are the same with BMS IP address and Gateway, and Subnet Mask is like
“255.255.255.0” (C class). If not like this, contact LG HQ and get the advice. Reset the power of ACP BACnetG/W after changing any setting.
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
2. Verify and Check for ACS System 3. Offer BACnet points to BMS.
• First of all, it is necessary to check the ACS System prior to connecting the BMS.
• This needs to be carried out by LG field engineer using Web Interface GUI and Thermostat.
1) Web Connection check : OK

2) No Error IDU
Basic Part
3) Control / Monitor by Web
4) Control / Monitor by Thermostat
Disconnect the LAN

[BMS System]
Intorduction
cable from BMS
Multi V 5
BACnet Points Information
Ethernet
Switch/HUB [Installer PC]
Trouble shooting
Guide
Hub
BACnet
[ACP_BACnet]
Control Logic
ACP BACnet Diagnosis
LG-NET
LG Engineering Side BMS Engineering Side
Central Control
1. Install and connect BACnetGateway 4. Integrating BACnetpoints with BMS
2. Verify and Check for ACS System 1) Discover the Device
3. Offer BACnetpoints to BMS 2) Discover the Objects
3) Read/Write the Present Value of each object point
Back
4. Integrating BACnet points with BMS (BMS Job) 4. Integrating BACnet points with BMS (BMS Job)
• This is NOT to be done by LG since it is directly related to the BMS side.
• The BMS engineer is to carry out the engineering of the Point, however LG is responsible for providing 2) Discover the Objects
the method of how the points are calculated and the information of each the Points. BMS engineer can discover the Object List or add it manually. Refer to the Instance Number file.
1) Discover the Device
Basic Part
After connecting with BMS, the BMS engineer should discover the Device(s) within LG BACnet
Controller.
BMS engineer can add the Device & associated points manually if desired. It is a different method
depending on BMS system.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
[BMS System] Connect the LAN
cable from BMS
Trouble shooting
Guide
HUB
When BMS can’t discover the object-list. Even if the device itself was discovered. :
- If you can’t see any indoor unit points like mode, room temp etc.
→ Usually, a BACnet BMS has three distinct ways to discover the object-list.
[ACP_BACnet]
Control Logic
A. BMS requests all objects at one time by using the Read Property Multiple.
B. BMS requests a object at a time by using the Read Property.
This way requires more time for discovery but can be more thorough regarding all point attributes.
C. Manually add each required point by referring to the Object instance number file.
3) Read/Write the Present Value of each object point

After Discovery of all Objects List,
When BMS can’t discover the device :
LG and BMS engineer can verify the controlling and monitoring IDU unis.
- Please verify the network configuration again.
Central Control
- Be sure you can network ping each device from your laptop and BMS.
Back
■ Type A or B ■ How to set to “Type B”

ACP BACnet G/W differently responds to each “Device ID” depending on the systems. 1) Run the Service tool
ACP BACnet G/W can set the “Type A” or “Type B” depending on the response way of MAC address. 2) Select the Model: ACP BACNET
- Type A : response the Same MAC address regardless of “Device ID” 3) Fill the right IP of the Gatwey
- Type B : response the Different MAC address depending on “Device ID” 4) Press the Button “BACnet Type B”
5) Wait until the device reboot
Basic Part
Example>
Type A (Default)
• Different Device ID, Same MAC address.
Device ID : MAC Address :
Indoor 9000 Indoor 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6
ERV 9001 ERV 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6
AHU 9002 AHU 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6
Outdoor 9003 Outdoor 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6
AWHP 9004
Intorduction
AWHP 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6
Multi V 5
(General 9005) (General 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6)
Type B
• Different Device ID, Different MAC address.

Device ID : MAC Address :
Indoor 9000 Indoor 10 It can be possible to change a type of BACnet on LG GUI after software ver.5.10.1
Trouble shooting
ERV 9001 ERV 11
AHU 9002 AHU 12
Guide
Outdoor 9003 Outdoor 13
AWHP 9004
(General 9005)
AWHP 14 ■ List Changed to BACnet Type B
(General 15)
Model S/W ver. BMS Type B Site

PQNFB17C2 v5.04.2 Delta ORCAview Changed Canada
When should you set it to “Type B”? (After Dec.21, 2015)
• Case 1) When only one system was connected to one ACP BACnetG/W : No setting PNF-B17C0 v3.1.2 Honeywell EBI(v6.2e) Changed Korea
Control Logic
Case 2) When multiple systems was connected to one ACP BACnetG/W and IPC controller
BMS had a following problem : Set to “Type B” after onboarding the latest S/W PQNFB17C1 v3.1.2 Tridium Changed Mexico
If the Device ID is different but the MAC address is the same, some BMS will recognize it as PQNFB17C1 v3.1.2 Schneider Changed Poland
the same system.
Especially Schneider or Honeywell BMS.
Central Control
Back
■ Register Foreign DeviceB ◆ The BBMD* receiving the “Register FD(Foreign Device)” command :
1) If FD registration is possible, BBMD responds.
◆ Who-is message in the same domain.
→ BBMD automatically retransmits “Register FD” command after the set TTL value.
2) If FD registration is not possible or there is no registration function in BMS, BBMD doesn’t response
s → BACnet G/W’s “ON” will be change to “0” after the set TTL value
-i
ho ho-is
Basic Part
W W (If “ON” will be re-set to “1”, it is possible to register again.)
BMS
Who-is BACnet G/W Foreign Device List • BBMD IP : 172.22.107.8
• 172.22.248.76 BBMD • PORT : BBMDport(Default:47808)
• xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx • TTL(Time ToLive, second unit) : Registration period
• xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx ex) 60 1 min
I-am (response)
172.22.107.4 172.22.107.20 … • ON : It has to be ‘1’ if want to use BBMD* func..Or not set to ‘0’.
Who
-is
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Network
BBMD
BMS Gateway BACnet G/W
172.22.107.8
◆ Who-is message in the different domain without BBMD* 172.22.107.1 172.22.248.1 I-am 172.22.248.76
172.22.107.4 (response)
Trouble shooting
Guide
Network
BMS Gateway BACnet G/W
? *BBMD : BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device
172.22.107.1 172.22.248.1 172.22.248.76

172.22.107.4
*BBMD : BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
◆ IP, PORT, TTL, and FD activate setting ◆ Site Information

• Site : USA OO school
1. IP setting
2. PORT setting
• Date : May, 17, 2016
• BMS : Honeywell WEB-600E (Niagara Platform)
: Input the BBMD IP : Input the BBMD Port • BACnet GW / Q’ty / Ver. : PQNFB17C1 / 2ea / v3.1.5 → v3.1.5c (Onboarding)
(Default 47808) • Outdoor Unit 9ea
Basic Part
• Indoor Unit 124ea
◆ Problem
• When the ACP periodically reboots(every monday 2AM), the BMS can not communicate intermittently
with one BACnet G/W. (other BACnet G/Ws is Ok)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
◆ Cause
• Reappearance testing after changing the system clock to 2 am on Monday → Problem found
• After rebooting, BACnet G/W creates and initializes the object. By the way, the problem occurs when
the BACnet G/W receives a data request from the BMS during object creation and initialization.
◆ Solution
• Solution : Onboarding v3.1.5c. (Added initialization recovery logic)
Trouble shooting
3. TTL setting
4. FD Activate setting
Guide
: Input the TTL second : Set to “1”, activation
(Time to Live) Set to “0”, not used
e x> 60 1min
Control Logic
Central Control
Tip!
Example>
TTL : 60 If the “ON” value remains unchanged after 60 seconds, you can confirm that
ON : 1 the FD(foreign device) is registered normally in BBMD.
• For more information, please consult with the experts of BMS.

*BBMD : BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device
Back
◆ Site Information
10.2 ACP-Lonworks
• Site : USA OO
• Date : May, 18, 2016
• BMS : Automated Logic BMS, LGR25 Controller BMS
• BACnet GW / Q’ty / Ver. : PQNFB17C1 / 1ea / v3.1.5 LonWorks
• Outdoor Unit 4ea
TP/FT-10
Basic Part
• Indoor Unit 56ea
LG HVAC unit
LGAP 1)
◆ Problem Model no. PLNWKB000

1. Auto Discover Failure : When joint matching test, BMS can not find the object. Dimension 270mm x 155mm x 65mm
2. Manual Discover Failure : Manually Added some objects but can not find all the objects we added. (WxHxD) Standard Features
Weight (kg) 1.3 kg (Include power adaptor) • Interface between LonWorks BMS and LG
Intorduction
HVAC unit
Multi V 5
◆ Cause & Solution Max. number 64 (ACP only : 256) • Web Access with Graphical User Access
1. Auto Discover Failure : When Auto Discovery, BMS get the object list using “WHO-has”. By the way, of unit Control
BMS requests incorrect object name to BACnet G/W.
Applicable unit Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV, • ACP Premium functions
ex) incorrect request object : Startstopcommand_01 type Hydro kit, AHU control/comm. • Forced off digital input
→ correct request object : ac_StartStopCommand_01 Kit ( AHU and other unis are not • Interfacing with AC Manager
connected simultaneously) • Flash ver.’s the latest s/w version : v2.1.2
• Java ver.’s the latest s/w version : v2.0.2c
Display 20x4 Character LCD (network
Trouble shooting
→ Need the setting of BMS, But the contractor does not fully understand Automated Logic BMS, • Digital I/O (Inherent) : No points for Lon-
→ Select Manual Discovery method. environment setting & Information Works
Guide
display) • For LonWorks G/W, only 64 units are al-
2. Manual Discover Success : Power 12VDC, max 2.3A lowed
1) Change to correct Device ID - Addr. Range : 00~FF, don’t need to be
continuous number
ex) incorrect Device ID :1002 Conditions Storage Temperature : -20~80°C
→ correct Device ID : 9000 Humidity : 0~95%
Advanced Function
Comm. Ch.1~4 : L
G AP1)(ODU, ERV, DX • Two Setpoint Auto-changeover / Setback
Port(Channel) ERV, Hydro kit) • Time Limit Control, Interlocking
Control Logic
2) We have entered the object type and instance number one by one. → Success
Ch.5 : LG AP(AHU Control kit) • Energy Report, Error, Event Log by Email
Lon Port TP/FT-10 • Energy Report, Event Log Save to PC
• Accumulated Power monitoring with PDI2)
External 2 Digital Inputs (DI1 : Emergency
Interface stop only) Optional Accessories
2 Digital Outputs, • PDI - PQNUD1S40, PPWRDB000
1 Ethernet Port 100/10Mbps 1) LG Air-conditioner Protocol
1 USB (Software update, Data 2) Power Distribution Indicator
Central Control
backup)
1 SD card (Data backup)
Back
■ Components ■ Components
‫ڼ‬ DO1 DO2 DI1 DI2
⑤ 2 Digital Output signal (≤ 1.5A, 30V), 2 Digital
Input signal (non voltage input only)
DI #1 is reserved for forced off
Basic Part
⑥ Comm. port
CH1~4 : LG AP (ODU, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit)
CH5 : LG AP(AHU Control kit)
<Front Case> CH6 : Not used
LON : To connect with BMS
⑦ Mini USB port

<Front, Side>
USB to Serial port for software debugging
Intorduction
Multi V 5
⑧ USB port
‫ھ‬ ‫ڿ‬
For software update and data backup/recover
⑨ Power switch
⑩ Ethernet port
Trouble shooting
To connect with AC Manager
‫ۂ ہۀ‬ For software update/data backup/recover
Guide
<Bottom>
⑪ SD card slot
For data backup/recover, RS485 data logging
‫ڸ‬ Front cover

‫ڹ‬ Adaptor connection jack for DC 12V
Power port (for 24V~, PLNWKB100 Only)
Control Logic
‫ں‬
‫ڻ‬ Buttons and LCD CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 LON
Central Control
Set Network environment (IP, Net mask, Gateway)
Select Peak(Default) or Demand(Not used)
SW upgrade, Data backup, Data recovery
RS-485 communication logging
Set Language (Korean/English)
Set whether to use Schedule function
Set whether to use PDI/Fire alarm function
Set whether to display error history/cycle info,
Set whether to use 0.5°C control
Back
◆ Wiring ■ Commissioning
LON communication cable(TP/FT-10) should be
connected LON port of ACP Lonworks. 1) Using “Upload from device”
LonWorks LGAP
Basic Part
BMS
2) Using “XIF File” for pre-engineering
Intorduction
Multi V 5
BMS LonWorks LGAP
XIF
(Dev Info)
FT-10 (non-polarity)
Trouble shooting
BMS
Guide
◆ Set Lonworks type
• 0 : AC, ERV, DX ERV, AWHP
• 1 : DX AHU
• 2 : LG Chiller (applicable model is limited)
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
11. Dry Contact
■ XIF file Download 11.1 Simple Dry Contact

Model Code PDRYCB000 Features
Basic Part
Power
Connector
Shape
1) Click EHP or AHU
For IDU Indoor PCB

Connector
Case O
Intorduction
Quantity of point 1
Multi V 5
Comm. -
Power AC 220VPower
Connector Input Signal
Link : http://www.lonmark.org/certifications/device_certification/product_catalog/search?categoryID=-1&deviceClassID=-1&Submit=Search&manID=825
On / Off ● Output Signal
Mode -
2) Click *.zip file
Trouble shooting
Set Temp. - Indoor PCB
Guide
Fan Speed - Connector
Control Thermo-Off -
Energy saving
Lock/Unlock -
ODU low noise -Input Signal
Control Logic
Each Unit type (EHP, AHU, Chiller) has different .XIF Demand control - Output Signal
- LGAC.XIF, LGAHU.XIF, LGChil.XIF
Operation Status ●
Output Error ●
Room temp. -
Previous model PQDSB
Central Control
Back
■ Wiring (Example) ■ Dry contact recognition in Indoor unit

- Initially, switching off and on Indoor unit is required for recognizing Dry Contact.
IDUPCB - During this recognition time, input signal must be on
Keep Input signal
Basic Part
‫ ڸ‬Power off IDU ‫ڹ‬
contacted
Power
AC220V from SHORT
IDU
Intorduction
Multi V 5
OR
AC220V
from CN-CC
Input
Non Voltage
Input
Trouble shooting
Guide
1~3 minutes ‫ ں‬Power on IDU
If IDU operates after 1~3min-

utes since IDU was power on,
that means Dry contact has
Dry contact been correctly recognized
PCB
Control Logic
Input / Output
Local supply
Output
Central Control
Input Error Oper
.
Back
■ Auto start mode / Manual mode ■ Auto start mode / Manual mode Setting – IDU PCB
There are two different operation scenario depending on the mode setting
Case #1 : IDU PCB without Dip switch
Mode
Auto start mode Manual mode
Case
Basic Part
Input On IDU operates, Unlocked* Unlocked
Input Off IDU stops, Locked** IDU stops, Locked
* Remote controller is allowed to control IDU

**Remote controller is prohibited to control IDU
Auto start mode Manual mode Shunt S/W
Intorduction
Multi V 5
OFF OFF
- Auto : Auto-Start
Locked
Trouble shooting
- Manual : Depends on how it is set by Remote Controller
Locked
Guide
IDU doesn’t operate automatically but Case #2 : IDU PCB with Dip switch
remote controller is unlocked
IDU operates when input signal is on

OFF
Control Logic
ON
Unlocked
So IDU can be operated by remote controller
Unlocked
DIP S/W 4th
Central Control
ON
- On(Auto) : Auto-Start
- Off(Manual) : Depends on how it is set by Remote Controller
Unlocked
Back
■ Auto start mode / Manual mode Setting – Wired Remote Controller ► Premium Wired R/C
• Press and hold ‘wireless remote controller signal receiver part’ of the remote controller for 3 seconds
► Standard Wired R/C or longer to enter the installer function.
• Select dry contact mode setting code value ‘09’.
1 Press and hold Bbutton for more

than 3 seconds to enter the installer
• At the Value 1 field, press the ‘▲’, ‘▼’ button to select dry contact setting value, and press
‘Done’ button to apply the dry contact mode setting.
Basic Part
settings mode. - If you do not press ‘Done’ button, your settings will not be applied.
- If pressing only once briefly,
it will enter the user settings
mode. Make sure to press and hold
for more than 3 seconds.
Move to the Dry Contact Mode Settings in the

2 menu using button and then it displays as
Intorduction
below.
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
3 Select the Dry Contact Mode using button. ※ Dry contact setting value
- 00: manual
Guide
Set value for dry contact
00 : Manual - 01: automatic
01 : Auto
Code value for Set value

dry contact
*Caution : When you set the Dry contact mode, you should make sure that Dry Contact input is On(For
example, Cardkey is injected)
4 Press button to save the setting.
Control Logic
5 Press button to exit.
❈ If no button is selected for about 25 seconds
after setup, it exits the setup mode automatically.
❈ If the Kbutton is not selected before you exit, the
changes will not apply.
Central Control
Back
► Standard III Wired R/C ► ItAuto

Givesstart mode
selection / Manual
whether mode
to turn Setting
ON the – Wireless
unit directly Remote
of not from Controller
the external source.
• In the menu screen, press [<,>(left/right)] button to select the setting category, and press [∧(up)] The selection can be made bu passing CANCEL button of the wireless remote controller
It Gives selection whether to turn ON the unit directly of not from the external source.
button for 3 seconds to enter the password input screen for the installer setting. 3 times within 3 minutes of resetting the unit with facing it towards the unit.
The selection can be made bu passing CANCEL button of the wireless remote controller
• Input the password and press [OK] button to move to the installer setting list. (This function availability depends on indoor unit model)
3 times within 3 minutes of resetting the unit with facing it towards the unit.
(This function availability depends on indoor unit model)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
OK OK
※Installer setting password OK OK

Main screen → menu → setting → service → RMC version information → SW Version
Example) SW version : 1.00.1 a
Trouble shooting
In the above case, the password is 1001.
Guide
► Dry contact mode setting (air conditioner / DX ventilator)
Dry contact function is the function that can be used only when the dry contact devices is separately
purchased and installed. ► Auto start mode / Manual mode Setting – Wireless Remote Controller
• Change setting values using [<,>(left/right)] button.
Control Logic
Central Control
Value
Auto
manual
1m 30s after supplying power to IDU, 1m 30s after supplying power to IDU,
press the Clear All button on R/C three times press the Set/Clear button on R/C three times
1m 30s after supplying power to IDU, 1m 30s after supplying power to IDU,
press the Set/Clear button on R/C three times
Back
press the Clear All button on R/C three times


Not work as desired - Dry Contact Wiring check Request
In a conference room of an hotel, It is necessary to synchronize the operation
of the AC with the Eco V
Does Dry contact power always No Fuse check
Basic Part
constant ? Solution
(Should supply from constant power source)
(Check power terminal)
Indoor unit dry contact PCB is connected with Eco V forced operation contact.
Yes
<Conference Room>
Does Remote Controller control No Duct unit Ventilation Unit
Check error of ODU and IDU
the IDU
(Basic check Point)
without Dry Contact nomally?
Yes
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Does wiring of IDU PCB and No
Dry Contact Connecting check CN-CC 1 1 CN-CC
correct? (using connecter) 2 2
Dry Contact 3 3 Dry Contact
4 4
Yes
1 2 1 2
Does IDU succeed to
Trouble shooting
recognize dry contact? No
After short Dry Contact Input, Reset the IDU
~
( IDU operation should be changed
(It may takes about 1.5min for recognizing)
Guide
by changing Dry Contact input
status(open/short) )
In this case when IDU is on, Eco V starts(auto mode). And when IDU fan is Off, Eco V is off
Request
→ Check!! dip
Theswitch
indoorNo.5 in Eco be
unit should V PCB
controlled by external switches, and it needs to be
dip switchoffNo.5 is window
while ON thenisEcoV will be auto start
opened.
dip switch No.5 is Off then EcoV will be manual start(Remote controller enable)
Solution
Control Logic
Indoor unit is connected with a series of contacts
<Hotel Room>
Central Control
CN_CC
1
2
Dry Contact 3
4
1 2 1 2 1 2
Window
Cardkey
sensor
~
1 2
Back
Room
Thermostat
CN-CC 1 1 CN-CC
2 2
Dry Contact 3 3 Dry Contact
4 4
1 2 1 2
Request 11.2 Dry Contact for 2 Inputs

The indoor unit should be controlled by external switches, and it needs to be
off while window is opened. Model Code PDRYCB400 Features
Solution 3
Basic Part
Indoor unit is connected with a series of contacts
2
<Hotel Room> Shape 9
1
4
10
For IDU 5
Case O 6 8
7
PCBA
Intorduction
CN_CC
1 Quantity of point 2
Multi V 5
2 Dry Contact For Setback
Dry Contact 3 Comm. - 1. CN_INDOOR: Connect communication
4 wire between indoor
Power from IDU
1 2 1 2 unit and Dry Contact
1 2 On / Off ●
Window For Setback and supply
Cardkey
sensor power to Dry Contact
~ Mode ●
For Setback
Trouble shooting
1 2 Set Temp. (Select & Fix) 2. VS_SW: S witch to select voltage (5
V-12 V) of contact point
Guide
Room Fan Speed -
Thermostat 3. CN_OPER: C ontact point signal input
Control Thermo-Off (Select & Fix) 4. OPER_SW: S witch to select the control
mode
Energy saving (Select & Fix) 5. SETTING_SW: S witch to select
Lock/Unlock (Select & Fix) whether to use set
function of Dry contact
ODU low noise - for setback
Control Logic
Demand control - 6. TEMP_SW: S witch to set the desired
temperature of the indoor
Operation Status ● unit
Output Error ● 7. CN_OUT (O1, O2): C onnector to show
whether the indoor
Room temp. - unit is operating
8. CN_OUT (E3, E4): Connector to show
whether there is an
Central Control
error with the indoor
unit
Previous model PQDSBC 9. LD01: L
ED to display the status of the
Dry Contact For Setback
10. RST_SW: Reset switch
Back
■ Wiring ■ Voltage / Non Voltage setting for Input signal
Output Non Voltage setting
Local supply
Error Display
Power
Basic Part
AC or DC
(220V/1A )
Operation Display
Dry contact
PCB
Intorduction
Multi V 5
LG does not
Input supply this section
VOLT / COMMON (Local supply)
Trouble shooting
Guide
Local supply
Volt / Common
Voltage setting
Input A Input B
Control Logic
LG does not
supply this section
(Local supply)
Central Control
VOLT / COMMON
Connect separate external voltage of DC 5V~DC 12V
Back
■ Desired Temperature setting ■ Control Mode setting

• General mode
OPER_SW Input A Input B Operating mode
Basic Part
Desired temperature setting table OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked
TEMP SW
setting 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ON OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked
1
Temperature OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, locked
setting(°C) 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
ON ON Indoor unit stopped, locked
TEMP SW OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked
setting 8 9 A B C D E F
ON OFF Indoor unit operating, unlocked
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Temperature 2
setting(°C) 26 27 28 29 30 30 30 30 OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, locked
OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked
ON OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked
3
OFF ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked
Trouble shooting
ON ON Indoor unit operating, unlocked
*Enable/Disable the Temp. setting
Guide
enable disable ON OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked
4
SETTING_SW
SETTING_SW
OFF ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked

ON ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked
OFF OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, locked
Control Logic
ON OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, locked
5
OFF ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, locked
6
Central Control
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, locked

ON OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, unlocked
Back
7
OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, locked
574 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK ON ON Indoor unit stopped, locked _575
Fan level
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, locked Setting Mode
8
5
6
• Particular mode ■ Control Mode setting

• Particular mode
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, locked OPER_SW Input A Input B Operating mode
Basic Part
Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained
7 OFF OFF (Compressor not in stop mode), unlocked
ON ON Indoor unit stopped, locked Fan level ON OFF (Compressor in stop mode), unlocked Comp. Stop
E whit Economize
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, locked Setting Mode OFF ON
(Compressor not in stop mode), unlocked
8 Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained
OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, locked ON ON (Compressor in stop mode), unlocked

When interlocking with Economizer, turn on 2nd switch of SETTING_SW.
Intorduction
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating in power save mode, locked
Multi V 5
ON OFF Indoor unit operating in power save mode, unlocked
9 OPER_SW Input A Input B Operating mode
OFF OFF Occupied, unlocked
ON ON Indoor unit operating, unlocked Power Save ON OFF Unoccupied, unlocked Occupancy
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating in power save mode, locked Mode F Sensor
OFF ON Occupied, locked
ON OFF Indoor unit operating in power save mode, unlocked ON ON Unoccupied, locked
A
Trouble shooting
ON ON Indoor unit stopped, locked When using the Occupancy sensor interlock mode, the setting switch
Guide
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating (Compressor in stop mode), locked must be set as shown below.
SETTING_SW
ON OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained
(Compressor not in stop mode), unlocked Comp. Stop
B
Mode
Control Logic
OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, unlocked
ON OFF Indoor unit in cool/high operation, unlocked
C
OFF ON Indoor unit in heat/high operation, unlocked
ON ON Indoor unit in fan/high operation, unlocked Operating
OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked Mode select
ON OFF Indoor unit in cool/high operation, locked
D
OFF ON Indoor unit in heat/high operation, locked
Central Control
ON ON Indoor unit in fan/high operation, locked
Back

-C
heck external Contact type (Powered/Non-
OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked voltage) Check
-C
heck IDU’s operation according to the
ON OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked IDU is not controllable by 3rd part controller
control_mode SW (refer to the table)
0
Basic Part
OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, locked -C
heck Compatibility between IDU and Dry
Contact
OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, unlocked
IDU is compatible with dry No
ON OFF Indoor unit stopped, unlocked contact?
In case of SCA, request to HQ.
1 (Refer to the PDB)
Under Multi V Super II is not allowed
OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, unlocked
ON ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked Yes
Intorduction
Multi V 5
CHANGE OVER_SW Setting is set No Check which is external contact type
ON OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked properly ? (Powered/Non-powered)
2
OFF ON Indoor unit operating, unlocked
ON ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked Yes
OFF OFF Operation (in cooling mode), locked

No
Control_Mode SW and Temp SW is Set the S/W properly according to
Trouble shooting
ON OFF Restore previous operation status, unlocked set properly the control_mode SW table(in manual)
3
OFF ON
Guide
Unlocked
ON ON Unlocked
When using the extended mode, the switch must be set as shown below.
SETTING_SW
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Setting
Switch Name Setting
OPER_SW 2
Operation Scenario
SW_A SW_B Function
OFF OFF Stop
ON OFF Operating
OFF ON Stop
ON ON Stop
■ Usage example • Mode Selector

• Pre-Cooling
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Basic Part
1 2 3 4 Setting cn_cc
CN_CC
cn_cc
CN_CC
Dry Contact
Switch Name Setting
Dry
cn_cc Contact
CN_CC
Setting
OPER_SW 7
Switch Name Setting
Dry Contact TEMP_SW
OPER_SW
A (28 )
7
Com A B
3 2 1 TEMP_SW A (28 )
Com A B
Operation Scenario Com A B
3 2 1
SW_A SW_B
Operation Function
Scenario 3 2 1
SW_A
OFF SW_B
OFF
Operating with 28 & low level, Locked
Function
(Remote controller is now allowed to control IDU)
Setting
Operating with 28 & low level, Locked
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Operating with 28 & low level, Unlocked,
(Remote controller is now allowed to control IDU) Switch Name Setting
(User can step down desired temp. by Remote controller )
Intorduction
Operating with 28 & low level, Unlocked,
ON OFF OPER_SW C or D
Multi V 5
OFF ON Stop
(User can step down desired temp. by Remote controller )
ON ON Stop SW_A
OFF ON Stop
ON ON Stop
Operation Scenario
SW_A SW_B Function
SW_B OFF OFF Stop
• Emergency stop ON OFF Cool Mode
OFF ON Heat Mode
Trouble shooting
1 2 3 4 ON ON FAN Mode
1 2 3 4
Guide
cn_cc
CN_CC
Only a manager can control this switch
Dry Contact
cn_cc
CN_CC
Dry Contact
Com A B
3 A2 B1
Com
3 2 1 Setting
Control Logic
Setting
Switch Name Setting
Switch Name
OPER_SW Setting
2
OPER_SW 2
Operation Scenario
Operation
SW_A Scenario
SW_B Function
SW_A
OFF SW_B
OFF Function
Stop
OFF
ON OFF
OFF Stop
Operating
Central Control
ON
OFF OFF
ON Operating
Stop
OFF
ON ON
ON Stop
Stop
ON ON Stop
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Back
cn_cc
CN_CC
580 _TROUBLEDry Contact

SHOOTING cn_cc
CN_CC
GUIDE BOOK _ 581
Dry Contact
Com A B
3 A2 B1
Com
3 2 1 Setting
11.3 Modbus Dry Contact • Connecting Dry contact with IDU and Modbus Controller
Model Code PDRYCB500 Features

3rd party
Controller
Basic Part
Shape
• Max no. for one room controller : 8 units
• Modbusconfiguration
- Modbus RTU slave / 2 wire RS485
For IDU
- Baud : 9600 / Parity : None / Stop bits : 1
<Modbus Communication Function>

Room
Case O • Max no.

Control Master
for one room controller : 16 units

Quantity of point -
• Modbus configuration Type : Modbus RTU Slave (2 wire RS485)
RCU* Controller
Intorduction
*RCU: Room Control Unit
- Modbus RTU slave / 2 wire RS485
Multi V 5
Comm. Modbus
CN-CC - Baud : 9600 / Parity : None / Stop Baud : 9600
Power from IDU
Indoor Unit
bits : 1
TX 01 01 00 00 00 01 FP CA
On / Off ●
CN-CC
Indoor Unit
Mode ● Device Function Modbus Start Byte CRC

Addr. Code address count
Trouble shooting
Set Temp. ●
Fan Speed ● RX 01 04 02 00 FA 90 48
Guide
Control Thermo-Off -
Device Function Byte Data CRC
Energy saving - Addr. Code count
Lock/Unlock -
ODU low noise -
5 6 7
Control Logic
Demand control -
1. CN-OUT : Indoor Unit Connector
Operation Status ● ON
RS-485(+) Terminal
1 2 3 4 2. BUS-A :
Output Error ● 3. BUS-B : RS-485(-) Terminal
4. SW1 : Reset Switch
Room temp. ● 3 5. SWDIP : Setting Address Switch
2 6. LED1 : RS-485 Status LED
Previous model PQDSBCGCD0
7. LED(01~03)G : Communication Status LED
8. CN-JIG : Connector for expanding
Central Control
the address range
1 8 4
Back
ON
Indoor unit PCBA

1 2 3 4
Modbus
CN_CC Controller
Basic Info Wiring Installation Flow chart Case study
• Setting Address • Setting Address
ON Address 1/9 Address 2/10

ON ON
1 2 3 4
Basic Part
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Address 3/11 Address 4/12

ON ON
*Status of switch
ON 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
OFF
Intorduction
ON ON
Multi V 5
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

- Not attached(default): 1~8 ON ON
- Attached(expanding address range): 9~16
Trouble shooting
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
* Number: Address when connector is attached
Guide
* In case, connect a Modbus controller with several product, Address have to be set different from * In case, connect a Modbus controller with several product, Address have to be set different from
others. others.
* If the connector is attached to ‘CN-JIG’, the address range is expanded. (Please attach the con-
nector before turning on the product.)
Control Logic
After change any Dry contact setting, then you must press RESET switch to reflect the setting.
Central Control
Back
Trouble Shooting Guide Book
Visual Elements Logo
Publisher LG Electronics Home Appliance & Air Solution Company, Air Solution Division
Issued date January 2021
Adress LG Electronics Gasan A B/D, 56, Digital-ro 10-gil, Geumcheon-gu, Seoul, Korea
Web http://partner.lge.com
Life’s Good
All rights are reserved by LG Electronics.

Multi V 5 Trouble Shooting Guide - 20210203 - 09

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Multi V 5 Trouble Shooting Guide - 20210203 - 09

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Multi V 5 Trouble Shooting Guide - 20210203 - 09

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Trouble Shooting

This PDF will help you quickly find the informa-

We look forward to hearing from you through

It consists of 5 simple questions, and the sur-

2. Self-Diagnosis Function Ⅴ. Central Control

3. Checking Method for Key Components

012 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK

Multi V 5 Outdoor Unit Multi V 5 Indoor Unit

ARU N 260 L T E 5 ARN U 07 G TU A 4

System with Outdoor Unit using R410A

System with Outdoor Unit using R410A

Indoor HEX EEV 

ARUN300LEH5 Indoor Unit

UXB ARUN340LEH5 Indoor HEX EEV

ARUN400LEH5 Indoor Unit

Outdoor Unit HEX Active

PRHR023 2 Upper Outdoor EEV

*14,16HP have 2fans.

PRHR083 8 Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV 

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Outdoor Unit HEX Active

 Main 4-Way  Main 4-Way

*14,16HP have 2fans.

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV  Indoor HEX EEV 

Indoor Unit Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor Valve

EEV Receiver SC Injection Vapor

Inlet Suction Receiver Injection

Liquid Pipe Sub-Cooling HEX

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV 

Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve

EEV Receiver SC Injection

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor Unit Fan Fan

Indoor HEX t t Motor

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

*14,16HP have 2fans.

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Fan Fan Fan Fan

EEV Receiver SC Injection Low Outdoor Vapor

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

EEV Receiver SC Injection EEV Receiver SC Injection

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Inlet Suction

Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX EEV 

Indoor HEX EEV 

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Outlet Oil Oil Upper Outdoor EEV

EEV Receiver SC Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

3. Checking Method for Key Components

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Main 4-Way Main 4-Way

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Oil Oil p Balance Inverter Balance

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

EEV Receiver SC EEV Receiver SC

Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| M M

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Outdoor oGw w nGwG

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

wGz {Gz jG} zG}

Outdoor Unit m

wGz {Gz jG} zG}

Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG|

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG|

oGw w nGwG

z jUX v

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

wGz {Gz jG} zG}